## There’s no car like
## a Motorpoint car
Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## ABOUT US
## Car buying
## made easy
## MOTORPOINT IS
## THE UK’S LEADING
## RETAILER OF NEARLY
## N E W V EH I C L E S .
Making car buying easy has been
our purpose for 25 years. It’s the
reason why we have such a rich
history of adapting to the needs
of our customers and continually
innovating to deliver the best car
buying experience possible.
Decades of putting our customers
at the centre of everything we
do has given us an unparalleled
understanding of what people want
when they buy a car.
This is why we believe so strongly
in giving our customers unrivalled
Choice, Value, Service and Quality,
There’s no car like a Motorpoint car.
For the latest investor relations, visit our website:
www.motorpointplc.com/investor-relations/why-invest/
![img-0.jpeg](img-0.jpeg)

# Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

# CONTENTS

# Strategic Report

03 2023 highlights

04 At a glance

06 Investment case

08 Our business and our market

10 The Car Buyer's Champion

12 Our customers' journey

14 Market overview

16 How we deliver value

18 Chair's statement

20 Chief Executive's statement

23 Key performance indicators

24 Our strategy

29 Section 172 statement

33 Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)

50 Task Force on Climate related

Financial Disclosures ('TCFD')

56 Financial review

63 Risk management

67 Principal risks and uncertainties

73 Non-financial information-statement

# Governance

76 Board of Directors

78 Introduction to governance

79 Corporate governance report

82 Audit Committee report

86 Nomination Committee report

90 ESG Committee report

93 Remuneration Committee report

94 Remuneration policy

102 Annual report on remuneration

109 Directors' report

114 Statement of directors' responsibilities

# Financial Statements

116 Independent auditors' report

122 Consolidated statement

of comprehensive income

133 Consolidated balance sheet

134 Consolidated statement

of changes in equity

135 Consolidated cash flow statement

138 Notes to the consolidated

financial statements

154 Company balance sheet

155 Company statement of changes in equity

156 Notes to the company

financial statements

160 Alternative performance measures

(APM®)

161 Glossary

162 Shareholder information & advisers

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023

01
Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 202302
Strategic Report
## 2023 Governance
Financial Statements
## HIGHLIGHTS
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
Record turnover 2023 £1,440.2M
2022 £1,322.3M
## £1,440.2m
Online revenues 2023 £660.5M
2022 £624.9M
## £660.5m
Vehicles sold 2023 89.7K
2022 97.7K
## 89.7k
Units sold online 2023 60%
2022 60%
## 60%
Loss before taxation £0.3M2023
2022 £21.5M
## £(0.3)m
Gross proit per retail unit 2023 £1,300
2022 £1,446
## £1,300
Vehicles sourced Market share
1

| fromcustomers | 0–4 year old car market |
| --- | --- |
| 23.8% | 3.5% |
| Average share | Ninth consecutive year in “The |

2

| 30 min drive time from store | UK’s Best Companies To Work For” |
| --- | --- |
| 8.9% | Top 100 |
| Net Promoter Score (‘NPS’) | Our 20th store opened in Ipswich |

in May 2023
## 84
## 20 stores
1. Based on data produced by the Society of Motor Manufacturers and Traders (‘SMMT’).
2. As per the results from The UK’s Best 100 Companies To Work For.
03Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## AT A GLANCE
OUR PURPOSE
Our purpose is to make car buying easy.
We’re here to help our customers buy
the car they want, in the way they want.
There’s no car like a Motorpoint car.
OUR VISION
Our Vision is to be the Car Buyer’s
Champion, trusted to deliver unrivalled
Choice, Value, Service and Quality.
PEOPLE POWERED
At our heart we are a people powered
business and it is our talented people
who help customers when purchasing a
vehicle from Motorpoint – giving them
the advice they’re looking for, ensuring
everything is to the standard they
expect and developing new innovations,
products and services that constantly
improve the purchasing process. This is
evidenced by our industry leading
NPS ratings.
Find out more on pages 40 - 47
OMNICHANNEL AND
CUSTOMER CENTRIC
By focusing on making car buying easy
for our customers, we have been able
to create the very best omnichannel
experience – one that combines the
convenience and beneits of buying
online, Home Delivery and Reserve and
Collect with an extensive nationwide
retail network ensuring high levels of
quality, service and support.
Find out more on page 8
04 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
## There’s no car like
## aMotorpoint car
### Our medium term strategy is to grow revenue to more than £2bn.

| Expand wholesale and | Increase customer |
| --- | --- |
| E-commerce channels | acquisition and retention |
| Expanding our E-commerce | Increasing investment in our |
| Auction4Cars.com platform and | customer proposition, marketing |
| grow new supply channels. | capability and leveraging our data. |

Led by online sales and fulilment
capacity increase in new markets.
Rapidly upscaling our Operational eiciency through
E-commerce capability technology and innovation
Substantial increase in technology, Further automation and technology
data and marketing investment. investment as sales migrate to
E-commerce channels.
### Underpinned by a commitment to:
Stakeholder Our People Our Governance Risk
engagement and Culture Communities Management
and the
Environment
pages 29 - 32 pages 40 - 47 pages 44 - 45 pages 75 - 114 pages 62 - 72
05Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## INVESTMENT CASE
## What makes
## us dierent
## Our omnichannel approach
## gives customers the choice
## of buying cars through our
## store network or online,
## or increasingly, through a
## combination of both channels.
25 years of customer insight
and innovation
Retail sales of nearly new vehicles –
focused on those under four years and
less than 30,000 miles
Always low prices delivering great value
Trade sales through digital auction
site for vehicles not meeting our retail
criteria
Nationwide store network
Buying cars direct from customers
Inventory management, vehicle
reconditioning, logistics and store
operations expertise
06 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
## Digital transformation
## providing opportunities
## for growth
Customers prefer to buy used cars on
an omnichannel basis, combining digital
channels with physical touchpoints
Relentless focus
on E-commerce
Increasing shift to online provides
operating model opportunities
Website improvements
boostingtraic
Signiicant investments in
technology and marketing
Expanding digitally led car
buyingservice
07Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## OUR BUSINESS AND
## OUR MARKET
## A Group focused on
## growth through two
## distinct brands
MOTORPOINT AUCTION4CARS.COM
Our retail oer of nearly new cars that are mostly Auction4Cars.com, a business to business entirely online
under four years old and have completed less than auction marketplace platform, allows an eicient and
30,000 miles provides customers with an omnichannel quick route for sale of part exchange vehicles which do
purchasing journey combining online with 20 retail not fall into our nearly new retail criteria.
stores nationwide (at the time of publication of this
report). We also oer a large range of commercial
vehicles under the Motorpoint brand.
## <4 years >4 years
## <30,000 miles >30,000 miles
## Online & in store Online only
Nearly new consumer vehicles Wholesale vehicles
Light commercial vehicles
CONSUMER OMNICHANNEL

| #1 | 25 | Low | £130 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Value retailer | Years as a | Cost base | Lowest online |
|  | leading player |  | average buyers’ |

fees
in the nearly
new market
## 84
NPS
Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 202308
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
09Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## THERE’S NO CAR LIKE
## A MOTORPOINT CAR
## Our vision is to be the Car
## Buyer’s Champion, trusted
## to deliver unrivalled Choice,
## Value, Service and Quality
CHOICE V A L U E
Choice for our customers means not only the model We are able to secure the best stock at competitive
and price range of available vehicles we stock, prices and we pass those savings on to our customers
but also the options through which they can view, ensuring we oer stand out vehicles at unbeatable
purchase, and take delivery of their vehicle such as prices. We are also able to oer market leading inancing
Same Day Driveaway, Home Delivery or Contactless options and extended warranties for our customers.
Collections.
## 555 99.5%
makes and models in stock of vehicles priced Good,
Great or Low on AutoTrader
in FY23
S E R V I C E Q U A L I T Y
We are car people, not sales people, and are Motorpoint Quality Standard sits at the core of our
passionate about helping our customers get the right operations, ensuring we deliver the highest levels of
car. We know that our customers care equally about quality of nearly new vehicles and customer service
what they drive and the price they pay, and that they along the entire customer journey. Our cars are
can get a car however they like – in store or online. rigorously checked from engine to exhaust by our
Our customers receive Feefo Platinum award winning experts, and sold under warranty.
customer service wherever and however they choose
to buy their car.
## 84
Net Promoter Score
OUR PEOPLE
Our people are at the heart of our business, not least
in ensuring the quality of the customer experience;
this is why we are determined to continually focus on
our team engagement.
Find out more on pages 40 - 47
10 10 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
11Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## OUR CUSTOMERS’
## JOURNEY
## We make car
## buying easy by
## being online
## and in store
E A S Y T O
FIND
Store locations
I N
Customer agents
STORE
within stores
Website
enhancements to
ONLINE help ind the right
car – by lifestyle,
by budget
Great value –
Extensive Motorpoint
BENEFITS
choice Price
Promise
Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 202312
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
## We have invested in creating a
## deeply embedded digital and retail
## omnichannel customer journey
## that gives the car buyer the choice
## of how to buy their next car in a
## way that its their lifestyle.
E A S Y T O EASY TO BUY E A S Y T O E A S Y T O
VIEW SELL YOUR CAR COLLECT CONTACT
Quality, service
Diverse and vast Enthusiastic team Same day driveaway
and fulilment
range of stock to to help customer
Home delivery support both
browse and test through the sales
online and
Reserve and collect
drive process
instore
Buy online, collect in
store
Handover done in
less than 30 mins

| 360° virtual tour | Digital end to end journey |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| of the vehicle and |  | Finance completed in |  |
| gallery of images |  | privacy of own home |  |
| with technical |  | and with access to all |  |
| speciications |  |  | information |


|  |  |  |  | Payment made |  | Award |  |  |  | High |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Competitive |  | Flexible | Car buying |  |  |  |  | 7 day |  |  |
|  |  |  |  | within minutes |  | winning |  |  | quality and |  |
| part exchange |  | inance | service |  |  |  | exchange |  |  |  |
|  |  |  |  | of deal being |  | customer |  |  | standards |  |
|  | prices | options | available |  |  |  | guarantee |  |  |  |
|  |  |  |  |  | agreed | service |  |  | guaranteed |  |

13Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## MARKET OVERVIEW
## The Group has made good progress on its strategic
## objectives, delivering record revenues, whilst executing
## on its investment strategy for growth, despite
## diicult macroeconomicconditions which have
## impactedproitability.
## Signiicant improvement of our market share in nearly
## new vehicles despite a fall in used car sales.

| Revenues | Car market | Consumer conidence |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | Motorpoint’s core proposition is | During FY23 consumers faced rising |
|  | the sale of nearly new cars and | inlation and interest rates which |

## £1,440.2m

|  | commercial vans which are up to | resulted in increased uncertainty, |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 2023 £1,440.2M | four years old and have covered | and the resultant downturn inevitably |
|  | fewer than 30,000 miles. We monitor | impacted inancial performance. |

2022 £1,322.3M

| available market statistics, notably | Despite this slowdown in demand, |
| --- | --- |
| from the SMMT (Society of Motor | coupled with supply challenges for |
| Manufacturers and Traders), which | most of FY23, we still managed to |
| give us transaction volumes for | signiicantly grow our share of the |

Market share (0–4 year old vehicles)

|  | target market cars but do not include | market. Based on our customer data, |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | recorded mileage. We therefore | the use of digital services is becoming |
| 3.5% | use the transaction volumes as a | universal amongst car buyers. Some |
|  | proxy for our available market. The | degree of physical connection |

2023 3.5%

|  | used car market continued to be | continues to be preferred by most |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 2022 3.1% | inluenced by the knock-on eect of | customers to provide reassurance |
|  | the chip shortages limiting new car | and trust in their purchase. In other |
|  | production. The exceptional inlation | words, UK consumers prefer to buy |
|  | experienced in the previous year | used cars and ancillary services on |
| Size of market | subsided in FY23, and we generally | a cross channel basis, using digital |
|  | saw a return to more normal levels of | channels and physical touchpoints |

(04 year old vehicles; source: SMMT)

|  | slight month on month delation. The | interchangeably on their purchase |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | exception related to Electric Vehicles, | journey. Looking forward, we expect |
| 1.55m | where we experienced accelerated | the supply pressures to further ease, |
|  | depreciation in the second half of | although it is more diicult to predict |
| 2023 1.55M | FY23, which impacted our margins. | the economic conditions. The war in |
| 2022 1.87M | Towards the end of FY23, our new | the Ukraine unfortunately continues, |
|  | car supply started to improve. This | although we may expect softening |
|  | provided the opportunity to source | in interest rates and inlation as the |
|  | more vehicles directly, and this trend | year progresses. Whilst this may be |
|  | is expected to continue in FY24. | welcome, there is likely to be continued |

pressure on discretionary spending
power and consumer sentiment.
However, Motorpoint, through its price
leadership, will continue to oer the
best value to customers and has a
strong track record of demonstrating
resilience in adownturn.
## 17%
shrinkage in 0–4 year old
market compared to FY22
(source: SMMT)
14 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
### “ The best customer
### serviceever”
Trustpilot, Motorpoint website,
April2023
## 23.8%
cars retailed purchased
directly from consumers
## 1,494
Big increase in the sale
of Electric Vehicles (2022: 631)
## 89.7k
vehicles sold, inc 32.4k via
Auction4Cars.com platform
15Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## HOW WE
## DELIVER VALUE
### Key strengths and resources
## Agility,
New stores and growth opportunity
We can open wherever we see a market
opportunity; speed and scale are in our control.
## culture,
Existing dealerships tend to be cheaper to it out.
## eiciency
Breadth of stock
On average 40 brands are available in store
or online, spanning all the leading makes and
## Our strength lies in our ability
models, sourced from multiple channels. All
## to be agile and responsive – stock is available nationally.
## in our people and our culture,
Retail product oer
## and in our constant focus
Our retail proposition continues to be 100%
on nearly new cars and commercial vans; our
## on improving operational
product oering is supported by providing
## eiciencies across our digital inance packages to our customers through our
inance partners as well as oering warranty,
## platforms and retail network. insurance and paint protection products.
## Investment in technology
Operational control
## is delivering operational
We have no external restrictions. Proprietary
IT systems can be built; we have bespoke
## eiciency.
values led development and team engagement
programmes; marketing can be via any channel
or into any geography; our modest showroom it
out costs support Motorpoint’s value proposition.
Financing
We are free to negotiate for the most competitive
terms on the external market.
Car buying
Our service allows us to purchase cars direct
from consumers. Depending on their age, cars
can either be sold through Motorpoint (thus
providing a further supply chain route), or via the
Auction4Cars.com platform.
### Underpinned by our values
Our operating model is focused on putting our
employees irst. This means empowering our
team and giving them the skills and conidence to
champion the customer. We achieve this through
living our core values and team commitments.
16 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
### How we deliver for our customers
Retail stores Home delivery
Our retail stores oer sales, light vehicle Our customers can choose a vehicle,
preparation and a large display area. arrange inance, purchase and have it
All stores oer refreshment and lounge delivered to them, without having to
facilities to enhance our customers’ leave their home.
experience and comfort. Locations are
generally positioned for ease of access
and located within close proximity of a
large population. Our digital contactless
purchase process allows customers the
option to complete their vehicle purchase
in store or online, visit our store to collect
their vehicle, and drive away in under
H

|  |  |  |  | S | O |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| 30 minutes. Wherever possible, |  |  |  | E | M |  |  |  |
|  |  |  | R |  |  | E |  |  |
|  |  |  | O |  |  |  | D |  |
| we are looking to automation to |  |  | T |  |  |  |  |  |
|  |  | S |  |  |  |  | E |  |
|  |  | L |  |  |  |  | L |  |
|  |  | I |  |  |  |  |  | I V |
| speed up the customer journey. | A |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
|  | T |  |  |  |  |  |  | E |
|  | E |  |  |  |  |  |  | R |

Y
R
Retail websites Part exchanges
We constantly innovate R Motorpoint generally sells
S

|  | E |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | E |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| to deliver outstanding | T |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | vehicles with less than 30,000 |  |  |
|  | A |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | G |  |  |  |
|  |  | I L |  |  |  |  |  | N |  |  |  |  |
| customer service and we have |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | A |  |  | miles, and less than four |  |
|  |  | W |  |  |  |  |  | H |  |  |  |  |
| a nationwide Home Delivery |  | E |  |  |  |  | C |  |  | years old, to retail customers. |  |  |
|  |  |  | B |  |  |  | X |  |  |  |  |  |
|  |  |  | S |  |  |  | E |  |  |  |  |  |
|  |  |  | I | T |  | T |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| service with a 14 day money back |  |  |  | E |  | R |  |  | Vehicles in excess of this mileage |  |  |  |
|  |  |  |  | S | P A |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| guarantee to all online customers. Our |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | and age purchased from a customer |  |  |  |  |
| website allows us to maintain a convenient |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | as part exchange are sold through |  |  |  |
| and trusted user experience as customer |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | our wholesale E-commerce platform |  |  |  |  |
| preferencesevolve. |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Auction4Cars.com. |
| Our upgraded imaging and vehicle speciication |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | This platform provides invaluable live |  |  |  |  |
| details provide customers with substantial information |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | data on the latest valuation of vehicles |  |  |  |  |
| on the vehicle they are researching or buying, |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | sold through Auction4Cars.com and |  |  |  |  |
| enhancing the conversion to sale on our website. |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | allows us to oer the best price to our |  |  |  |  |
| MyMotorpoint, our customer portal, allows customers |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | customers for their part exchange. |  |  |  |

to complete all documentation requirements online,
enabling Home Delivery and faster handovers in store.
This is proving popular with our customers.
Proud Supportive
We are proud of what we do, how we do it and We have a one team ethos and understand
the people who make it happen. We stand out that together we achieve more. We are a
from the crowd and are proud to work as part united team focused on a common goal and
of Team Motorpoint. vision and will always help our customers and
colleagues alike #drivingdreams®.
Happy Honest
We enjoy what we do and we show it – a This applies to our teams, investors and
smile is contagious and our teams wear them customers. Courage and honesty are the
naturally with pride. A happy team makes for vehicles for positive change and Team
a better working environment which in turn Motorpoint has embraced this.
translates to a great customer experience.
17Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## CHAIR’S STATEMENT
## Motorpoint is focused on
## growth and transformational
## improvement
INTRODUCTION

| I have been with Motorpoint for 17 | I have highlighted below my thoughts | Both sides of the market, sales and |
| --- | --- | --- |
| months and am impressed by what | on the current landscape of the UK’s | supply, have recently experienced |
| the Group has achieved against a | used car market, strengths of the | intensiied competition. New car |
| challenging macroeconomic and | Motorpoint model, and why I believe | franchises have shifted more |
| industry backdrop. To have delivered | there is an opportunity for Motorpoint | attention to used cars to cover for |
| record revenues of £1,440.2m and | to continue gaining market share | lower new car production, new |
| increased market share to 3.5% in | and, as the UK economy normalises, | online-only sales models have |
| its target market of 0–4 year old | substantially grow proit. | emerged, and constrained used |
| vehicles is to be commended. The |  | car supply has caused all players |
| company faced rising inancing | Market context | to compete more aggressively for |
| costs, constrained stock availability |  | stock from all sources. |

The UK used car market is highly
and pricing shocks to Electric
fragmented among branded new
Vehicle inventory, but nevertheless The growth of the online channel
car franchises, local and regional
was able to continue to make a and use of contemporary
used car dealers, and emerging
number of important strategic technology presents an opportunity,
online companies. The industry’s car
investments. Although greater at least in theory, to disintermediate
sales practices are fairly entrenched,
yearly proitability was expected the used car market by selling direct
organised around a physical store
early in the year, our stated goal has to consumers through a lower cost,
model with high costs, and generally
been to invest in growth and new higher service model, by buying
not favoured or well trusted by
strategic capabilities to the extent direct from consumers or via new
consumers compared to other
possible while remaining proitable. online marketplaces, and by building
retail shopping experiences. The
Although the company eventually brand leadership and market share
supply side of the used car market
made a small loss in a diicult through aggressive marketing.
is similarly unchanged for most
trading environment, I am pleased
used car dealers. It has traditionally
with theprogress made. Used car competitors can respond to
been limited to part exchanges,
this opportunity in a range of ways,
purchases o lease, bulk purchases
from building a basic-catalogue type
from OEM manufacturers and
website to spending massive money
rental leets, and purchases from
on technology and marketing on
a wholesale trade marketplace.
### “ As Motorpoint continues to improve its omnichannel
### customer experiences and data-driven processes,
### and to invest in more effective marketing and store
### expansion, its brand awareness, market share, sales
### and proits should rise, creating a substantially
### bigger and more proitable business.”
John Walden
Chair
18 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Value creation
Motorpoint is today one of the best
operators in the UK’s used car market,
as measured by its strong margin
per car sold while simultaneously
providing a lowest price promise,
and industry leading NPS. With over
25 years of experience, it has proven
its superior pricing models and
market-leading eiciency in inventory
management, vehicle re-conditioning,
logistics and store operations.
Motorpoint is using technology to
further reduce costs across business
processes and operations, including
to relect the cost saving opportunities
an online only model in hopes that This innovative customer experience, in stores and call centres from
scale can eventually cover central coupled with Motorpoint’s price increased consumer take-up of
costs and show proit. We believe and service oer, should provide a Motorpoint’s improved digital services.
that Motorpoint and its strategic leading proposition in the market.
approach are uniquely positioned In the near term we expect the market
to become a leader in this changing Growth for used cars in the UK to continue
used car market and thereby grow to be diicult due to, among other
Motorpoint has seen its market
revenues and proit substantially. things, softened consumer demand,
share grow with increased brand
limited stock availability and high
awareness. Importantly, we also
Customer proposition inancing costs. However, we believe
see this awareness grow where
Motorpoint will emerge from the
Based on our customer data, the we have a local store presence.
current depressed consumer market
use of digital services is becoming Where Motorpoint has stores and
a more eicient and competitive
universal amongst car buyers and has deployed targeted marketing
business having made progress
sellers. However, some degree of programmes, its mature market
on multiple key strategic initiatives
physical connection continues to share of 0–4 year old vehicles is
in technology, marketing, and its
be preferred by most customers 8.9% compared to 3.5% nationally.
digital and physical channels. Over
to provide reassurance and trust
the long term we will make further
in the transaction. In other words, The proitability proile of a
investments, oset to a degree by
UK consumers prefer to buy used Motorpoint store is also favourable.
eiciencies across the business. As
cars and ancillary services on a Historically, in a normalised
Motorpoint continues to improve its
cross-channel basis, using digital economic environment a new
omnichannel customer experiences
channels and physical touchpoints store turns proitable in its second
and data-driven processes, and to
interchangeably in their purchase year and at maturity can generate
invest in more eective marketing and
journey. Similarly, consumers proit in excess of £2m-£3m per
store expansion, its brand awareness,
prefer a cross-channel approach to annum. With ongoing improvements
market share, sales and proits
selling their cars, as online sources to its digital and store customer
should rise, creating a substantially
provide pricing and other data while experiences, and expanded and
bigger and more proitable business.
a physical connection is required improved marketing, we believe that
to validate and collect the vehicle. Motorpoint’s mature and national
I would like to thank all of my
Motorpoint, as an omnichannel market shares can be higher and its
colleagues at Motorpoint, at our
retailer, is perfectly positioned to timeline to maturity accelerated.
Head Oice and across the UK
serve this need and is developing
network, for their continued hard
integrated consumer journeys to Motorpoint has stores in 20 market
work and commitment. Whilst the
provide a digital channel, store sales regions and believes up to 25
current macroeconomic environment
and service channel, and home markets are targets for future stores,
and car industry pose challenges
delivery and collection options, leaving ample growth opportunity.
for our company and UK consumers
underpinned by sophisticated data, With national brand awareness, a
face signiicant uncertainty, I remain
that allows customers to learn, shop strong digital oer and an expanded
excited by the opportunity in front of
and build conidence and trust in network of service points, we would
us and conident that Motorpoint is
their purchase or sale and helps expect market share outside of store
well positioned to deliver signiicant
Motorpoint know just what degree catchments to grow as well.
shareholder value in the long term.
of assistance is needed at each
stage of the journey.
John Walden
Chair
14 June 2023
19Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT
## There is a signiicant
## opportunity for Motorpoint
## to become a larger, highly
## proitable market leader
## Good progress against strategic objectives, with
## strong advancements in technology, store expansion
## and resultant market share growth.
INTRODUCTION
Overview I am pleased that we achieved Rapidly rising inlation, consumer
record revenue of £1,440.2m, up uncertainty and worldwide vehicle
During FY23, we continued to
8.9% on FY22, of which £660.5m supply chain challenges are
execute on our investment
was derived from E-commerce sales signiicantly aecting the used car
strategy to oer our customers a
(FY22: £624.9m). This was helped market. For example, the market for
truly holistic experience when it
by vehicle mix and inlation, but we our 0–4 year old sector has fallen
comes to purchasing a used car,
also achieved meaningful market from a pre Covid high of 2.45m sales
with guaranteed access
share gains in a smaller market due per annum to 1.55m.
to our outstanding price
to investment in new geographical
leadership proposition.
areas, digital and technology In addition, higher interest rates
capability, and price leadership. also resulted in lower inance
commissions where we chose not

| As previously highlighted, | to pass the full cost increases onto |
| --- | --- |
| we experienced a number | customers, and our interest costs of |
| of headwinds in FY23, which | £7.1m more than doubled from FY22. |

impactedproitability.
### “ We are the UK’s leading
### omnichannel used vehicle retailer,
### investing for signiicant, proitable
### long term growth.”
Mark Carpenter
Chief Executive Oicer
20 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
![img-1.jpeg](img-1.jpeg)

# Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

84

Net Promoter Score

In a year we have stocked over

555 models

8.9%

market share within 30-minute drive time of a store

(0–4 year old car market)

As a result of our strong performance in key strategic areas, the Group has made good progress on these targets. Since the objectives were announced, the Group has benefitted from high vehicle inflation and car mix, increasing the average selling price per vehicle; however, challenges in availability and then weaker demand in the used car market has materially hindered unit sales growth.

In the year, our share of the 0–4 year old market increased to 3.5% (FY22: 3.1%, and from 2.4% when the strategy was launched), whilst market share within 30 minute drive time of a store increased to 8.9% (FY22: 7.7%). There is clear correlation between market share and unprompted brand awareness.

Margins were also eroded by the well-documented fall in Electric Vehicle prices in the latter part of FY23 with as much as a 30% reduction in stock values over a four month period. These factors influenced the reduction in profitability, resulting in a loss before taxation of £0.3m, down from a profit of £21.5m in FY22. Despite these headwinds we consciously continued to execute our planned investment in strategic objectives, which cost an incremental £6.1m in FY23. We have worked hard during the year to manage non-strategic costs, and headcount at year end had dropped to 794 (FY22: 928), even with the opening of new stores.

Our cash position has improved significantly since the end of FY22, despite the lower profitability. Net cash, excluding lease liabilities, at year end was £5.6m (as set out on page 100), compared to net debt of £(21.2)m in FY22. This was largely due to the use of the stocking facilities, which allowed full repayment of the £29.0m revolving credit facility during the first few months of FY23.

We believe that there is a significant opportunity for Motorpoint to become a larger, highly profitable market leader in a changing and

fragmented market.

This will involve investments over time in data-driven technology, digital and store customer experiences, and growth including marketing and store expansion. In the shorter term, the business is expected to benefit from the increase in new car registrations, therefore expanding supply.

## Strategy update

In June 2021, we announced our objectives to significantly increase our rate of growth, with the aim of at least doubling FY20 revenue to over £2bn in the medium term by:

- Growing our E-commerce revenue to over £1bn by substantially increasing investment in marketing, technology and data.
- Opening 12 new sales and collection stores to service revenue growth, increasing investment in the customer proposition, and expanding our supply channels.
- Leveraging our E-commerce platform Auction4Cars.com to accommodate new supply channels and to launch our marketplace offering.
- Increasing operational efficiency through further automation and technology investment as customers migrate to E-commerce channels.

Two more new stores opened successfully in FY23, namely Edinburgh and Coventry. Both are in strategically significant regions, and we are pleased with their performance. Ipswich, our 20th store, opened in May of this year. While difficult trading conditions remain, we will pause our new store rollout programme, as we concentrate on investment that offers the best near term return.

During FY23, we have made rapid progress enhancing our digital capability. We are seeing the benefits of hiring an experienced Chief Digital Officer, who has built up an in-house digital team, with a significant increase in digital sales leads. We also opened our new state-of-the-art Tech Hub in Manchester to help us attract the best talent in the digital industry as we enhance our online presence. Our website has been subject to much investment, and now includes a new, lifestyle inspiring landing page, improved search workings, imagery, product information, drop down functionality and a more premium look and feel.

In addition, work has been progressing quickly on integrating marketing platforms, SEO enhancements, targeted brand awareness and communication.

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023

21
## CHIEF EXECUTIVE’S STATEMENT CONTINUED

| and eCRM capability. These | and in store customer journey. The | ESG Committee is fully operational |
| --- | --- | --- |
| enhancements are all designed to | focus currently is on improving | and has been instrumental in setting |
| improve the customer journey and | customer experience, and how we | out appropriate ESG targets. We |
| increase eiciency. | can serve them even better, linking | want to be viewed as the most |
|  | their in store experience to online | environmentally friendly used |
| We continually enhance the way | research. How customers shop | carretailer. |
| in which we use data to make | with us is becoming increasingly |  |
| informed decisions, particularly with | interchangeable between channels. | During FY23 we have had a |
| regard to how we price vehicles. |  | speciic focus on ‘GHG emissions |
| Our capability has been bolstered |  | and reductions’, ‘recycling, |

Our team
with the introduction of Tom Tang waste recovery and reductions’,
Our operating model of how our
who joined Motorpoint as Chief and ‘energy use, conservation
employees and stakeholders
Technology Oicer in March. Tom and reductions’. We delivered a
interact, the Motorpoint Virtuous
has over 20 years of experience 7.3% reduction in energy usage
Circle, combined with our Values
in technology leadership with his per square foot compared to
of Proud, Happy, Honest and
recent roles as CIO, Alliant Energy, FY22, and waste to landill was
Supportive continue to provide a
Sainsbury’s and Argos. Tom is practically zero (0.2%). Also, water
robust framework for explaining
an advocate of the beneits of AI consumption fell by 15.4% in the
how we get things done and what
capabilities which beneit both the year. Working towards these targets
factors to consider when decisions
customer and employee. A key focus has seen us make good progress
are required.
for the business has been the use of in data availability, visibility, and
automation to improve eiciency, awareness across the business.
During the year, we introduced
whether it be making things easier Throughout FY23 we have remained
new and improved tools to help us
for customers in store and on the committed to energy management,
attract and retain the best talent
website or automating back oice championing this through
including a new careers website
functions. Automation progress will internal communication channels
and e-applicant tracking system,
further accelerate as Tom settles which promote and incentivise
an onboarding tool and a powerful
into the business. energyeiciency.
internal communication platform.
We are already seeing the beneits
The investment that we undertook From an Electric Vehicle (EV)
of attracting top talent and we were
in FY23 was to build a market leader. standpoint, FY23 saw us make
pleased to receive an increased
This included future-prooing substantial progress upgrading our
number of applicants for positions
the business, providing us with estate to support this expanding part
at our new store in Ipswich.
enhanced technology capabilities to of the market. We sold 137% more
improve our customer proposition EVs this year compared toFY22.
We believe that the engagement
and automation to drive eiciencies,
of our team is directly correlated
both of which help us to withstand Outlook
to our customer satisfaction, and
tougher market conditions. The
As already mentioned, rising
we sponsor multiple initiatives to
Group is now better positioned
inlation and interest rates,
enhance their experience with
for the future, and we are in a
consumer uncertainty and vehicle
Motorpoint. Our ‘One Big Dream’
position to scale back on our
supply challenges signiicantly
initiative has been a huge success,
investment spend, utilising these
aected the used car market and
with our people using two paid
new capabilities, and focus only
impacted our inancial performance
hours per month for their own
on pursuing the most impactful
in FY23. However, Motorpoint
fulilment. We are proud to have
strategic investments.
has a strong track record of
again been selected in the UK’s 100
demonstrating inancial resilience in
Best Companies to Work For, our
Customers
a downturn, with market share gains
ninth consecutive selection.
As we innovate our omnichannel and an ability to eectively manage
customer experiences, our highly cash resources. This ability will allow
At my senior team level, with the
engaged team continued to deliver the Group to continue investing
introduction of Kal Singh, Chief
our market leading proposition prudently in our strategic objectives.
Operating Oicer, in December
of Choice, Value, Service and The Group expects to emerge in
and more recently, Tom Tang,
Quality to our loyal customers with a normalised market as a leaner
Chief Technology Oicer, in March,
an unerring focus on customer and more valuable business ready
I believe that all the building
satisfaction. Our NPS for sold to seize a signiicant opportunity.
blocks are now in place to further
vehicles remains at a record high 84. Our short term focus is on cash
accelerate our strategic objectives.
conservation by increasing margin
During FY23, we introduced Project and lowering our cost base, which
Environmental, Social and
One, which is Group wide, and looks will improve proitability.
Governance (‘ESG’)
at how Motorpoint will operate in the
The Group has made signiicant Mark Carpenter
future to seamlessly join our online
progress on its ESG strategy. The Chief Executive Oicer
14 June 2023
22 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
## KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS Governance
Financial Statements
NONFINANCIAL KPIS
## It’s important that
Estimated sales from
4, 8
digitalleads
## we measure our
## 21.1k
2023 21.1K
## performance
2022 19.3K
FINANCIAL KPIS

|  |  | 2 |  |  |  | 2 |  |  |  |  | 4 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Revenues (£m) |  |  |  | Gross proit (£m) |  |  |  | Market share (0–4 year old market) |  |  |  |
| £1,440.2m |  |  |  | £85.7m |  |  |  | 3.5% |  |  |  |
| 2023 £1,440.2M |  |  |  | 2023 £85.7M |  |  |  | 2023 3.5% |  |  |  |
| 2022 £1,322.3M |  |  |  | 2022 £106.3M |  |  |  | 2022 3.1% |  |  |  |
| 2021 £721.4M |  |  |  | 2021 £62.5M |  |  |  | 2021 2.4% |  |  |  |
| 2020 £1,018.0M |  |  |  | 2020 £78.9M |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| 2019 £1,058.7M |  |  |  | 2019 £79.9M |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
|  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 2 |  | 3 |  |  |
| Gross proit per retail unit |  |  |  | (Loss) / Proit before tax (£m) |  |  |  | Net Promoter Score |  |  |  |
| £1,300 |  |  |  | £(0.3)m |  |  |  | 84 |  |  |  |
| 2023 £1,300 |  |  |  | 2023 £0.3M |  |  |  | 2023 84 |  |  |  |
| 2022 £1,446 |  |  |  | 2022 £21.5M |  |  |  | 2022 84 |  |  |  |
| 2021 £1,254 |  |  |  | 2021 £9.7M |  |  |  | 2021 83 |  |  |  |
| 2020 £1,152 |  |  |  | 2020 £18.8M |  |  |  | 2020 81 |  |  |  |
| 2019 £1,150 |  |  |  | 2019 £22.2M |  |  |  | 2019 78 |  |  |  |
|  |  |  | 2, 5 |  | 2, 7 |  |  |  |  | 6 |  |
| Net Cash/(Debt) (£m) |  |  |  | ROCE |  |  |  | Number of stores at year end |  |  |  |
| £5.6m |  |  |  | 17.3% |  |  |  | 19 |  |  |  |
|  |  |  | 2023 £5.6M | 2023 | 17.3% |  |  | 2023 19 |  |  |  |
|  | £21.2M |  | 2022 | 2022 74.6% |  |  |  | 2022 17 |  |  |  |
|  |  |  | 2021 6.0M | 2021 52.7% |  |  |  | 2021 14 |  |  |  |
|  |  | 2020 £0.8M |  | 2020 96.5% |  |  |  | 2020 13 |  |  |  |
|  |  |  | 2019 £13.8M | 2019 96.2% |  |  |  | 2019 12 |  |  |  |
| 1 Deinitions of terms can be found in the |  |  |  | 5 Cash less borrowings, excluding lease |  |  |  | Two new stores opened in FY23 taking |  |  |  |
| Glossary on page 161. |  |  |  | liabilities (as set out on page 160). |  |  |  | our total stores up to 19, and a 20th |  |  |  |
| 2 The KPIs for FY19 have been restated |  |  |  | 6 Number of open stores at year end. |  |  |  | store opened in May 2023, improving |  |  |  |

following the adoption of IFRS 16 in FY20.

|  | 7 Operating proit relative to the average of | national coverage. |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 3 The 2021 data is based on H2 of that | opening and closing net assets (as set out |  |
| year, which is considered to be more | on page 160). |  |

representative due to lockdowns during
8 Based on number of reservations, test
the COVID-19 pandemic.
drives, and enquiries originating from
4 Data not tracked on a like by like basis for digital channels.
the full ive year period.
23Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## OUR STRATEGY
## The Car
## Buyer’s
## Champion
## Our strategy remains to grow
## revenue to more than £2bn
## in the medium term. This will
## be delivered by continued
## focus on our customer,
## ensuring we meet their
## needs and demands online
## while delivering the highest
## levels of service, quality and
## support through our growing
## nationwide retail network.
### “ The strategy has proven successful
### despite challenging headwinds.
### As a consequence of the fall in
### new car production, our market
### has shrunk, although we continue
### to take a greater share of our
### available market.”
Mrk Crpenter
Chief Executive Oicer
Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 202324
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
### Good progress was made in the year against the four pillars of our strategy.

| Rapidly upscaling our |  | Increase customer |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| E-commerce capability |  | acquisition and retention |  |
| • Experienced CTO joined in |  | • Appointment of a brand |  |
|  | March2023 |  | new position, Customer |
| • New tech roles recruited, |  |  | ExcellenceDirector |
|  | with focus on developers and | • Two new stores in FY23 and |  |
|  | thecloud |  | afurther store in May 2023 |
| • Future roadmap for our |  | • Share of voice growth and |  |
|  | techstack |  | improved brand awareness |
| • Data science solutions |  | • Price leadership maintained |  |
|  | delivered enhancing marketing | • Growth in MyMotorpoint |  |
|  | performance, and supply and |  | accounts |

demand insights
• Increased product choice
• Digital journey improvements forcustomers
including the development of a
• Focus on social media
full end to end purchase journey
• Project One launched to further
on our website
improve customer experience at
• Improved email engagement
all touchpoints
metrics, such as higher
• New brand advertising campaign
click through and lower
launched in December 2022
unsubscriberates
• More frequent and targeted
email communication
• New tech hub launched in
Manchester store – help attract
best talent

| Expand wholesale and |  | Operational eiciency |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| E-commerce channels |  | through technology and |  |
| • Further investment in |  | innovation |  |
|  | infrastructure, technology | • Further development |  |
|  | andbrand marketing |  | of QCapp to measure |
| • Car buying service is a fully |  |  | preparationeiciency |
|  | automated digital irst operation | • Prep time improvement from |  |
| • Website enhancements to |  |  | 9.4days to 8.3 days (0–4 |
|  | improve customer journey |  | yearoldcars) |
| • Auction4Cars.com operates |  | • Automated payments solution |  |
|  | as an automated digitally led |  | launched |
|  | marketplace | • New telephony collaboration |  |
| • Low purchase fees for dealers |  |  | platform launched |

• Enhancements to encourage
customers to complete
journey online, freeing up
timeforemployees
• Headcount fall supported
byautomation and customer
self-serve
25Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## OUR STRATEGY CONTINUED
STRATEGY PERFORMANCE FOR 2023
## Upscaling our
## E-commerce capability
## Investment into our technology, data,
## E-commerce capability will accelerate
## future growth

| Motorpoint’s visibility in Google’s | Link to strategy |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| search listings is up over 176% year |  | Rapidly | Operational |
|  |  | upscaling our | eiciency through |

### on year, capitalising on investment
E-commerce technology and
### in the website, content and capability innovation
### marketing teams.
### High performance digital team
### FY23 highlights now embedded
• Impact of recruitment of experienced Chief
Digital Marketing
Digital Oicer and new Chief Technology
• In-housing of team drives advanced thinking
Oicer joined in March 2023
andtechniques
• New technology capability building; focus on
• Signiicant reduction in operating costs compared
product development, engineering and cloud
tooutside agencies
• Data science increasingly driving business
decisions
Product
• Insight driven paid media strategy based on
• Opportunities to increase sales, improve customer
key data sources, to drive cost eiciencies and
excellence and generate business eiciencies
deliver growth
• Reduction in development time through product
• More frequent and targeted email
ownerspartnering with engineering teams
communications and digital activity
• Development of new site features and functionality to
• Digital & Tech Hub launched in Manchester
create seamless online and oline Customer Experience
store – will support and attract the best talent
in a range of digital roles
Content and Design
• Recruitment of a new Digital Marketing
Director and a team of digital marketing • Content team recruited to drive SEO through written
experts covering a range of channels including and video content
paid search, Search Engine Optimisation • In-house User Experience and User Interface teams
(‘SEO’), email, digital PR and social media recruited to test and enhance Customer Experience
• Build of an in-house content production team,
covering everything including content writers,
editors and video producers

| 21.1k | +12.5% |
| --- | --- |
| Estimated sales | Mobile traic |
| from digital leads | Year on year Q4 |
| 2022: 19.3k | growth |

26 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
STRATEGY PERFORMANCE FOR 2023
## Growing our
## market share
## Creating a true omnichannel
## experience for customers
### Market share growth as customers Link to strategy
### repeat purchase at a location and Increase
customer
### brand awareness increases in
acquisition and
### newregions. retention

| FY23 highlights |  | 8.9% |
| --- | --- | --- |
| • New brand proposition launched in December |  | market share |
|  | 2022 focusing on our product quality and | (within 30 mins) |

unbeatable prices – There’s no car like a
Motorpoint car
• Multichannel awareness driving campaign
launched on Christmas Day
• Six new market area locations since October
2021 (at time of publication of report)
• New branches accelerate market share in

|  | newmarkets | • Customer Board introduced – to enhance |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| • Price leadership linked to signiicant market |  |  | customer experience and KPIs |
|  | outperformance | • Project underway to establish how Motorpoint |  |
| • Increased product choice for customer |  |  | will operate in a future omnichannel world – best |
|  | (SKUunique mix over 80%) |  | service, best customer experience, seamless |

website and branch experience; remuneration
• EVs sold up 137% compared to FY22
packages modiied to drive market share further

| 3.5% | 20 |
| --- | --- |
| Market share | Stores nationwide |
| (0–4 year old car market) | (at time of publication of this report) |

2022: 3.1%
27Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## OUR STRATEGY CONTINUED
STRATEGY PERFORMANCE FOR 2023
## Operational excellence
## Operational eiciency through
## technology and innovation
Link to strategy
Operational
eiciency through
technology
andinnovation
FY23 highlights
• Eiciency improvements in store, preparation
and back oice functions
• Automation supporting headcount reduction,
despite increases in digital capability and
newstores
• Ongoing review of remaining manual processes
to establish what can be automated, along with
customer self-serve
• Further development of QC app helped time
taken to prepare a car by 12% from previous year
• Store LFL headcount reduction following
automation and customer self-serve
• Company-wide procurement review launched
providing cost saving beneits
• As well as website enhancement, projects
include Salesforce CRM, IT hardware refresh,
networks upgrades and new Collaboration
platform to enhance customer service
## 12%
reduction in preparation time on
0–4 year old cars in FY23
28 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
## SECTION 172 STATEMENT Governance
Financial Statements
## Our stakeholders at
## the heart of our model
## The Board has a duty to promote the long term,
## sustainable success of the Company and of the wider
## Group. The baseline duty is set out in section 172 of the
## Companies Act 2006, but in reality, it is broader and
## the Board considers a wide range of statutory and
## other factors within its decision making process.
Board decision making will always encompass: We recognise that our success as a business is closely
• the likely consequences of any decision in the long linked to the wellbeing of the communities in which we
term and the risks to the Group and its stakeholders; operate, and we are committed to being a responsible,
• the interests and wellbeing of our people and the sustainable member of our local communities.
communities where we are present;
We regularly review our policies and procedures to
• the impact of our vehicles and business on the
ensure that they are in line with our obligations under
environment and the need to ‘decarbonise’;
Section 172 and that they continue to eectively take
• the Group’s relationships with its customers and
into account the needs of all our stakeholders.
suppliers; and
• the importance of our reputation for integrity and
This Section 172 statement signposts in more detail
high standards of business conduct.
some of the key ways in which we have engaged with
stakeholders across the year ended 31 March 2023 and
Motorpoint believes that a key mechanism in ensuring
built conidence in the sustainability of their relationship
that it makes good long term and sustainable decisions
with the Group. It should be read in conjunction with:
is open, two way dialogue with all our key stakeholders.
• the Chair’s statement on pages 18 and 19
We believe that understanding the perspective and
• the Chief Executive’s statement on pages 20 to 23
needs of our stakeholders is vital to the Group’s success.
• the ESG report on pages 33 to 49
Good governance, our business ethics and integrity are • the Chief Financial Oicer’s review on pages 58 to 61
essential to continue to be an attractive company for our • the Risk landscape from pages 62 to 72
investors, employer for our employees, partner for our • the Governance and related reports from pages 76 to
suppliers and retailer for our customers. page 114
We have a code of conduct in place for all employees,
which sets out our expectations for ethical behaviour
and responsible decision-making. We also have a
dedicated customer care team that is focused on
ensuring that our customers are satisied with the
service we provide.
In addition to this, we have also established several
community initiatives to support the local communities
in which we operate.
29Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## SECTION 172 STATEMENT CONTINUED
ENGAGING WITH OUR STAKEHOLDERS
Engaging and understanding the needs of our key stakeholders has never been more important and is critical to the
Board’s decision making.
Outcomes and how

| Stakeholder Why we engage How we engage |  |  | feedback reaches the Board |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Our people | We have an experienced, | • b-Heard annual engagement | • b-Heard results and annual people |  |
|  | diverse and dedicated | survey twice a year, February |  | plan presented to the Board at |
|  | workforce which we recognise | and September |  | January Board meeting |
|  | as a key asset of our business. | • Conducted a DEI survey in | • Have held various SLT sessions on |  |
|  | Therefore, it is important | September 2022 |  | DEI, with an external DEI specialist, |
|  | that we continue to develop |  |  | creating our strategy and SLT |

• Launched Workplace – our new
the right environment and commitments
internal communications platform
Company culture to encourage
– to improve communication • Continued to oer health and
and create opportunities for
between teams and across wellbeing initiatives with mental,
individuals and teams to realise
thebusiness physical and inancial support
their full potential.
• We have set up a designated • We committed to ensuring we pay
session for all stores and team at least the Real Living Wage
members to receive dedicated • People reports at scheduled Board
monthly time with the Senior meetings
Leadership Team (‘SLT’), driving
• Annual pay review and reports to
more engagement across the
the Remuneration Committee who
whole business with the SLT
approved an additional “Cost of
• Training and talent development Living” pay review in January 2023
programmes that are now a mix of
• We’ve invested in salary levels in key
in person and online
strategic areas of the business and
• Monthly SLT/CEO listening groups raised the Motorpoint living wage in
called “Ask me Anything” carried line with the national living wage
out across the country
• Designated NED (Non Executive pages 40 - 47
Director) overseeing workforce
engagement and ensuring
updates are provided to the rest
oftheBoard

| Our | We’re here to help our | • Direct feedback sought on a | • High NPS score |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| customers | customers buy the car they | regular basis via NPS (84 in FY23), | • Strong repeat and referral business |
|  | want, in the way they want. | Feefo (Platinum rate) and Google |  |

• Use of data to better understand
Our Choice, Value, Service reviews
customer needs, and addressing
and Quality proposition is • Monitoring/reporting of sales,
these
reliant on having the right footfall, website traic and internet
• Customer research is informing
partnerships to enable us to search analyses
the development of a vehicle and
deliver for customers. We have
• Dedicated customer care team customer data proile
an unerring focus on customer
• Social media and websites
satisfaction.
• Project launched to improve all
aspects of customer journey
• Direct contact in stores
Our suppliers It is crucial that we develop • Standard terms of business and • CEO and Senior Management Team
and partners and maintain strong working regular supplier meetings focus on supply chain challenges
relationships with our • Contingency planning should there arising from expanding into new
suppliers, so we can enhance be a failure in the supply chain channels and suppliers
the eiciency of our business • Engaging with a broad range of
• Supplier and distributor
and create value, and make suppliers and regular transition
onboarding due diligence
sure we treat suppliers in line between channels, with a
(inancial, quality, business
with our values and ethical similar level of lexibility in
integrity and compliance,
standards. We continually ourproductoering
component supply, modern
assess our supplier and
slavery, etc) • Further strengthening of supply
partner network, and leverage
• Ongoing management of supplier chain team and processes
both internal and external
relationships
expertise to ensure appropriate
• Procurement review undertaken to
relationships and fair
assess how we improve eiciency
economics.
30 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Outcomes and how
Stakeholder Why we engage How we engage feedback reaches the Board
Our Our employees care deeply • We have appointed a Sponsorship, • Awards and recognition
communities about our communities. As a Partnership and Charity Manager • Sponsorship and volunteering
responsible employer, we want who leads our community activity byemployees
to contribute to the economic and investment initiatives
• Continuing with our community
development and sustainability • We hold a number of partnerships
focused partnerships which cement
of our communities. and subscriptions to support
our contribution to the economic
underrepresented groups e.g. development and sustainability of
Automotive 30% Club (Gender), these communities
Stonewall (LGTBQIA+), 55
• Raising funds for local charities
Redeined (Age)
close to our stores across the UK
• Entered into partnerships to create
• We support payroll giving to allow
better gender balance within the
team members to support charities
automotive industry
that are important to them, many of
• Commitment to invest in the which will be local
successful and sustainable delivery
of careers and education for young
pages 44 - 45
people in our local communities
• All team members are entitled
to paid time o to support
volunteering in the community
Our As a company with a premium • Annual Report • The Board is provided with regular
shareholders listing on the London Stock • Consultation with lead investors feedback on investors’ views and
Exchange’s Main Market, and voting advisory organisations market developments
we need to communicate • Face to face and virtual meetings
• RNS announcements
clearly and eectively with with investors
• Annual General Meeting
our existing and prospective
• We issued regular trading updates
• Investor presentations
shareholders to develop
via the RNS facility to update the
• Corporate website
their understanding of how
market on the inancial performance
the Group’s businesses • Roadshows arranged twice a year
of the business
are managed to generate to engage with investors
• Our websites (www.motorpointplc.com
sustainable returns and long • Investors have the opportunity
and www.motorpoint.co.uk) provide a
term success. to visit stores and meet a range
broad range of information and data
ofemployees
• Monthly reporting on
shareholdertrading
Our Through channels such as • Expanded monitoring of our GHG • ESG Committee at PLC level to
environment climate change and increasing emissions and ongoing reduction/ oversee ESG matters
legislative requirements, the osetting activities to support our • Environment is a key pillar of the
natural environment aects eorts to reduce the impact of our ESG Committee
many aspects of what we do. emissions
• Sustainability Manager whose role
Our own materiality research • Continuous monitoring of our
includes the implementation of
also shows that the importance waste and implementation of
environmental projects
of environmental concerns improvements to reduce waste
• Formal ESG strategy in place
rated highly among our other to landill while increasing our
with three key areas linked to our
stakeholders. As a business, overallrecycling
environment
we need to do what we can to
• Engagement with third parties who
• Environmental performance
support our environment to
provide expertise
measures included in annual report
ensure a sustainable business.
• Ongoing implementation including waste and GHG emissions
and exploration of water
savingprojects
pages 34 - 39
• Continued consideration into
reduction and oset of our indirect
environmental footprint, such as
products sold
31Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## SECTION 172 STATEMENT CONTINUED
HOW WE MADE OUR KEY DECISIONS
Below we set out how we considered the interests and needs of stakeholders in two of our key decisions this year.
Decision 1: Cost of living support
Recognising the challenges facing many of our employees due to the cost of living crisis, it was agreed to bring
forward the increase in base salaries to be in line with the Real Living Wage from 1 April 2023 to 1 January 2023.
In bringing forward this pay increase, we considered:
The long term Our people are a key asset to the success of the business, and supporting them through the
eect cost of living crisis will help to retain talent in the business.
Aected Customers and consumers
stakeholder The retention of our talent leads to a better customer experience, and increases the level of
groups repeat purchases due to stronger relationships.
Employees
It was recognised that the cost of living crisis was impacting many colleagues in the business,
and the Board considered various ways in how to best support those through this challenging
period. Bringing forward the increase to the Real Living Wage would allow employees to beneit
immediately from an increase to their pay. It was noted that progression opportunities would
also be created to support career development pathways.
Investors
Investors are increasingly focusing on the alignment of executive pay and the wider workforce,
and have shown their support for companies who are introducing cost of living measures.
Decision 2: Continued investment into stores
As part of our strategy to increase market share and boost our omnichannel approach, we took the decision to open
new stores in Edinburgh and Coventry, taking our number of stores nationwide to 19 at year end. A further store in
Ipswich opened in May 2023 bringing our total stores up to 20.
In opening these stores, we considered:
The long term Growing our market share and increasing our brand awareness will allow us to deliver long term
eect sustainable and proitable growth.
Aected Customers and consumers
stakeholder The locations of our new stores mean that we are able to be closer to customers and increases
groups the number who live within a 30 minute drive. This helps to give greater choice when deciding
on their next car purchase.
Employees
Our continued investment to deliver on our strategy helps to motivate our employees across the
business, demonstrating the long term view being taken despite the challenging environment
currently being faced.
Investors
The new stores help to accelerate market share in new markets, supporting our growth strategy
as customers purchase at new locations and brand awareness increases. This increase in market
share will lead to longer term sustainable and proitablegrowth.
Community
Each of our stores engages with a local charity that resonates not only with the sta of that
store, but also with the local community. Opening new stores allows us to further deliver on our
social impact and supports our charity strategy.
32 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
## ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL Governance
Financial Statements
## AND GOVERNANCE
### Driving
### sustainability:
### “ Our commitment
### to ESG is a key
### consideration in all
### decisions we take at
### Team Motorpoint”
Mark Carpenter
Chief Executive Oicer
Our commitment to sustainability and responsible corporate citizenship has been a focus point in the year with the
aim of Environment, Social and Governance (‘ESG’) to be considered in everything we do. We take this responsibility
very seriously and the Board’s ESG committee oversees all work that we do in this area. In this section, you will ind a
comprehensive overview of our ESG initiatives, strategies and achievements over the past year, as well as our plans
for the future. We believe that ESG performance is not only important for the long term success of our business, but
also for the betterment of society and the environment asawhole.
Environment FY23 Summary: An overview of the targets we set in the year and our progress Pages
towards them alongside key changes and further steps we aim to take in 34 – 35
futureyears.
Waste management: An overview of our waste management strategies, including Page 35
our approach to reducing, reusing and recycling waste. We will also report on our
progress towards our waste reduction targets and provide information on how we
are working to minimise our impact on the environment.
Energy and water usage: We recognise the importance of minimising our use Pages
of natural resources and are committed to reducing our carbon footprint. This 35 - 36
section will provide data on our energy and water usage, as well as an overview of
our initiatives to reduce our consumption and improve our eiciency.
Emissions data: We understand that the automotive sector is a signiicant Pages
contributor to greenhouse gas emissions, and we are committed to playing our 36–39
part in reducing this impact. In this section, we will provide data on our emissions
from our operations across our Scope 1, 2 and 3 footprint.
Social Social responsibility: We believe that social responsibility is a key component of Pages
our ESG performance, and we are committed to supporting our team members, 40– 47
customers and the communities in which we operate. This section will provide
an overview of our social initiatives including our commitment to diversity and
inclusion, community outreach and employee wellbeing.
Governance Governance: We recognise that good governance is essential for building a Pages
sustainable and responsible business. In this section, we will provide an overview 48 – 49
of our governance framework, including our approach to risk management, board
composition and diversity, and ethical business practices as well as our TCFD
aligned disclosures.
33Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## ENVIRONMENTAL,
## SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
ENVIRONMENT
FY23 Summary During FY23 we adopted our irst Throughout FY23 we have remained
internal intensity ratio as a KPI for committed to energy management,
During FY23 we had a speciic focus
monitoring our emissions and driving championing this through our
on the following three environmental
sustainable business growth. The internal communication channels
factors:
metric is deined as our total Scope promoting and incentivising
• GHG emissions and reductions
1 & 2 and Business Travel divided by energy eiciency throughout our
• Recycling, waste recovery
the total loor area of the business organisation. While FY22 saw some
and reductions
(tCO 2 e/loor Area – sq ft). This metric infrastructure changes such as the
• Energy use, conservation
helps us deliver more accurate like completion of our switch to LED
and reductions
for like comparisons with previous lighting, FY23 has seen us focus
years and is disclosed in our SECR on data accuracy, reporting and
This year, we set ambitious targets
statement later in this section. targeted engagement resulting in
focusing on the core aspects of
our successful reduction in like for
the environment that are most
While we strive to make like energy usage against FY22.
important to our stakeholders.
improvements and reduce the
Our goals were to achieve a 10%
impact of the business on the We have also enhanced the
reduction in like for like energy
environment, we have also ensured governance in this area with
usage vs FY22; and achieve zero
we adhere to the relevant regulatory our Board level ESG Committee
waste to landill by the end of FY23.
standards and compliance conducting several meetings in the
We are pleased with the progress
obligations. The third phase of year, chaired by Adele Cooper, as
made against the targets in the year,
the Government’s energy saving well as an internal ESG Committee
full details can be found on page 35.
opportunities scheme (‘ESOS’) was continuing to meet regularly,
successfully undertaken during actioning and delivering governance
Working towards these targets
FY23 and was complete early in over our key ESG priorities.
has led us to make great strides
FY24. In addition, we now have
in improving data availability. We
fully aligned with the Task Force on
now calculate regular footprints
Climate related Financial Disclosures
internally for periodic reporting
(‘TCFD’). Finally, in line with our
and track energy and water usage
prior year reporting we continue to
monthly on a store by store basis.
adhere to the SECR requirements.
34 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Also core to our ESG framework is the need to adapt to customers as buying trends move to favour more sustainable products. Whilst Electric Vehicle ('EV') sales had well documented challenges in FY23 we still expect increased demand for EVs in the future. This not only extends to adapting to a rise in the EV market, but also making sure we stay ahead of any incentives that local authorities currently offer, or may offer in the near future.

FY23 saw us make substantial steps to upgrading our infrastructure to support the market for EVs. We installed charging stations at our vehicle preparation centres to alleviate our reliance on the national EV charging network. Additionally, our Coventry branch now has customer EV chargers live, and we plan to install additional charging stations at further stores, including Ipswich.

In addition to our own internal improvements, we have continued to work closely with local authorities to support customers in making environmentally conscious decisions. Our Birmingham and Oldbury stores continue to operate as the exclusive dealerships for Birmingham City Council's scrappage scheme, offering people working in the clean air zone the chance to scrap their old car and receive £2,000 credit towards a compliant vehicle or a mobility credit.

### Waste management

During FY23, we continued to prioritise our efforts towards improving our data capture, resulting in the ability to complete a full year on year comparison for the first time thanks to our continued partnership with Go-Green.

We experienced an increase in total waste generated compared to FY22, due to the expansion of our activities through new store openings and store refurbishments conducted in the year. The store refurbishments also led to an increase in waste generated per square foot of the business compared to FY22, as these activities generate a higher amount of waste than business as usual operations.

Despite the volume of new store openings and refurbishments, our continued partnership with Go-Green ensured that we reduced our waste to landfill figure to a minimal level. Additionally, we have increased the percentage of waste recycled to 85.6% indicating our steady progress towards pushing our waste up the waste hierarchy to minimise its impact on the environment which in turn has impacted the waste recovered percentage which reflects the higher proportion of waste recycled in the period.

|  Total waste figures | FY23 | FY22  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  Total Waste | 1,062.9t | 948.2t  |
|  Kg Waste / sq ft | 1.28 | 1.24  |
|  Percentage waste recycled | 85.6% | 81.0%  |
|  Percentage waste recovered | 14.2% | 18.1%  |
|  Percentage waste to landfill | 0.2% | 0.9%  |

### Energy usage

During FY23, our use of electricity increased by 9.8% owing to our increased footprint as well as increased consumption due to the increase in EV charging points in the business. Whilst electricity has been a challenge, we have seen a steady decline in our reliance on gas supplies with some examples of gas supply point usage dropping to almost zero in FY23. We have seen a 10.5% reduction in total gas usage vs FY22, leading overall to a 0.3% increase in total energy usage, which is a pleasing result given the overall increase in the portfolio of stores in the business.

This overall reduction equates to a like for like 7.3% reduction in our usage when compared to the relative square footage of the business year on year, which represents good progress against our stretch target of 10% like for like reduction in FY23.

Total electricity and gas usage

|   | FY23 | FY22 | % change  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  Total Electricity kWh | 5,269,331 | 4,799,812 | +9.8%  |
|  Total Gas kWh | 3,811,120 | 4,256,690 | -10.5%  |
|  Total Energy | 9,080,451 | 9,056,502 | +0.3%  |
|  kWh / sq ft | 10.94 | 11.80 | -7.3%  |

![img-2.jpeg](img-2.jpeg)

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023

35
ENVIRONMENTAL,

SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

# Energy Saving Opportunities Scheme ('ESOS')

ESOS is a mandatory energy assessment scheme for organisations in the UK that meet the qualification criteria. The Environment Agency is the UK scheme administrator, with all ESOS reports submitted to them directly.

Organisations that qualify for ESOS must carry out ESOS assessments every four years. These assessments are audits of the energy used by their buildings, industrial processes and transport to identify cost-effective energy saving measures.

Following its introduction in 2014, the scheme is currently in its third phase of reporting with the compliance period starting from 31 December 2022. We have already met this deadline and the report generated contains a number of potential areas for us to focus on, assisting with our journey to net zero.

# Water use and reduction

Invoiced water usage is now tracked monthly, on a per location basis. This is a significant data improvement over previous years and will help us on our path with actionable data to help us use water more sustainably across our operations.

During FY23 we achieved a 15.4% reduction in total water usage across the business.

One of the factors in achieving this water reduction has come from our work with HSG UK who were appointed in FY22. This year we have benefitted from reduced consumption, with the added benefit of utility bill savings and an improved washroom experience for our people and our customers.

During FY23 we surveyed our Sheffield and Derby stores. The findings showed that the urinals operated on a standard fill and flush system, which usually flush in 15-minute intervals, adding up to 96 flushes per day. We compared this to HSG's Ureco system which reduces flushes to 4 per day, potentially saving over 300,000 litres of water per year, per cistern. Furthermore, we discovered that urinal blockages were not unusual and could be eradicated by Ureco's patented design.

As such, we completed a business wide rollout during the second quarter this year and as a result we have seen our average monthly water usage drop by from 2,150 m³ in FY22, to 1,820 m³ in FY23.

"Invoiced water usage is now tracked monthly, on a per location basis. This is a significant data improvement over previous years."

# Emissions data

Greenhouse Gas emissions and reductions

As highlighted by our ESG materiality assessment, GHG emissions and reductions are the highest priority area of focus for the business. The increased data accuracy and reporting with regards to our energy usage directly corresponds to our GHG emissions, and as such we have been tracking our Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions periodically to enable reporting at relevant forums such as the ESG Committee.

In addition to periodic calculations for our direct emissions, FY23 has seen us look at the wider Motorpoint value chain. In line with our TCFD commitments in FY22, we have calculated our applicable categories of Scope 3 emissions.

![img-3.jpeg](img-3.jpeg)

# Streamlined Energy and Carbon Report (SECR) FY23

This SECR information report has been compiled in line with the March 2019 BEIS 'Environmental Reporting Guidelines: Including streamlined energy and carbon reporting guidance', and the EMA methodology for SECR Reporting for all measured emissions from activities which the organisation has financial control over. The carbon figures have been calculated using the BEIS 2022 carbon conversion factors for all fuels.

36

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
### “ As highlighted by
### our ESG materiality
### assessment, GHG
### emissions and
### reductions are the
### highest priority
### area of focus for
### the business.”
The table below sets out Motorpoint’s emissions in FY23 with prior year comparatives:
Total waste igures FY23 FY22*
Total energy use covering electricity, gas, other fuels and transport (kWh) 11,892,362 10,862,971

| Scope 1 emissions generated through combustion of gas (tCO |  |  | 2 e) 695.68 779.66 |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Scope 1 emissions generated through use of transportation (tCO |  |  |  | 2 e) 594.65 472.09 |  |
| Scope 2 emissions generated through use of purchased electricity (tCO |  |  |  |  | 2 e) 1018.98 1019.14 |
| Scope 3 emissions generated through business travel (tCO |  |  | 2 e) 157.38 265.10 |  |  |
| Total Scope 1 & 2, Business Travel (tCO | 2 e) 2,466.69 2,535.99 |  |  |  |  |
| Intensity ratio – Total Scopes 1 & 2, Business Travel (tCO |  | 2 e/Floor Area – sq ft) 0.00297 0.00330 |  |  |  |

Note: Disclosures above are aligned with the SECR minimum mandatory requirements for quoted companies: Global Scope 1 emissions
from combustion of gas / fuel for transport purposes and Global Scope 2 emissions from purchased energy. Additional disclosure of Scope
3 emissions from business travel or employee owned vehicles is included. Motorpoint plc operates within the UK only.
* Our FY22 utility usage has been restated following reissued invoices by utility providers relecting increased emissions. For reference the
previously disclosed tCO2e for Scope 1 combustion of gas and Scope 2 emissions generated through the use of purchased electricity
were 618.35 and 959.50 respectively, with the increased intensity ratio and total updated for the increased total emissions.
37Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## ENVIRONMENTAL,
## SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
Our relative footprint decrease
for combustibles and purchased
energy in Scopes 1 and 2 relects the
success of our store sustainability
forums, with engagement with store
management to apply reduction
strategies at their respective stores.
Scope 3 emissions
With GHG emissions being a priority
focus under our ESG framework,
a detailed understanding of our
emissions is vital. Up until recently
our focus has been on the emissions
from our direct operations under
Scope 1 and Scope 2 of the GHG
protocol. While these emissions are
more directly under our control,
they oer only a snapshot of total
emissions footprint as opposed to
the emissions of our entire value
chain under Scope 3.
There are a total of 15 categories
deined by the GHG protocol for
Scope 3. Of these 15 categories,
we have established that nine
additional areas not in our SECR
reported emissions above that are
relevant to Motorpoint’s value chain.
Based on these categories, we have
calculated our emissions using the
most appropriate method with the
data available to us, recognising
that reliable data for Scope 3 is a
challenge and we are on a journey
to improving our understanding in
this area. Particular focus was put
towards the calculation of emissions
from products sold, as this category

| Our SECR reported emissions for |  |  | As noted earlier in the energy usage |  | makes up the majority of our entire |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Scope 1 and 2, Business Travel |  |  | section, our electricity consumption |  | footprint across Scope 1, 2 and 3. |  |
| decreased 2.7% from 2,540 tCO |  | 2 e in | increased from 4,799,812 kWh in |  | For categories less material to the |  |
| FY22 to 2,467 tCO | 2 e in FY23. On an |  | FY22 to 5,269,331 kWh in FY23. |  | business due to their reduced totals |  |
| intensity basis, taking into account |  |  | However, location based emissions |  | of tCO | 2 e, we have calculated them |
| the portfolio size of the business, |  |  | associated with the purchase of |  | using a range of industry accepted |  |
| our emissions intensity decreased |  |  | electricity stayed consistent in tCO | 2 e | data and estimates. |  |
| by 10.0% from FY22 to FY23. |  |  | terms due to the lower UK emissions |  |  |  |

factor for grid electricity in 2022
compared to 2021.
38 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
A full breakdown of our category justiication and calculation methods
### “ For the irst time
can be found on our investor website.
### in FY23, we set
Percentage
Total category of Motorpoint
### ambitious targets
Motorpoint Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions emissions footprint
### aimed at focusing on
Total Scope 1 emissions 1,290 0.28%
### the core of the most
Total Scope 2 emissions 1,019 0.22%

| Scope 3 emissions | important aspects of |
| --- | --- |
| Category 1 Purchased Goods and Services 12,311 2.63% | environment for our |
| Category 2 Capital Goods 317 0.07% | stakeholders.” |

Category 3 Fuel and Energy 478 0.10%
Category 4 Upstream Transportation 5,588 1.19%
Category 5 Waste 213 0.05% Carbon osetting
In FY23 we have committed to
Category 6 Business Travel 157 0.03%
osetting our emissions disclosed
Category 7 Employee Commute 395 0.08% via SECR for Scope 1 and 2 through
Category 8 Upstream Leased Assets N/A N/A purchasing carbon credits.
Category 9 Downstream Transportation 1,181 0.25%
Progress against targets:
Category 10 Processing of Sold Products N/A N/A For the irst time in FY23, we set
ambitious targets aimed at focusing on
Category 11 Use of Sold Products 445,954 95.11%
the core of the most important aspects
Category 12 End of Life Treatment of Products N/A N/A
of environment for our stakeholders.
Category 13 Downstream Leased Assets N/A N/A These were:
• achieve 10% reduction in like for
Category 14 Franchises N/A N/A
like energy usage vs FY22; and
Category 15 Investments N/A N/A
• achieve zero waste to landill by
Total Scope 3 466,595 99.5% the end of FY23.
Total Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 emissions 468,904 100.0%
As noted in our energy usage
section, Motorpoint achieved a 7.3%
reduction on a like for like basis
with its energy usage. Whilst we are
pleased with obtaining this result, we
recognise there is more to do in this
area and will be using the indings
from the phase 3 of our ESOS report
to support the continuation of this
target moving forward.
With respect to zero waste to
landill, we were pleased to achieve
just 0.2% of our waste going to
landill, whilst narrowly above the
0% target, owing to necessary site
refurbishments. We are conident we
can continue to further reduce the
waste going to landill in FY24.
39Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## ENVIRONMENTAL,
## SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
SOCIAL
From the very beginning, Motorpoint This year we have appointed To embed health and safety
has been a people focused business Callidus to provide comprehensive practices in the wider workforce,
– and our team members have always consultative support and advice to we ensure that all our employees
been at the heart of our business managers at all levels for health and receive health and safety training
model and our Virtuous Circle. safety matters across the Group. modules as part of a two year
Callidus report monthly to the Board training cycle. Completion is
We have always stood up to be the on all key health and safety issues. monitored centrally and late
Car Buyer’s Champion, making sure The Board requires that the Group completers are notiied to their line
our customers can buy a quality systematically manages its health manager on a monthly basis.
nearly new car with no hassle from and safety hazards, sets objectives
a trusted business that does things and monitors progress by regular Our people
in the right way. Then there are the measurement, audit and review. Our people have always been
communities that we work within. the heart of our business. Our
Wherever we do business, we want Managers and supervisors achievements this year can be
to bring high quality employment across all levels in the Group are attributed to our talented teams
to the community through our responsible for managing the who worked in line with our Values,
team members and their families, health and safety of their teams as demonstrating real resilience
but more than that we want to be part of promoting and embracing through a challenging year. Our
a positive force for good, helping a positive health and safety people have made sure that our
those less fortunate, supporting culture. The Board emphasises customers have continued to
those starting out in life, facilitating the importance of individual receive industry leading service as
opportunities and generally making responsibility for health and safety demonstrated by Feefo / Trustpilot;
sure that wherever we trade, the at all levels of the organisation, our preparation teams have looked
community is a better place for and expects employees to report after thousands of cars, ensuring
having Motorpoint nearby. potential hazards, to be involved that there’s no car like a Motorpoint
in implementing solutions and to car; and at Head Oice, our teams
Health & Safety adhere to rules, procedures and have supported the wider business
The Board recognises that the Group policies. A key element in the and accelerated our strategic
highest levels of safety are required in continuous improvement of health digital transformation journey. Our
order to protect our employees and and safety management is sharing approach to developing a high
customers. The Board believes that all best practice and lessons learnt performing and inclusive culture
incidents and injuries are preventable, from incidents across the Group is achieved through a number of
and that all employees have the right and the wider industry. Accidents, initiatives and is explained on the
to expect to return home safely at the incidents and near misses are following pages.
end of every working day. investigated, with actions generated
to prevent recurrence.
40 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
OUR PEOPLE  FY23 HIGHLIGHTS

| 73 | 4.3 | 794 | 97 | 205 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Promotions | Glassdoor | Team | Long Service Awards | New hires |
|  | rating | members | Spread across 5, 10, 15 and |  |
|  | (out of 5) |  | 20 years’ service awards |  |

### “ Being able to share insight, networks and time with schools to help make
### their career services meaningful will deliver a more sustainable and positive
### landscape for everyone. Many young people, through no fault of their own, do
### not have the opportunity to experience what careers may exist for them and
### the Cornerstone Employers’ network can help change that.”
Cat Moseley, Chief People Oicer

| Our Values | Our Values were updated and | Diversity, Equity and Inclusion is |
| --- | --- | --- |
| We are proud | have been in place since 2018 | a key enabler to achieving our |
| We are proud of what we do, how | and they continue to be a true | strategic goals. The more diverse, |
| we do it and the people who make | relection of how we work together | equitable and inclusive we are, |
| it happen – we stand out from the | at Motorpoint. In November 2021, | the more successful we will be at |
| crowd and are proud to work as part | we launched our Leadership | attracting, retaining and developing |
| of Team Motorpoint. | Behaviours, demonstrating to | a diverse workforce. The more |
|  | leaders at all levels across the | diverse, equitable and inclusive we |
| We are supportive | business what good leadership looks | are, the easier it will be for us to |
| We have a one team ethos and | like at Motorpoint and what we, and | connect with and serve our diverse |
| understand that together we achieve | our team members, expect from a | customers. Dierent perspectives |
| more. We are a united team focused | Motorpoint Leader. These have been | allow us to make better decisions. |
| on a common goal and vision and | embedded across our processes |  |
| will always help our customers and | to bring them to life and make sure | Doing nothing in respect of being |
| colleagues alike #drivingdreams®. | that we keep these front of mind. | a diverse, equitable and inclusive |

company is not an option, and
We are happy Diversity, Equity and Inclusion without it we limit our potential.
We enjoy what we do and we show This extends to our people, our
We want everyone to be proud to
it – a smile is contagious and our customers, our investors and the
work for Motorpoint. We want to
teams wear them naturally with wider communities we operate in.
make sure that there is respect for
pride. A happy team makes for
dierence and there’s true inclusion
a better working environment Everything we do is focused on
at every level of our workforce, and
which in turn translates to a great making Motorpoint a place where
for our customers, right across the
customer experience. everyone feels valued, respected,
UK. We believe that everyone should
and supported to be their best –
be welcomed and treated equitably
We are honest creating role models who display
by being given the same chance of
We speak the truth and give honest our values to each other and to
success, whoever they are, whatever
feedback at all times; this applies to ourcustomers.
they do and wherever they’re from.
our teams, investors and customers.
An inclusive culture at Motorpoint
Courage and honesty are the
is our aim, a culture where our
vehicles for positive change and
values Happy, Honest, Supportive
Team Motorpoint has embraced this.
and Proud underpinned by working
Together are more than words but
We do all of this together
are demonstrated by all of us each
We are equal parts of the whole
and every day.
and we are stronger together.
41Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## ENVIRONMENTAL,
## SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
Our Approach to Diversity, Cornerstone Employers’ We assumed the role of a lead
Equity and Inclusion network – continuing to employer for SEND schools and are
proud of the work we have started
Our approach to which will enhance support the next generation
doing with Project SEARCH as a
our strategy to create an even more We continue to be a Cornerstone
Local Enterprise Adviser. Project
inclusive culture of support and Employer for the Careers and
SEARCH helps young people from
togetherness. Enterprise Academy. A Cornerstone
across Derbyshire with dierent
Employer is a business that is invested
forms of learning disabilities to
Our Commitments in the successful and sustainable
gain new skills as well as practical,
1. As a Senior Leadership Team we delivery of careers education for
work based experience through
will lead by example. young people and commits to join a
a structured personalised study
2. We will create an inclusive culture. leadership group of local businesses
programme as they look to make
3. We will attract, retain and develop to support the schools, colleges and
successful transitions from school
a diverse Motorpoint team. young people in their area.
to a productive adult life.
4. We will create more diverse
voices around the senior We maintained our partnership
In 2022, we appointed our irst Early
leadership table. and delivered a signiicant number
Careers Partner who is actively
5. We will create more customer of initiatives throughout the
engaged in the Cornerstone network
and community connectivity.
year, including the Open Doors
and has improved our activity in this
programme (which gives young
area. In November for example we
people the opportunity to take
presented to nearly 300 pupils about
part in a series of sessions to gain
the potential career opportunities
an insight into our business, meet
oered by the automotive industry.
employees and complete work
related tasks), reverse jobs fairs to
Partnership with the
improve employability skills, as well
Automotive 30% Club
as a virtual employment project
with Special Educational Needs and We have continued our membership
Disabilities (‘SEND’) students. and support of the Automotive 30%
Club. The Automotive 30% Club
undertakes a range of campaigning
and lobbying work and has inspired
many in the automotive industry
to get behind a range of gender
balance initiatives and educational
programmes for young people
regardless of gender.
Members of 55 / Redeined
We are members of 55 / Redeined
who are a champion for the over 50s
by challenging the status quo and
advocating for age diversity, positivity
and inclusion across all areas of life.
42 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

![img-4.jpeg](img-4.jpeg)

### Gender Pay Gap

The Gender Pay Gap is the difference between the average pay of men compared to the average pay of women, and is expressed as a percentage difference.

In calculating these figures, the Mean figure is a sum of the hourly pay rate for all women in the organisation divided by the total number of women. We then repeat the process for men and the pay gap is the difference between the two.

The Median gap is calculated by listing the hourly pay rates for each of the two groups and taking the middle amount (the median). We then subtract the median figure for the women's group from the men's, divide it by the men's median hourly pay rate and multiply by 100 to get the percentage.

|   | Mean | Median  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  Total Pay Gap | 18.1% | 3.4%  |
|  Salary Pay Gap | -1.8% | 0.2%  |
|  Bonus Pay Gap | 65.7% | 28.2%  |

Although we have made some great progress in closing our Gender Pay Gap through the development and recruitment of females into leadership roles, we acknowledge there is still some work to be done to further close our Gender Pay Gap. For comparison, the average median pay gap in the UK stands at 9.4%. We will continue to ensure equality across our key leadership roles; an area of opportunity is our Sales Executive demographic. As only 9.5% of our Sales Executives are female, the average hourly pay for this group sits within our Upper Quartile.

### Gender mix

|   | Male | Female  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  Senior Leadership | 8 (73%) | 3 (27%)  |
|  Leadership | 27 (73%) | 10 (27%)  |
|  Manager | 66 (72%) | 26 (28%)  |
|  Team Member | 518 (79%) | 136 (21%)  |
|  All employees | 619 (78%) | 175 (22%)  |

All roles at Motorpoint are eligible for a performance related bonus which means that the vast majority of our team received a bonus in the last 12 months, irrespective of their gender. The bonus pay gap which we have reported can be related to the gender split across the quartiles, especially in the upper and upper middle quartiles, where bonus is relative to base salary and where fewer females occupy the highest earning roles.

The Gender mix table sets our gender breakdown at various levels in the Company, including the breakdown for all employees, based on the 794 individuals employed as at 31 March 2023.

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023

43
## ENVIRONMENTAL,
## SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE CONTINUED

| Our gender mix is in line with the | Charities were supported by event | The Community Hero initiative was |
| --- | --- | --- |
| wider automotive industry but we | sponsorship support, enabling them | created, and run on social media |
| always want to improve and lead the | to raise needed funds by actioning | where the public could vote for their |
| industry, hence our involvement in | the event. As examples: St David’s | local heroes to receive the prize on |
| the Automotive 30% Club and an | Hospice has raised over £100k, | oer – Newport based foodbank |
| increased focus on graduates and | Prince of Wales over £80k, Demelzas | was gifted Cardi arena tickets, |
| apprentices who generally provide | £20k, St Roccos, £25k, St Cuthberts | and 20 children were mascots at |
| a better gender mix for team | £60k, and JPC farm £200k through | Peterborough FC. |
| members joining us. | our commitment to supporting them |  |
|  | and event sponsorship. | National level |

Motorpoint in the community
On a national level, all stores were
Arena tickets have been donated
This year we have signiicantly listed as drop o locations for
to various non associated store
increased our support and Operation Christmas Child. The
charities for their own fundraising
involvement in the many public dropped o their donations
activities with a collective total of
communities in which we work. for the Xmas Box appeal in store. The
over £2k raised.
campaign was a huge success with
Local level 1,223 boxes being delivered to stores
Our stores were oered as an event
across the country and collected by
This year we reworked our charity
venue for their own events instead
the Samaritans. Next year we hope to
strategy. We realised that it was
of us holding our own event raising
amplify the campaign and encourage
important to engage with a local
funds for the charities. This was
sta to get involved using their
charity per store that resonates not
trialled at Christmas with Myton
volunteer days at the various box
only with the sta of that store but
Hospice Coventry and Prince of
sorting locations.
also the local community. Working
Wales Hospice Castleford, both
with 19 charities has not only
raising over £5k at the event with
Each quarter we now have a
increased the store team charity
Motorpoint providing not only the
nominated charity on Workplace, our
engagement but also built a greater
venue but also the Santa’s grotto
people community’s platform, where
relationship with Motorpoint and
so additional funds could be raised
ticket rale funds are sent. This has
each of the communities.
through ticket sales.
been a new initiative that has seen
great support and as an example,
we raised over £300 for African
Adventures at the end of theyear.
44 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Store Charitable partner Sponsorships
Birmingham Birmingham Children’s Hospital
Birtley St Cuthbert’s Hospice
Burnley Pendleside Hospice Burnley Golf Centre
Castleford Prince of Wales Hospice Snaith Football Team
Chingford Yardley School
Coventry Myton Hospice
Derby Derby County Community Trust Motorpoint Arena Nottingham
Nottingham Lions Wheelchair Basketball Derby County Community Trust
Panthers Ice Hockey Power Break
Edinburgh St Columba’s Hospice
Glasgow & Motherwell Beatson Cancer Care Calderbraes Football Team
Maidstone Demelzas Childrens Hospice MPE Football Team
Manchester St Ann’s Hospice Salvo Autism in Racing
Newport St David’s Hospice Care Newport FC Academy
Victor Karlaker – Bristol Pitbulls
Chloe Higgs – Ice Skater
Oldbury Birmingham Children’s Hospital Birmingham Hospital RugbyTeam
Peterborough Sue Ryder Hospice Care
Portsmouth Pompey in the community
Sheield St Luke’s Hospice Elsecar Main Football Team
Stockton on Tees JPC Community Farm
Swansea Maggies Cancer Care Morristown Football Club
Riley Powell – Pool Player
Widnes James Bulger Memorial Trust /
StRoccos Hospice
### “ This year we
### reworked our
### charity strategy.
### We realised that it
### was important to
### engage with a local
### charity per store
### that resonates
### not only with the
### staff of that store
### but also the local
### community.”
45Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## ENVIRONMENTAL,
## SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
Team member level Alongside the b-Heard survey, every
manager in the business with more
We recognise that our team members
than three direct reports receives
have busy lives and diering priorities
an individual management rating
outside of the workplace. Many
known as MC3. This provides
of them will have causes that are
feedback to every manager on how
close to their hearts and personal to
they Motivate, Consider, Converse
them. To support them with this, we
and Care for their teams. This year
continue to oer all colleagues the
we will also be combining the
opportunity to donate to these causes
manager’s feedback with our new
via PayrollGiving.
Leadership Behaviours and have
completed a 360 review based on
Doing the right thing
these behaviours for every manager
for our people
in the business. Our aim is to ensure
At Motorpoint we believe that the we are supporting our managers in
combination of our focus on driving becoming truly best in class leaders.
dreams, robust ESG credentials and
our people and culture, not only As well as surveys, the Senior
dierentiates us from our peers but Leadership Team (‘SLT’) spend a
also gives us a competitive advantage. signiicant amount of time in stores
speaking to colleagues at all levels.
We believe that Motorpoint is an This year we launched “Ask me
amazing place to work but we Anything” listening sessions where
constantly strive to become an even members of the SLT held feedback
better place to work. The Virtuous sessions across the country helping
Circle is at the very heart of the way us understand the issues faced
we do business as we genuinely by our team members and hence
believe that if we get it right for improved the experience for our
our team members, they will get it team members and customers.
right for our customers and that will

| create stronger performance for | Learning and development | We are also increasing our focus on |
| --- | --- | --- |
| all of our stakeholders. We are very | Following the pandemic, which | apprenticeships and early careers. |
| proud to have been listed in Best | impacted our Learning and | This year we have appointed our |
| Companies’ ‘Best Places to Work’ list | Development (‘L&D’) activity during | irst Early Careers partner whose |
| for nine consecutive years. | 2022 we have consolidated, reviewed | aim is to rapidly expand our |
|  | and relaunched our learning and | apprenticeship oer across the |
| To ensure that we maintain our focus | development oer for our team | business. In a world where vehicle |
| on team member engagement and | members. Our team members are | maintenance / preparation skills |
| genuinely live our values Proud, | the start of our Virtuous Circle and | are in short supply we see this |
| Happy, Honest, Supportive and | our ability to develop their skills, | as a key part of our strategy to |
| Together, we undertake a wide range | capabilities and their careers is a key | build a leading team. We are also |
| of team member focused activities, | part of the attraction of working for | developing apprenticeship oers |
| some of which are as follows: | Motorpoint and ultimately will impact | across the business and functions. |

the service levels experienced by

| Listening to our employees | ourcustomers. | Wellbeing |
| --- | --- | --- |
| We have taken part in the Best |  | The wellbeing of our team members |
| Companies b-Heard survey for the last | At Motorpoint we have developed a | has always been important to us at |
| nine years and this gives us high quality | blended approach to learning and | Motorpoint. Happy and Supported |
| feedback from our team members | development to ensure we meet the | are two of our Values and our focus |
| on what they like about working for | many dierent L&D requirements | on the Virtuous Circle means we are |
| Motorpoint and, more importantly, | of our diverse team base. We have | naturally concerned about how our |
| where we can improve. This year, | online learning options for both | colleagues are feeling emotionally, |
| we ran two surveys for the irst time | mandatory training and to support | physically, mentally and inancially. |
| and we achieved a 1 Star (very good) | developmental needs. We have |  |
| accreditation. Of course, the important | a range of face to face options | We have invested in mental health |
| thing about an engagement survey | covering more leadership skills | irst aid (‘MHFA’) training and have |
| are the actions that you take as a result | and we actively encourage a one | made it compulsory for all managers |
| of the feedback and at Motorpoint all | to one coaching approach at a | in the business to be trained as well |
| areas of the business are expected to | management level. | as training further team members in |
| create an Action Plan based on their |  | each of our sites to be able to oer |
| team feedback and are measured on |  | support locally when needed. |

delivery against those plans.
46 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements

| Our One Big Dream scheme gives | across a wide range of subjects | This provides opportunities to |
| --- | --- | --- |
| the gift of time and lexibility, and | that may be impacting their lives | grow and develop personally and |
| allows an individual to take time | and gives potential access to face | professionally and that brings us all |
| out, once a month, fully paid, to do | to face counselling if required. We | the way back to the Virtuous Circle |
| something that matters to them. | also provide inancial support via | and our Motorpoint Values. |
| In FY23 we oered over 20,000 | Sovereign Healthcare to all team |  |
| hours of additional paid time o | members for key health treatment | “A friendly, supportive, happy |
| to our employees as part of this | including optical support, physical | workplace culture that has values |
| scheme. We only ask that employees | therapy and dental care. | aligned with all employees that |
| do something that will genuinely |  | work here. Open to feedback and |
| drive their happiness. This beneit | We have recently relaunched | sharing ideas. The beneits are |
| has received immensely positive | our beneits platform My M.O.T. | excellent – food purchased by |
| feedback and has been used across | (Motorpoint Oers and Treats) | Motorpoint every month, team |
| an array of activities. The diversity | and have upweighted our focus | nights out once a quarter, cheap |
| of people’s selection demonstrates | on wellbeing by oering our team | car inance rates, a great Christmas |
| just how important it is to apply the | members a wide range of beneits, | party and excellent pay/Bonus |
| lexibility to our employee beneits | discounts, access to materials and | package. Cycle to work and the |
| in order to have a real impact on | advice on physical, mental and | healthcare package are also fab |
| personal wellbeing. We also give | inancial wellbeing areas. | beneits. Motorpoint value you and |
| extra leave for birthdays, moving |  | anything that’s bothering you can |
| house and getting married. | Of course, one of the best ways | be discussed on monthly 121s with |
|  | to ensure our team members’ | manager. My wellbeing is put irst |
| We continue to partner with | wellbeing is to provide high quality | and the onsite Mental Health First |
| Sovereign Healthcare to provide | jobs that reward people well, | Aider is not something I’ve seen at |
| a 24-hour employee assistance | providing fulilling and enjoyable | any other places I’ve worked” |
| programme for our team members. | work in a supported environment |  |
| This provides a counselling hotline | with quality managers and leaders. | Car Prep |
| for team members with issues |  | Service Agent – Glassdoor |

17 January 2023
47Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## ENVIRONMENTAL,
## SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE CONTINUED
Treating Customers Fairly
GOVERNANCE
Treating Customers Fairly (‘TCF’) is a
regulatory requirement and applies
We take our governance
to all regulated irms in the conduct
responsibilities seriously and are
of their business. The Financial
committed to promoting a culture
Conduct Authority (‘FCA’) regards
within Motorpoint where everyone
fair treatment of customers by irms
does the right thing and always
as a key part of FCA regulation in the
acts with integrity, aligned with
retail market.
our shared values. We require
all employees and third parties
TCF is a core foundation of
who act on our behalf to conduct
delivering our retail proposition of
business with integrity, and to take
Choice, Value, Service and Quality,
personal responsibility for ensuring
and is thereby fundamental to
that our commitment to sound and
delivering long term business value.
ethical business conduct
To this end, the Board has reviewed
is delivered.
and maintained our Treating
Customers Fairly and Vulnerable
Whistleblowing
Customers policy. Through
We operate a conidential
concerted focus, TCF has become
whistleblowing hotline which is
an integral part of the culture and The Consumer Duty
available for all of our team and
is subject to frequent and rigorous The Consumer Duty is a suite of
our suppliers, to give them the
scrutiny within all forums that new regulations introduced by the
opportunity to raise any issues
consider, inter alia, customer facing FCA that set a higher standard for
about dishonesty or malpractice
processes, employee remuneration, the treatment of consumers using
within Motorpoint; the results of
and product selection. We are inancial services and products.
which are independently collated
committed to delivering the best The duty requires irms to put their
and submitted to the Risk and
possible service to our customers, consumers’ interests irst, making it
Compliance Committee. The Chief
with objectives across the business easier for them to make decisions in
People Oicer reports regularly
relecting this aim. their best interests and receive
to the Audit Committee on
good outcomes.
whistleblowing matters.
In particular, the following business
areas are under constant review The regulations go further than
Anti bribery and corruption
in light of changes to Motorpoint’s the TCF regulations and require all
Our anti bribery policies and anti
business model, customer regulated irms to be compliant
money laundering policies were
requirements or the regulatory by 31 July 2023 for open products
refreshed during the year following
environment: andservices.
a review and were communicated
• marketing practices, including
to all employees. Motorpoint has
promotional material; The duty sets an overarching
a zero tolerance policy in respect
• sales processes, whether on site, principle, cross cutting rules and
of bribery and corruption. This
via the contact centre or digital; requires implementation across four
extends to all business dealings
• customer communication; key outcomes. Below is an outline
and transactions, and includes a
of the duty and a description of how
• record keeping; and
prohibition on oering or receiving
Motorpoint governs its ongoing
• complaints handling.
inappropriate gifts or making undue
compliance with the duty.
payments to inluence the outcome
A review and reporting environment
of business dealings.
Motorpoint welcome the FCA’s new
has been developed to ensure that
regulations. Whilst the Group’s FCA
Motorpoint’s high expectations are
Employees are required to disclose
governance processes already in
met and that all systems, people and
oers of gifts, hospitality or other
place in respect of TCF are aligned
processes are supported to achieve
incentives with a value of more
with much of the new legislation,
our TCF objectives, including via:
than £100. All employees receive
a speciic working group was
• qualitative quality controls, such
communication of the relevant
formed in the year to address the
as after sale customer interviews
policies as part of the onboarding
new legislation and ensure that
and mystery shoppers;
process and new versions are sent
Motorpoint’s systems, processes
out if updated. • quantitative quality controls, such
and controls are appropriately in line
as cancellation rates for products
with the new consumer duty.
The Group does not make within their cooling o period; and
political donations. • ongoing training and support for
our team, including personalised
and scheduled refresher training.
48 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Area Description Motorpoint Governance
The Consumer This is the overarching principle that deines the purpose Motorpoint has appointed a speciic
Principle of all the new Consumer Duty regulation, that “irms working group covering all aspects
must act to deliver good outcomes for retail customers”. of the duty, led by the Customer
Experience Director, with the
work of the group reported to the
Motorpoint PLC Board.
The Cross 1. ‘Acting in good faith’ (e.g. not taking advantage of any The working group has worked
Cutting Rules lack of knowledge on the consumer’s part). with the business areas already
highlighted in the TCF section to
2. ‘Avoiding foreseeable harm’ (e.g. performing
ensure that the governance and
aordability checks prior to application).
constant review are aligned with the
cross cutting rules of the consumer
3. ‘Supporting consumers in achieving their inancial
duty. This has included a process
objectives’ (e.g. providing a straightforward method
mapping exercise ensuring complete
of cancelling a product should it be in the customer’s
coverage of the legislation.
interest to do so).
The Four Product and services: As a part of Motorpoint’s
Outcomes The actions required for this outcome will dier depending implementation plan for the
on irm status as a manufacturer, co-manufacturer, or consumer duty, a full review of
distributor. Overall, it requires irms to work to ensure the customer journey has taken
the products and services they oer are right for the end place in the year to ensure all four
consumer and consider any vulnerabilities their target outcomes are appropriately in line
market may have that can be accounted for. with the legislation.
Price and value: The working group has worked
Firms should focus on the fair pricing of their products with the business to ensure that
and oering value for money. Firms should review the customer journey remains
commission arrangements and for example, ensure they under constant review and has a
do not encourage the sale of products that are not in the governance structure in place that
consumer’s interest. ensures continued compliance with
the legislation.
Consumer understanding:
The FCA feels the consumer is often placed at a Motorpoint has worked closely with
disadvantage due to a lack of knowledge about the its product suppliers (‘lenders’)
products or services a irm is selling, while the irm has for regulated consumer products
the greater understanding. This outcome serves to make and ensured that the indings from
irms address this imbalance to allow consumers to make the lenders in respective of the
informed decision. This could take the form of providing consumer duty were included within
further information in an easily digestible and accessible our customer journey governance.
way when it is most relevant to the consumer.
Consumer support:
This outcome includes the numerous ways in which irms
act to communicate with consumers and provide their
services. There should be straightforward processes. The
key message from the FCA here being that it should not
be any more diicult to cancel, switch or complain about a
product than it is to purchase it initially.
Human rights
Motorpoint conducts business in an ethical manner and adheres to policies which support recognised human rights
principles. We continue to address the risks of modern slavery and human traicking, with the Board debating and
adopting the annual Anti Slavery Statement and raising awareness of the risks across the business. We work with
our suppliers to protect workers from abuse or exploitation by communicating to them the terms of our Anti Slavery
Statement and request their adherence to our policy.
A statement of the Group’s compliance with the Modern Slavery Act 2015 can be found
on the Group’s website at | www.motorpointplc.com
49Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## TASK FORCE ON CLIMATE RELATED
## FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES ‘TCFD’
We support the Task Force on Climate related Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’) and its
recommendations and are making TCFD disclosures consistent with TCFD’s recommendations
and recommended disclosures, in line with our prior year commitment and in consideration of
the all sector guidance.
We recognise that climate change is the most serious challenge to the global community, and we understand
we have a role to play in reducing greenhouse gas emissions and striving for change in the industry. The eects
of a transitioning economy will directly aect the motor industry throughout the value chain, evidenced by the
UK Government’s commitment to the end of the sale of conventional new petrol and diesel cars by 2030. We are
committed to continuously measuring and assessing the impacts of climate risks and opportunities across our
operations, physical stores and supply chains.
Our pathway to full disclosure is as follows:
Progress in
We have successfully completed our scenario planning
FY23
exercise, modelling three scenarios using the IEA World
Energy Outlook 2022, as well as a range of inputs
and bespoke considerations for the speciic risks that
Motorpoint faces.
We have also successfully materially assessed and
disclosed the relevant Scope 3 emissions for Motorpoint.
Roadmap for
Our strategy on how to achieve a complete transition to a
the future
lower carbon operating model is still reaching maturity.
We are exploring initiatives such as an ESG reporting
framework, accreditation and fully aligned and integrated
Science Based Targets, as well as the potential for a formal
carbon reduction plan.
50 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Governance
Board of Directors
• Increased focus on climate related matters
• Review and approve climate related risks and principal risks
• Quarterly reviews of climate related risks
• Chris Morgan, CFO, climate related risk register owner

| Audit Committee |  | Executive Risk |  | Environment, Social |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| • Provides twice yearly |  | and Compliance |  | and Governance |  |
|  | overviews of the risks | Committee |  | (‘ESG’) Committee |  |
|  | facing the organisation, | • Delegated responsibility |  | • Established an ESG |  |
|  | including climate change |  | for identiication, |  | committee to be |
|  | risk on the agenda |  | management and |  | responsible for |
| • Reviewed Board paper in |  |  | assessment of the |  | assessing the Group’s |
|  | January 2023 containing |  | Group’s risks |  | environmental |
|  | climate related risks | • Quarterly reviews of the |  |  | sustainability strategy |
|  | and opportunities, and |  | Group Risk Register |  |  |

planned TCFD disclosures
• Quarterly reviews of the
Group’s emerging risks
• Review and management
of climate related risks
• Twice yearly review of the
Group’s principal risks
a) Describe the Board’s The Group Risk and Compliance Our Head of Sustainability is
oversight of climate related Committee has a responsibility to responsible for implementing
monitor and oversee emerging risks the Group’s strategy in respect of
risks and opportunities.
and as such our climate risk register water and waste management –
The Board of Directors is ultimately
was reviewed at least quarterly by key elements in our ambition to
responsible for the oversight of our
the Board and key management be a more sustainable business. In
climate related risks and opportunities
personnel in the year. addition, our Head of Sustainability
impacting the Group. The Board’s
is responsible for the measurement
oversight is supported by three
As well as the Board, the Audit and reporting of our GHG emissions,
committees who have delegated
Committee provides twice yearly which are disclosed in line with
responsibility over various aspects of
overviews of the risks facing the SECR in the environment section of
governing the Group’s climate related
organisation, including climate the annual report, pages 36 to 39.
risks and opportunities.
change risk on the agenda. We have expanded our tracking of
emissions in the year to include a full
Climate related risks, including the
b) Describe management’s breakdown of our Scope 3 emissions.
risks of a transitioning economy as
role in assessing and These can all be found on page 39.
well as physical risks to Motorpoint
managing climate related
sites and stores are integrated
Our inance function is responsible
as a part of our risk management risksand opportunities.
for supporting the business in
framework. A dedicated climate Management’s role is to ensure
understanding the inancial impact
related risk register is maintained that the day to day management
of the Group’s climate related
which is monitored and assessed at of climate related risks and
risks and opportunities and has
regular intervals. opportunities are delivered along with
undertaken a high level inancial
delivering the strategy with respect
analysis this year to help understand
The Board has oversight of to osetting our carbon output, in
the potential eects on the Group’s
climate risks and opportunities line with our roadmap to becoming a
assets and costs.
through escalation via the Risk and more sustainable business.
Compliance Committee as noted in
the diagram above.
51Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## TASK FORCE ON CLIMATE RELATED
## FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES ‘TCFD’ CONTINUED

| All of the Group’s functions are | possibility of a risk event crystalising | Group’s risk management processes, |
| --- | --- | --- |
| responsible for implementing risk | over any of the next three years. | we have assessed our risks and |
| management practices as deined | Medium term analysis is deined as | mapped them to our principal risks. |
| in the risk management framework, | an outward looking ive years beyond | The summarised climate related |
| including in relation to climate | the short term risk window. Long term | risk register can be found on pages |
| related risks and opportunities. | analysis is deined as anything beyond | 56 and 57. We have kept our short, |
|  | the medium term window. During | medium and long term deinitions |
| Strategy | the year, the CFO continued as the | consistent with the prior year, with |
|  | risk owner for our climate risks and | short term risks being those that |

Our climate change strategy is
opportunities. would crystalise within the next three
underpinned by our desire to oset
years and medium risks being the ive
the carbon we produce and to be a
a) Describe the climate related year window beyond short term risks.
responsible, sustainable organisation
risks and opportunities the As such, our long term risks are those
whilst also ensuring climate related
designated as eight years or more in
risks are within appetite and organisation has identiied
the future.
opportunities are appropriately over the short, medium and
identiied and maximised. We consider long term.
Our opportunities are disclosed
the short term horizon in line with our
Following the integration of climate
below along with the applicable
risk management framework to be the
risk and opportunity this year into the
time frames:
Area: Opportunity: Time Frame
Competition • Increased opportunity to take market share by being a leader on Choice, Value, Medium
and Market Quality and Service across zero emission vehicles.
Supply Chain • Opportunity to maximise on an eicient, sustainable supply chain. Medium
Technology • Opportunity to take advantage of new technology helping the business achieve Medium
net zero across its Scope 1 & 2 emissions more quickly.
Brand and • Opportunity to have a reputation for being a responsible, sustainable company Medium
Reputation which will be increasingly important for consumers.
Physical • We expect an increased opportunity to be able to have a more sustainable Long
Locations footprint with new ways of running a store with sustainable energy generation,
more eicient stores and an opportunity to consider nature reclamation and
air pollution ideas in the stores of the future.

| The responsibility for maximising | planning looking at future cash | We considered in our scenario |
| --- | --- | --- |
| opportunities ultimately lies with the | lows across three IEA Global | analysis the risk of increased taxation |
| Board, with delegated responsibility | Energy Outlook Scenarios to ensure | and legal requirements should the |
| to the ESG Committee for reporting | that our climate related risks had | Group fail to achieve its net zero |
| on possible opportunities in | been considered for any increased | ambitions as well as the physical |
| theseareas. | costs when considering the value | risks of climate change to our |
|  | of our assets and future forecasts. | physical store locations, based on an |
| All of the risks identiied are within | The indings from this work | estimation of our future footprint. |
| the scope of the Group’s emergent | were that when including these |  |
| risk process and none of the risks | additional costs in future cash lows | We note that our carbon footprint, |
| identiied were assessed as being | in respect of climate related risks | when taking into account Scope |
| material in the short term. This | across what the Board believe to be | 3 emissions, is disproportionately |
| will be carefully monitored in line | plausible outcomes, there was not | outweighed by the use of our sold |
| with the Group’s risk management | a signiicant risk of impairment to | products category, relating to the |
| processes and will be enhanced by | our future operating model assets | emissions of internal combustion |
| the Group’s plans around scenario | or any short term risk identiied | engine vehicles. As a used car |
| planning in the future. | indicating a possible impairment | retailer, we need all manufacturers |
|  | over currentassets. | to improve their proposition on |
| b) Describe the impact |  | zero emission vehicles, so that we |
| of climate related risks | With respect to judgements made | in turn can oer our customers the |
|  | over the future business and | same Choice, Value, Service and |

and opportunities on the
strategy, the Group anticipates a Quality without compromising on
organisation’s business,
natural shift in consumer choice product or convenience, noting that
strategy and inancial planning.
towards alternately fuelled and many customers still have concerns
During the year we undertook an
Electric Vehicles (‘EVs’) in the contemplating the switch to zero
exercise as a part of our inancial
medium term. emission vehicles.
52 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
The Group has undertaken activity in the year to execute the prior year planning work on transition mitigations:
Prior Year Plan Current Year Execution
• Planning in place for increased electric charging • Our new Coventry and Ipswich stores have EV
points for customer convenience at our stores. charging points installed for both customer use and
in preparation. Rollout of charges at existing stores
is underway.
• Technicians trained and ready to prepare EVs. • All technicians including new team members in this
role are trained to safely prepare EVs.
Other impacts in respect of business and strategy can be seen on pages 56 and 57 in our climate risk and
opportunities register which includes any current plans for risk mitigations across our business and strategy.
c) Describe the resilience of the organisation’s strategy, taking into consideration dierent climate
related scenarios including 2° or lower scenario
Net Zero Emissions by 2050 scenario (NZE) Announced Pledges Scenario (APS) Stated Policies Scenario (STEPS)

| A scenario which sets out a pathway for the global |  | A scenario which assumes | A more conservative scenario |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| energy sector to achieve net zero CO | 2 emissions | that all climate commitments | benchmark for the future, |
| by 2050. |  | made by governments around | removing the assumption that |
|  |  | the world, including nationally | governments will reach all |

Our work on this low carbon transition scenario
determined contributions and announced goals. This scenario
focuses on the rapid policy, regulatory,
longer term net zero targets takes account of existing policies
technological and market changes that will be
are met. and measures as well as those
required by 2030 to restrict emissions to a level
under development, ultimately
which limits global warming to 1.5°C. This scenario aims to show
leading to a world with increasing
the ambition gap, highlighting
physical climate change impacts
how close announced pledges
owing to warming increases
get to the Paris 2015 target
beyond 2.0°C.
of limiting the increase in
warming to 1.5°C.
Deinitions and Objectives
In this climate model, the
warming impact is estimated
to be in the bracket of IPCC
assessed scenarios that limit
warming to 2.0°C.
We used our target operating model for 2030, which assumes we achieve our medium term growth goals and spread our
footprint to 30 stores, in conjunction with the IEA assumptions and inputs in the ’IEA (2022), Global Energy and Climate
Model’. This includes detailed input assumptions over GDP, population and technology changes as well as the speciic
elements relevant to Motorpoint under each scenario, including cost of energy and cost of carbon. The eects of each
scenario are shown below.
Methods The IPCC Sixth Assessment Report on Mitigation of Climate Change, released in April 2022, assessed a large number of
scenarios that led to at least a 50% chance of limiting the temperature rise to 1.5°C in 2100. The NZE Scenario trajectory is
well within the envelope of these scenarios.’ IEA (2022), Global Energy and Climate Model, IEA, Paris https://www.iea.org/
reports/global-energy-and-climate-model, License: CC BY 4.0.
53Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## TASK FORCE ON CLIMATE RELATED
## FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES ‘TCFD’ CONTINUED
Net Zero Emissions by 2050 scenario (NZE) Announced Pledges Scenario (APS) Stated Policies Scenario (STEPS)

| Assessing the inputs and outcomes of the NZE | Assessing the inputs and | Under the STEPS pathway, |
| --- | --- | --- |
| pathway, Motorpoint would see increasing risks of | outcomes of the APS pathway, | Motorpoint would see reduced |
| transition in the medium term, especially if the cost | Motorpoint would see increased | risks of transition in the medium |
| of carbon as modelled in the scenario cannot be | risks of transition in the medium | term, with osetting costs likely |
| mitigated through osetting using voluntary carbon | term from potentially increased | to be much lower from avoidance |
| markets (‘VCMs’) or achieving natural net zero | costs of carbon osetting, albeit | of the modelled increases to the |
| across Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions. | much less signiicant than under | cost of carbon in the NZE and APS |
|  | the NZE pathway. | pathways. However, there would be |

In the medium term outlook for this scenario, we
greater physical risks to stores and
took the approach of assuming Motorpoint would In the medium term outlook
supply chain.

| still be selling a small proportion ICE vehicles in 2030 | for this scenario, we took the |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
| and would not totally achieve zero emission vehicles | approach that Motorpoint’s | Our modelling in this scenario |
| sales until at least 2034. We also assumed that we | current strategy for EV transition | still assumes that Motorpoint |
| would be mandated to oset any residual carbon | would be achieved, with a | would continue on its path to be |
| still produced. We modelled osetting at least as | signiicant proportion of our sold | a sustainable business, osetting |
| many tonnes of carbon as we did in 2021, as well as | products being zero emission | its carbon emissions and helping |
| our Scope 3 emissions for the limited ICE vehicles | vehicles by 2031. | customers reduce their impact on |
| sales still expected to be made, and factoring in the |  | the planet by in turn, reducing our |

Under this scenario, Motorpoint
increased cost of carbon. We also factored in an own emissions.
would be on track for the
increased cost of electricity, in line with the modelled
announced pledges and as We would expect greater physical
price increases in the IEA ‘NZE’ scenario.
such, we assumed lower costs risks to Motorpoint’s stores in the
As such, Motorpoint could expect greater carbon of osetting (compared to ‘NZE’) long term both acute and chronic
osetting costs and energy costs which would would be required, factoring in an under this pathway.
increase operating expenditure. However, even in increase for the potential size of
Possible mitigations may include

|  | this scenario, the model showed that the business | Motorpoint’s footprint based on |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Eect on Motorpoint |  |  | strategic placement of future stores |
|  | would be resilient enough to cope with increased | the 2030 operating model. |  |

to factor in weather defences as
costs of transition.

|  | An acute risk of physical damage | well as continued detailed business |
| --- | --- | --- |
| In the long term under this pathway, we would | to sites would be greater than | continuity planning work. |
| expect the business to achieve signiicantly reduced | the NZE pathway albeit reduced |  |
| Scope 3 emissions from greater (or total) proportion | in the long term compared to the |  |
| of sold products being zero emission vehicles which | STEPS scenario. We expect to |  |
| would ultimately mitigate the greatest portion of | mitigate this risk through physical |  |
| carbon required to be oset. | defences and strategic planning |  |

over the location of our future
Even in the NZE scenario an acute risk of physical
stores.
damage to stores remains with eects of warming
limited, not mitigated. We expect to mitigate this risk
through physical defences and strategic planning
over the location of our future stores. Our current
store footprint is substantially low rated for lood
risk. We expect that the chronic risk of sea level rises
as a result of warming impacts to be reduced under
this scenario.
Medium term impact:

|  |  |  | Impact of climate risks on | ‘NZE’ business area |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Business area ‘NZE’ scenario risk STEPS pathway risk |  |  | our inancial performance | mitigations |
| Use of sold products Carbon tax on Scope |  | Physical damage | A inancial impact | Infrastructure work |
|  | 3 emissions | to inventory from | may manifest itself | across stores and |
|  |  | increased extreme | in an increased cost | preparation centres |
|  |  | weather events | of compliance if | to ready for increased |
|  |  |  | Motorpoint cannot | zero emission |
|  |  |  | reduce its emissions | vehicles |

in line with the pace
UK stores and Carbon tax on Scope Flood risk Continued ESG of regulatory change
preparation centres 1 and 2 emissions strategy work to
reduce Scope 1 & 2
emissions
54 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Risk management by the ESG Committee, chaired by steps are taken to agree mitigating
Adele Cooper. The ESG Committee actions to bring the risk exposure to
During the year, the Board has
meets quarterly and ensures within appetite.
discussed climate change related
Motorpoint progresses on its journey
matters and identiied both risks
of carbon osetting and analysing our Our risk management framework
and opportunities for the eects of
environmental impact. states that risks are managed on
a transitioning economy as well as
an integrated basis throughout
physical risks of climate change.
Climate related risks, including our organisation and as such,
These have been through a process
risks of a transitioning economy as function level risk registers were
of review from both the Group Risk
well as physical risks to Motorpoint updated during the year to ensure
and Compliance Committee and the
stores and preparation centres are consideration of new and emerging
AuditCommittee.
integrated as a part of our emergent risks, including climate related risks,
risk process, which is a part of our where appropriate.
The ongoing management of
risk management framework. The
Motorpoint’s climate risks is
risks on this register were all assessed Metrics and targets
performed through the quarterly
to be ‘emerging’ and as such are
review of the Group’s risk in the Risk The Group has metrics and targets
monitored closely for the requirement
and Compliance Committee. This that facilitate the measurement of the
to enter active mitigation strategies.
is informed by the work of the ESG Group’s impact on the environment
The process for managing individual
Committee, who also meet quarterly. and monitor performance against the
risks is to carefully monitor the impact
Our climate risks and opportunities Group’s ambition with respect to the
assessment of these risks, with
are mapped to our principal risks carbon oset of operations.
mitigating activities actioned should
and uncertainties, consistent with
any risk be deemed signiicant and
our approach to fully integrate a) Disclose the metrics used
outside of Group risk appetite.
climate change risk into our risk by the organisation to assess
management practices.
climate related risks and
All of the climate related risks
opportunities in line with
identiied in the register of emerging
a) Describe the organisation’s
climate risks are related to the Group’s its strategy and risk
process for identifying and
principal risks, which have their management process.
assessing climate related risks.
own wider controls and mitigating The Group’s strategy is underpinned
The process for identifying and activities. As such, the climate related
by a desire to achieve carbon
assessing climate related risks risks include mapping to the relevant
neutrality, and as such KPIs are
is aligned with the Group Risk principal risk. Details on mitigating
monitored closely, helping inform
Management Framework. activities for the Group’s principal
the Group over its climate related
risks is held within the principal risks risks. The metrics that the Group
Climate related risks are within the and uncertainties (‘PRUs’) database.
monitors are within the scope of
scope of the Group’s emergent risk
the ESG Committee which provides
process which feeds from function c) Describe how processes
oversight and governance. The day
level risk management as well as the
for identifying, assessing, to day management of the Group’s
Group Strategy. Where an emergent
and managing climate related metrics and targets are within the
climate related risk is deemed to be
scope of the role of our Head of
risks are integrated into
material to Group strategy it will be
Sustainability who is responsible
the organisation’s overall
included in the Group Risk Register.
for the implementation of our
risk management.
Group risks are subject to Group Risk
ambitions in becoming a more
and Compliance Committee, Senior Risk measurement and assessment
sustainable business. Our KPIs have
Leadership Team (‘SLT’) and Board is deined in the risk management
been updated in the year to more
level review. The structure of our risk framework and all of our climate
accurately track our emissions and
management at Motorpoint can be related risks were assessed in line
impact on the environment, which is
found in our risk management section with the deined criteria for assessing
governed by the ESG Committee.
of the annual report. emerging risks to the business in the
risk management plan.
The KPIs are:
b) Describe the organisation’s • KPI 1: GHG emissions (CO
2
Ongoing management of risks is
processes for managing Scope 1 and 2) as disclosed
performed in line with our risks
climate related risks. in the SECR statement in the
management framework. Where
environment section.
During the year climate risks and
assessed to be above minimum
opportunities were managed using • KPI 2: Intensity Ratio as disclosed
risk recognition limits for a low
a dual approach. in the SECR statement in the
rated risk (greater than 0% chance
environment section.
of crystallisation in the next three
Our journey towards being a more
years and 2% or greater impact
sustainable company, including In addition, the KPIs are used by
on key inancial targets speciic to
our strategic goals of osetting the Group Finance to aid its inancial
that risk) and outside of appetite,
carbon that we produce, is managed review of climate related risks.
55Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## TASK FORCE ON CLIMATE RELATED
## FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES ‘TCFD’ CONTINUED
b) Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2 and, if appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, and
the related risks
Our Scope 1, 2 and appropriate Scope 3 emissions are disclosed in our environment section on pages 36 to 39.
c) Describe the targets used by the organisation to manage climate related risks and opportunities
and performance against targets
The principal target for the organisation is in line with the strategy to reach net zero through carbon neutrality, for
its Scope 1 and 2 emissions, and currently recognising that carbon osetting has a role to play when considering the
whole supply chain (Scope 3 emissions). As such, the KPIs disclosed above are measured carefully to ensure that in
the future, the Group’s targets are met across Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions.
Dynamic risk scoring

| Net zero by | Announced | Stated |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 2050 (1.5) | policies | policies |
|  | 2.0-2.5 | (>2.5) |

Risk
classiication Risk area Mapping to PRUs Timeframe Risk description NZE APS STEPS
Transition Policy and Legal Regulatory and Compliance Long Term Risk of increased taxation as UK Government aims to meet its own climate
##   
change commitments. Key areas relating to Motorpoint include: increased
taxes for energy, vehicle fuel taxes, waste and overall 'carbon tax'
Policy changes deter need for private vehicle ownership
##   
Technology & Competition, Market and Customers Long Term Increased costs from carbon osetting or needing to enter VCMs to
##   
Market Risks support journey to net zero
Medium Term Not meeting increased demand for electric and alternate fuelled vehicles
##   
leading to loss of market share
Availability and Terms of Customer Finance Customer inance availability is limited because alternative fuel cars are
##   
more expensive than traditional petrol / diesel cars in relation to earnings
and lenders are not conident over battery degradation
Reputational Brand and Reputation Medium Term Customers lose conidence in the brand as Motorpoint does not respond
##   
Risks eectively or urgently to public concerns over climate change
People and Culture Failure to attract and retain talent, if Motorpoint is not perceived to
##   
be a responsible company
Competition, Market and Customers Failure to attract and retain investors / pressure from investors /
##   
shareholders if Motorpoint is not perceived to be a responsible company
Physical Acute Risks Supply Chain Disruption Medium Term Risk of action from climate action groups disrupting the business
##   
Risks
Long Term Extreme weather events could lead to site and inventory damage
##   
Extreme weather events could cause signiicant supply chain disruption
##   
aecting Motorpoint's ability to move cars quickly and eiciently
Extreme weather events could increase competition for land use,
##   
aecting Motorpoint's ability to expand to new sites
Chronic Risk Supply Chain Disruption Long Term Material rise in sea levels leading to changed UK landscape: site
##   
relocation / supply chain alterations required
56 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Key to risk scoring
##  High
##   Medium
##   Low
Dynamic risk scoring

| Net zero by | Announced | Stated |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 2050 (1.5) | policies | policies |
|  | 2.0-2.5 | (>2.5) |

Risk
classiication Risk area Mapping to PRUs Timeframe Risk description NZE APS STEPS
Transition Policy and Legal Regulatory and Compliance Long Term Risk of increased taxation as UK Government aims to meet its own climate
##   
change commitments. Key areas relating to Motorpoint include: increased
taxes for energy, vehicle fuel taxes, waste and overall 'carbon tax'
Policy changes deter need for private vehicle ownership
##   
Technology & Competition, Market and Customers Long Term Increased costs from carbon osetting or needing to enter VCMs to
##   
Market Risks support journey to net zero
Medium Term Not meeting increased demand for electric and alternate fuelled vehicles
##   
leading to loss of market share
Availability and Terms of Customer Finance Customer inance availability is limited because alternative fuel cars are
##   
more expensive than traditional petrol / diesel cars in relation to earnings
and lenders are not conident over battery degradation
Reputational Brand and Reputation Medium Term Customers lose conidence in the brand as Motorpoint does not respond
##   
Risks eectively or urgently to public concerns over climate change
People and Culture Failure to attract and retain talent, if Motorpoint is not perceived to
##   
be a responsible company
Competition, Market and Customers Failure to attract and retain investors / pressure from investors /
##   
shareholders if Motorpoint is not perceived to be a responsible company
Physical Acute Risks Supply Chain Disruption Medium Term Risk of action from climate action groups disrupting the business
##   
Risks
Long Term Extreme weather events could lead to site and inventory damage
##   
Extreme weather events could cause signiicant supply chain disruption
##   
aecting Motorpoint's ability to move cars quickly and eiciently
Extreme weather events could increase competition for land use,
##   
aecting Motorpoint's ability to expand to new sites
Chronic Risk Supply Chain Disruption Long Term Material rise in sea levels leading to changed UK landscape: site
##   
relocation / supply chain alterations required
57Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## FINANCIAL REVIEW
## Record
## revenues in
## achallenging
## market
Economic headwinds provided a challenge to proitability, but
record revenues and progress against strategic objectives put
us in a position for sustainable proitable growth.

| Group inancial | Gross proit was £85.7m (FY22: | (Loss) / Proit before taxation was |
| --- | --- | --- |
| performanceheadlines | £106.3m). FY22 beneitted from the | £(0.3)m (FY22: £21.5m), relecting |
|  | record used car inlation. In FY23 we | the fall from record margins in FY22, |

Despite the fall in proitability,
invested in the customer to ensure a lower number of units sold due to
the Group experienced record
we maintained our price leading a smaller market, increased strategic
revenue, which increased by 8.9%
position, in terms of low vehicle investment, losses from new store
to £1,440.2m (FY22: £1,322.3m),
prices and taking a lower inance openings and higher interest costs.
with further strong market share
commission to oset APR increases.
gains. This growth was supported
The latter part of FY23 was also Despite the lower proitability net
by new stores, an increase in more
impacted by retail price reductions cash improved signiicantly. Net
expensive premium models being
to clear through the well publicised cash, excluding lease liabilities, at 31
sold, and vehicle price inlation.
fall in Electric Vehicle values. March 2023 was positive £5.6m (as
set out on page 160) (31 March 2022:
net £21.2m negative, being £7.8m
cash and £29.0m fully drawn down
revolving credit facility).
### “ We are pleased to report record revenues
### and strong market share gains, whilst
### recognising the impact on proitability
### due to the challenging economic
### environment in the past year.”
Chris Morgan
Chief Financial Oicer
58 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Trading performance
## £1,440.2m £(0.3)m
The Group has two key revenue
Total revenues (Loss) / Proit before tax
streams, being (i) vehicles sold to
retail customers via the Group's (FY22: £1,322.3m) (FY22: £21.5m)
stores, call centre and digital
channels, and (ii) vehicles sold to
wholesale customers via the Group's
Auction4Cars.com website.
Retail customers Wholesale customers Total
FY23 FY22 FY23 FY22 FY23 FY22
£m £m £m £m £m £m
Revenue 1,175.7 1,112.3 264.5 210.0 1,440.2 1,322.3
Gross proit 74.5 91.0 11.2 15.3 85.7 106.3
Retail

| Revenue from retail customers | Gross proit per retail unit for the | Our 18th (Edinburgh) and 19th |
| --- | --- | --- |
| was up 5.7% to £1,175.7m (FY22: | inancial year was £1,300 (FY22: | (Coventry) stores opened in the |
| £1,112.3m), with 57.3k vehicles | £1,446). This reduction relected | autumn, and both are trading well. |
| sold (FY22: 62.9k). The number of | investment in price leadership, | Ipswich opened in mid-May. |
| vehicles sold is a consequence | both in terms of vehicle pricing and |  |
| of the fall in size of our available | lower inance commissions, and the | Wholesale |
| market, as our share of this 0–4 | marking down of Electric Vehicles. |  |

Wholesale units sold via
year old market increased to
Auction4Cars.com, which sells
3.5% (FY22: 3.1%). Of the sales, Finance penetration increased to
vehicles that have been part
37.5% were sold online / digitally. 56% (FY22: 52%). Our APR inance
exchanged by retail customers, or
Since re-opening post Covid, the rates continue to be competitive
directly purchased from consumers,
majority of customers still prefer despite an increase in October from
was down against last year relecting
the store experience for their 8.9% to 9.9%, and in January to
the fall in retail units. 32.4k vehicles
vehiclepurchase. 10.9% which relected the increase
were sold via this purely online
in cost of inance. In FY23 we did
platform (FY22: 34.8k). Gross proit
We purchased 5,016 vehicles not pass all of the cost of money
per wholesale unit was £346 (FY22:
directly from consumers and of increases to customers which
£440). Last year beneitted from the
these 3,387 were sold through demonstrated our price leadership
strong market conditions, and this
the retail channel. but delated gross margin.
year marks a return to more normal
levels (FY21:£344).
59Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## FINANCIAL REVIEW CONTINUED

| Operating expenses | Taxation | Balance sheet |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Operating expenses decreased from | The tax charge in the period is | Net assets remained broadly |
| £81.3m in FY22 to £79.2m. This fall is | for the amount assessable for UK | consistent with prior year at £38.9m. |
| despite a planned uplift in strategic | corporation tax in the year net of | Working capital was proactively |
| costs with further investments in | prior year adjustments and deferred | managed, with a signiicant |
| digital, technology and new stores. | tax credits. The tax charge has | improvement in the net |
| These incremental costs amounted | reduced to £0.3m (FY22: £4.6m), | cash position. |
| to £6.1m (FY22: £1.0m). Despite new | relecting lower proitability. |  |
| stores and growth of the digital |  | Non-current assets were £75.2m |
| marketing team, overall headcount | Shares | (31 March 2022: £59.2m) and made |
| reduced 14.4% to 794, as we focus on |  | up of £13.1m of property, plant |

At 31 March 2023, 90,189,885
eiciency in stores, preparation and and equipment, £58.4m right-of-
ordinary shares were outstanding,
head oice. Energy usage per square use assets and intangible assets
of which 1,686,307 were held in the
foot fell 7.3% compared to last year. of £3.7m (31 March 2022: £10.9m,
Employee Beneit Trust.
Overall property costs increased £46.7m, £0.6m and a deferred tax
due to new locations and business asset of £1.0m respectively). The
Earnings per share
rates (Government relief available Group currently owns one remaining
Basic and diluted earnings per
in previous year). Marketing costs freehold plot of land in Glasgow.
share were both (0.7) pence
decreased from £18.9m to £14.0m. All other properties are on leases of
(FY22:18.7pence).
The early part of FY22 included various lengths.
increased marketing costs to support
stores postlockdown. Dividends The Group closed the period with
£148.6m of inventory, down from
No dividend was paid in the period
Other income £228.4m at 31 March 2022. Days in
(FY22: £Nil) and the Board has not
stock for the period improved to 51
Other income relates to the small recommended a dividend (FY22:
days (FY22: 54 days). Although the
gain on the sale and leaseback £Nil) while it focuses on investment
record price inlation experienced
transactions during FY23 (no such to drive organic growth.
in FY22 was not repeated, used
transactions in FY22).
vehicle prices generally remained
Capital expenditure high compared to historic levels.
Exceptional items
and disposals However, we did experience a
There have been no exceptional
Cash purchases of property, plant signiicant fall in Electric Vehicle
items in the period (FY22: £Nil).
and equipment, and intangible prices in the second half of FY23,
assets was £9.4m (FY22: £6.9m), and which negatively impacted margin.
Interest
primarily related to bringing the new

| The Group’s net inancial expense | stores in Edinburgh and Coventry | At 31 March 2023, the Group had |
| --- | --- | --- |
| was £7.1m (FY22: £3.5m); the | up to standard for opening, major | £195.0m (31 March 2022: £195.0m) |
| increase relected the sharp | reits at Newport and Burnley stores, | of stocking inance facilities |
| rise in cost of borrowing, which | and intangibles relating to software | available of which £102.5m (31 |
| materially impacted the funding | and website development. All new | March 2022: £147.0m) was drawn. |
| ofstockfacilities. | properties were leased. | The Group has available stocking |

facilities with Black Horse Limited of

| Total interest charges on the | In the year, two sale and leaseback | £120.0m, and £75.0m with Lombard |
| --- | --- | --- |
| stocking facilities were £4.7m | transactions were successfully | North Central PLC. |
| (FY22:£1.5m). | completed. These were the |  |
|  | Stockton-on-Tees store and the | The Group also has a £35.0m facility |
| Interest on lease liabilities of 2.0m | Peterborough preparation centre. | with Santander UK PLC, split between |
| (FY22: £1.7m) was incurred in | The freeholds were sold gross for | £6.0m available as an uncommitted |
| theyear. | £5.0m and £4.8m and leased backed | overdraft and £29.0m available as a |
|  | at annual rents of £350k and £265k | revolving credit facility. This facility |
| Interest on banking facilities was | respectively. | was extended in June 2023 for a |
| £0.4m (FY22: £0.3m). |  | further three years, with the option of |

two one-year extensions. At 31 March
2023, £Nil (31 March 2022: £29.0m)
was drawn on this facility.
60 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Trade and other receivables were Capital structure and treasury
£18.4m (31 March 2022: £13.6m).
The Group's objective when
This increase related to timing
managing working capital is to
of commissions due from
ensure adequate working capital for
Finance providers.
all operating activities and liquidity,
including comfortable headroom to
Trade and other payables, inclusive
take advantage of opportunities, or
of the stock inancing facilities, have
to weather short term downturns.
decreased to £143.8m (31 March
The Group also aims to operate an
2022: £193.8m) primarily relecting
eicient capital structure to achieve
a reduction in the drawn down
its business plan.
stocking facilities.
The Group's long term funding
The increase in total lease liabilities
arrangements consist primarily of
to £63.6m (31 March 2022:
the stocking inance facilities with
£52.8m) relects the new store
Black Horse Limited and Lombard
additions, along with the sale and
North Central (to a maximum of
leasebacks of Stockton-on-Tees and
£195.0m) and an unsecured loan
Peterborough preparation centre.
facility provided by Santander UK
Ipswich opened in May 2023.
PLC, split between £6.0m available
as an uncommitted overdraft and

| Cash low | £29.0m available as a revolving |
| --- | --- |
| Cash generated from operations was | credit facility. This loan facility |
| £41.3m inlow (FY22: £5.5m outlow). | with Santander UK PLC has been |
| This relected the large reduction in | extended in June 2023 and will |
| the value of inventory which more | now expire in June 2026, with the |
| than oset the drop in creditors and | option of two one-year extensions, if |
| lower operating proit. | agreed by both parties. |

Other main items in the cash low

| include: capital expenditure of | Chris Morgan |
| --- | --- |
| £9.4m (FY22: £6.9m), payments | Chief Financial Oicer |
| to satisfy future employee share | 14 June 2023 |

plan obligations of £0.7m (FY22:
£5.0m), a net repayment of
borrowings (RCF) of £29.0m (FY22:
£Nil), principal lease repayments
of £5.9m (FY22: £4.0m), interest
payments of £7.1m (FY22: £3.5m)
and tax payments of £1.1m (FY22:
£2.3m). Net proceeds of £9.7m
were received for the two sale and
leasebacks.
61Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## RISK MANAGEMENT
## Risk management: a key component of governance at
## Motorpoint, continuing to build on the strong foundation
## of our shared values
### Risk management is a key component of Motorpoint’s strategy. We recognise that
### eective risk management is essential to protecting our assets, maintaining our
### reputation, and ensuring the long term success of the Group. During the year we
### continued on our journey to level up risk management across the Group, including
### through a new training programme for all team members as well as focus and
### oversight from the Group Risk and Compliance Committee. We are committed to
### maintaining a strong and eective risk management framework underpinned by
### our core values: Happy, Honest, Supportive and Proud.
Approach to risk management risk management strategy is a key and assessing the Group’s risks
priority for the Group, with last year’s annually, measuring them against
The Board is accountable for
expansion of the Group Risk and a deined set of criteria, and
maintaining a policy of continuous
Compliance Committee being irmly considering the likelihood of
identiication and review of the
embedded in the year as a robust risk occurrence and potential impact
principal risks facing the Group which
management practice. to the Group. The Group Risk and
could threaten its future performance
Compliance Committee is formed
or business model. On behalf of the
The Group Risk and Compliance of the Executive Board, the Head
Board, the Audit Committee reviews
Committee has delegated of Internal Audit and Risk and risk
the eectiveness of Motorpoint’s risk
responsibility, from the Audit owning Senior Leadership
management processes. Motorpoint’s
Committee, for formally identifying Team (‘SLT’) members.
Risk management
Plc Board
• Risk appetite set by the Board Group
• Overall responsibility for risk strategy and
management objectives
Audit
Group Risk and
Committee
Compliance
Reviews
Committee Emerging Principal risk Climate risk
eectiveness of
• Delegated responsibility risks review review
risk management
for risk management
Functional
management
• Day to day risk
management Finance IT Operations People
• Clear escalation routes
in place
62 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
• Horizon scanning – including
Risk management plays an integral The Group’s risk proile is reported
the review of construction
part in the Group’s planning, to the Executive Board for review
and distribution media and
decision making and management and challenge, ahead of inal review
attendance at industry forums by
processes. All team members have and approval by the Board. These
management, including members
a responsibility to ensure they principal risks are then subject to
of the Group Risk and Compliance
understand the risks in their area Board discussion during the course
Committee. Findings and key
of activity and that they implement of the year, as appropriate. To drive
messages are discussed as part of
and operate eective controls to continuous improvement across
the agenda of the Group Risk and
manage the risks. the business, the Group Risk and
Compliance Committee.
Compliance Committee monitors the
• External insights – using
The Group’s risk management suitability and adequacy of controls
specialist third parties to identify
approach is summarised as follows: in place and the ongoing status
new and changing risks such as
of action plans against key risks
upcoming changes to regulation.

| 1. Identify potential risks |  | quarterly, with a particular focus for |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | through scanning the external | those risks considered to be outside | • Management meetings – regular |  |
|  | environment, as well as internal | of the Group’s risk appetite. |  | Head of Internal Audit and |
|  | processes and the Group |  |  | Risk attendance at operational |
|  | strategy. |  |  | management meetings to discuss |

Emerging risks
2. Assess and assign a value to the potential new risks. This is further
Embracing the indings from the supported through monthly
risk to allow it to be prioritised.
FRC’s thematic review has been a key business performance reviews
Assessing likelihood for gross
part of Motorpoint’s approach to risk conducted by the CEO and
(before controls) and net (after
management in the year, including CFO to identify risks potentially
the eect of controls).
the request for more detailed materialising in business
3. Respond through planning
information about the process for performance.
future actions based on the
identifying and assessing emerging
current risk assessment and the
risks. The Motorpoint Group Risk and Assessment and reporting
target risk level (which will be
Compliance Committee assumes Once identiied, emerging risks are
in line with risk appetite). Risks
responsibility for the identiication assessed as follows:
can be transferred, terminated,
and assessment of Motorpoint's • Identify and map out the core
tolerated or treated.
emerging risks. Our strategy for elements of the emerging risk,
4. Monitor the development of risks
emerging risks is as follows: including ownership.
over time through tracking key
risk indicators. • Hold workshops with risk
Identiication
5. Report back to the SLT and owners to assess the level of
The following activities are
Board through the Group Risk the potential risk.
completed to identify potential
and Compliance Committee to • Identify potential mitigating
emerging risks:
ensure risks are being managed actions.
in line with risk appetite.
• Report on emerging risks to
the Audit Committee.
Emerging risks for Motorpoint:
MONITOR
REPORT
Group risk register
review by Risk
and Compliance
Committee
RESPOND
Identify mitigating ASSESS
IDENTIFY ASSESS Document in
activities/ Plan future actions
Assess net risk register
Identify risk Assess gross risk controls (if outside risk
risk
appetite)
REPORT
Functional risk
register reviewed
by risk owner
(SLT member)
63Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
## EMERGING RISKS FOR MOTORPOINT:
Dynamic risk

| Risk and impact Commentary |  | assessment |
| --- | --- | --- |
| 1. Used car ownership is replaced | We operate a highly lexible approach and business | Decreasing |
| by a subscription based service | model. Whilst the Society of Motor Manufacturers and |  |
| which oers convenience and | Traders (‘SMMT’) states that the case for private vehicle |  |
| cost predictability. | ownership remains strong, we are mindful that a potential |  |

adaptation in the future would not be out of reach for
the business.

| 2. Motorpoint does not adapt | We are already upgrading infrastructure with increased | Decreasing |
| --- | --- | --- |
| eectively to infrastructure | charging points, training of our preparation team and |  |
| requirements for increased demand | ensuring that customers have all of the information |  |
| for zero emission vehicles (and | required over the potential decision to purchase a zero |  |
| other climate related transition | emission vehicle. |  |

emergentrisks).

| 3. Motorpoint does not adapt to | Currently, the technology does not indicate a change | Decreasing |
| --- | --- | --- |
| new technologies surrounding | to the ownership or change in the use case for private |  |
| autonomous vehicle driving. | vehicles in the UK. As noted in the irst emerging risk, |  |

we have a highly adaptable business model and would
consider a range of mitigations should this risk increase in
likelihood.

| 4. New or existing suppliers choose |  | We recognise that the barriers of entry to the market for | Stable |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | to sell used vehicles directly to | some of the largest suppliers are lower than a start-up |  |
|  | end users. | entity. However, we are conident that our market share |  |

would continue to grow by continuing to be irst for
Choice, Value, Service and Quality for our customers.

| 5. An industry disrupter could ind a | We are conident that by continuing to invest in our brand | Stable |
| --- | --- | --- |
| way to sell a used car from person | and oering the best Choice, Value, Service and Quality |  |
| A to person B without taking | for our customers that we would remain a trusted retailer |  |
| ownership i.e. a connection charge / | for used cars. |  |

agent mechanism.
Principal risks and uncertainties
Details of our principal risks and uncertainties are shown on the following pages. This includes the key mitigating
activities in place to address them. It is recognised that the Group is exposed to risks wider than those listed.
Wedisclose those we believe are likely to have the greatest impact on our business at this moment in time and
which have been subject to debate at recent Board or Audit Committee meetings.
How the Board manages risk
The Board and each of its delegated committees operate to a prescribed meeting agenda to ensure that all
relevant risks are identiied and addressed as appropriate. Key management information is reviewed to prescribe
operating controls and performance monitoring against the Company’s strategy and business plans.
64 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
The Non-Executive Directors Changes to principal risks
have particular responsibility The Group operates a four lines of
During FY23 the Group Risk
for monitoring the inancial defence model across its internal
and Compliance Committee
and operating performance, to controls. These are summarised
and the Board continued with
ensure that progress is being asfollows:
its role of managing the Group
made towards our agreed goals.
principal risks and where outside
The Board’s responsibilities
of appetite, setting out and
also include assessing the
monitoring mitigations to bring
1st line
eectiveness of internal controls
the risks within appetite.
Operational and
and the management of risk.
There were no new emerging management controls
The Board’s annual review • Site management with
or principal risks in the year

| of the eectiveness of | conirmed by the Board and |  | appropriate team structure |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| risk management and | the Group Risk and Compliance |  | and dedicated leadership |
| internalcontrols | Committee, although the Board has |  | team reporting line |
|  | recognised that FY22’s ‘economic | • Visible, championed values |  |

During the year, the Board
vulnerability’ risk required review and expected behaviours
considered all strategic matters,
and as such has been renamed to • Application of Company
received key performance
‘business resilience’ in FY23. The policies and procedures
information on operating,
key reason behind the change
inancial and compliance matters • Employee induction, training
was to more accurately describe
and reviewed the results of and ongoing support
the risk faced by the Group; there
corresponding controls and risk • Executive and leadership
are a number of external factors
management. The Board received team oversight
which could aect the Group wider
from the Audit Committee and
than just an economic downturn
the Executive’s Group Risk and
or recession. The principal risk to
Compliance Committee timely
mitigate is ensuring that the Group
information and reports on all
remains resilient in the face of any 2nd line
relevant aspects of risk and
external challenge whether that is Risk and compliance
corresponding controls. We
an economic downturn, pandemic monitoring
reviewed all of our key Company
or climate related physical risk • Compliance and Data
policies and ensured that all
crystallisation. Protection Oicers
matters of internal control
• Operational audit activity
received adequate Board scrutiny
With respect to climate change,
and debate. At Board meetings, • Risk management
the Group Risk and Compliance
and informally via the Chair, all framework
Committee actively manages and
Directors had the opportunity to • External specialists
monitors climate change risk within
raise matters of particular concern engaged to monitor and
the scope of its activities. This forms
to them. There were no unresolved report on compliance
part of the continued commitment
concerns in the year. operations
by the Board and the Committee
to integrate the identiication and
We concluded that appropriate
ongoing management of climate
controls are in place and
risks with the Company’s risk
functioning eectively. The
management processes set out 3rd line
Board considers that the Group’s
in the Group Risk Management Internal audit
systems provide information
Framework. The summary risk • Open culture of challenge
which is adequate to permit
register in respect of climate to existing processes and
the identiication of key risks
change has been set out in our whistleblowing hotline
to its business and the proper
TCFD disclosure on pages 56 and
assessment and mitigation of • The work of internal audit,
57. The register sets out how our
those risks. testing irst and second
speciic climate risks relate to the
lines of defence
Based on the work of the Audit
principal risks. All of our climate
and Risk and Compliance
change risks identiied are being
Committees, the Board has
managed within the scope of our
performed a robust assessment
principal risks set out on pages 67
to ensure that: (i) the principal 4th line
to 72.
risks and uncertainties facing External assurance
the Group’s business have been • The work of the external
identiied and assessed and are auditor and other
aligned to the Group’s business independent external
strategies; and (ii) appropriate assurance providers
mitigation is in place.
65Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
Viability Statement
In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018, the Board has assessed the prospects of the Group over a period
in excess of 12 months from the date of signing the Group Finance statements as required by the ‘Going Concern’ provision, by
selecting a three year period to the end of FY26 which takes into account the Group’s current position and the potential impact
ofthe principal risks and uncertainties as set out on pages 67 to 72.
In making their assessment the Directors considered the Group’s current balance sheet and operational cash lows, the
availability of facilities, and stress testing of the key trading assumptions within the Group’s plan. Three scenarios were
modelledwith the outcomes as follows:
Scenario Outcome
Base case The Group is not in breach of any inancial covenants and is not in
a drawdown position on the RCF at the end of the viability period.
Based upon the Group’s most recent approved forecasts.
Group is able to meet all forecast obligations as they fall due.
Sensitised The Group is not in breach of any inancial covenants and is not
in a drawdown position on the RCF at the end of the viability
A severe, plausible, downside scenario including reducing
period. The Group is able to meet all forecast obligations as they
revenue (26% from base case) and incorporating an above
fall due.
inlation cost increase of 17% from base case.
Reverse stress test This scenario is designed to result in a covenant breach within
the assessed viability period.
A scenario created to model the circumstances required
to breach the Group’s banking covenants within the Management believes the combination of severe downsides to
viabilityperiod. be remote, and that there are numerous mitigating factors over
and above those built into the reverse stress test modelling,
The Board considered the potential impacts in preparing the
which the Board would consider to avoid a covenant breach.
stress test. The below scenario was analysed:
Reducing revenue (33% decrease from the base case) and
increasing ixed costs (32% increase over and above the
forecasts in the base case).
The selection of the assumptions for the sensitised case is inherently subjective, and whilst the Board considered these
assumptions to relect a downside scenario, the future impact of economic downturn, interest rate rises or inlating overhead
costs is impossible to predict with absolute accuracy.
Whilst the same applies to the reverse stress test, we note that this scenario is speciically designed to demonstrate the point
at which the covenants breach during the viability period. The reverse stress test relects, in the Board’s opinion, a remote
circumstance and numerous mitigating factors could be implemented to avoid a covenant breach in this scenario.
Scenario modelling has been considered throughout the year, and at year end, by management to formulate response options
against moderate or severe downturns in sales volumes, potential margin pressures and possible cost challenges.
Post year end, the Group maintained its available headroom by successfully extending its terms on its revolving credit facility,
which stands at £29.0m. The Group also has an uncommitted overdraft facility of £6.0m, which remains in place and was
undrawn at the year end. Both are until June 2026, with the option to extend for two further one year extensions if both parties
are agreed. With respect to the Group’s stocking facilities these are unchanged from FY22 at £195.0m, which the Board deem
appropriate given current market conditions over the stabilisation of vehicle price inlation.
In the eventuality of a period of prolonged economic downturn resulting in material reductions in sales volume or prices as well
as rising overhead costs, it is possible that the Group would need to negotiate changes to its current banking covenants, but
such an extreme downturn is not currently considered plausible.
The Group continues to consider and monitor further potential mitigation actions it could take to strengthen its cash position
and reduce operating costs in the event of a more severe downside scenario. Such cost reduction and cash preservation
actions would include but are not limited to: reducing spend on speciic variable cost lines including marketing and store
trading expenses; team costs, most notably sales commissions; pausing new stock commitments; and extending the period for
which expansionary capital spend, dividends and share buybacks are suspended.
The Group has continued to demonstrate a lexible approach to trading and despite the ongoing constriction in the supply of
nearly new vehicles, which is expected to continue into FY24, we have been able to use our market position to access more
stock to satisfy customer demand, both online and in store.
The Directors have also made use of the post year end trading performance to reconirm that no stores require an impairment
provision. While only a short period has passed since the year end, this evidence does not suggest the need for further
provisioning was required at year end.
Based on this assessment, the Board conirms it has a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in
operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period to 31 March 2026.
The Board has determined that the three year period constitutes an appropriate period over which to provide its Viability Statement.
This is the period detailed in our Strategic Plan which we approve each year as part of the strategic review. Whilst the Board has no
reason to believe the Group will not be viable over a longer period, given the inherent uncertainty involved we believe this presents
users of the annual report and accounts with a reasonable degree of conidence while still providing a medium term perspective.
66 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
## PRINCIPAL RISKS Governance
Financial Statements
## AND UNCERTAINTIES
Risk and impact Mitigating controls Progress made in FY23
Competition, Market and Customers

| The UK vehicle market is highly | • Continue to oer an omnichannel proposition. |  | • Increased our market share |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| competitive, and customers | • Continue to compete via our business model’s |  |  | in new areas through two |
| have a broad choice of retailers, |  | consistent focus on Choice, Value, Service and Quality; |  | new stores in the year, and |
| some of which oer comparable |  | each of these cornerstones is built into the business |  | a further store opened in |
| products. The market continues to |  | operation and reporting. For example, customer |  | May 2023. |
| see consolidation and innovation, |  | satisfaction ratings are used in the calculation of all | • Increased brand |  |
| through which our competitors |  | bonuses or commissions across the business. |  | awareness through |
| have progressed their propositions. |  |  |  | renewed investment |

• Signiicant investment in bringing brand marketing,
digital engineering, data insight capability in house and re-positioning of
Concurrently, customer
to raise awareness of Motorpoint and meet customer our marketing strategy,
expectations and buying
needs, including with respect to EVs and climate including a new nationwide
patterns are evolving, with the
change related data, such as emissions produced by TV advert campaign.
traditional research and purchase
cars that are sold. • Restructure of our internal
channels becoming ever more
• Investment in supply chain capacity and capability, sales reporting structure,
inluenced by digital media,
and delivery of productivity improvements to enable including the appointment
peer recommendations and
us to compete eectively and allocate resource to of three regional Retail
convenience. There is also a
growth driving activity. Directors helping to drive
market risk identiied in respect
the best outcomes for our
of climate change aecting • Commission regular customer insight reports to track
customers.
consumerchoice. performance against the market, competitors and
other key indicators.
Failing to stay ahead of the market
or to adapt to changing customer
behaviours faster than the
competition could undermine our
ability to meet our objectives.
Brand and Reputation
In order to maintain our position • With a focus on the quality of the vehicles we sell, • New distinctive website
as the UK’s leading omnichannel we launched a major new campaign to reinforce our creative and functionality
used vehicle retailer we must brand positioning and raise brand awareness. Our mean we can more
continue to invest in engaging new strapline will allow us to build on this investment eectively communicate
brand and digital marketing and create a powerful point of dierence versus the our core value
campaigns, as well as innovating competition. propositions of Choice,
the website experience, to ensure • Following a strategic review, Motorpoint has taken the Value, Service and Quality.
that Motorpoint is the primary decision to invest signiicantly in its in house digital • Customer satisfaction,
destination for existing and new marketing capabilities rather than rely on an agency measured using the
customers when starting their model. This improved capability has already started NPS system, sits at the
nextvehicle purchase journey. to deliver tangible results with improved campaign heart of our operations
performance and ROI but also medium term strategic and is subject to regular
Understanding the motivations
opportunities. scrutiny across all levels
and needs of our current and
• New roles in both Product Development and Product of thebusiness.
future customers is paramount.
Design have enabled the business to increase the • We closely monitor
Werecognise and welcome the
pace and complexity of new product features released customer perceptions
fact that customers are looking
on the website. With all aspects of the creative, using both qualitative and
for a trusted brand when buying
design and build functions under the Company’s quantitative feedback
a used car. Ensuring we can
control, we fully believe we will be able to increase and respond quickly
communicate at scale our industry
the opportunities to delight both new and returning wherepossible.
leading proposition is vital to
customers.
protect and position, especially
in light of recent new entrants to
themarket.
Dynamic Risk Assessment Increasing Decreasing Stable
67Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## PRINCIPAL RISKS
## AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED
Risk and impact Mitigating controls Progress made in FY23
Brand and Reputation continue d
Well documented challenges • We recognise the
around vehicle supply, inance importance of regularly
and the transition to EVs mean we assessing and testing
have to maintain an active dialogue the resilience of our
on these subjects to inform and internal and external
reassure our customers and when communication
appropriate, enable customers to protocols in the event
delve deeper either via our website of a ‘reputational PR’
or social channels. incident. This approach
is continuously under
With reputation taking years to
review and we are also
build but potentially days to lose,
looking at ensuring we
we recognise that we are always
have a robust business
at risk of unwanted traditional and
recovery communication
social media scrutiny which can
framework in place.
negatively impact our reputation.
• New roles in Insight and
Analytics, as well as new
technology partners, have
signiicantly increased
our capability to unlock
additional growth
opportunities.
Availability and Terms of Customer Finance
Vehicle sales volumes rely on our • Continue to drive for the best outcome for the • Customer inance oering
customers being able to access customer across our product range. held for a signiicant
aordable credit lines. As such, the • Constantly monitor the market and emerging trends. portion in the year
Company is exposed to the risk despite increases in the
• Work in conjunction with our partners to keep
of lending institutions reducing, cost of money.
our consumer credit oer relevant, competitive
terminating, or materially altering • FCA Consumer Duty
andviable.
the terms and conditions on which controls review, working
• Where possible reinvest in the quality of the customer
they are willing to oer consumer with partners to ensure
oer, preferring to build its appeal rather than
credit to the Company’s customers. our products provide the
maximise our commission rates.
best possible outcome for
Commission income generated
our customers.
by the Company acting as a
regulated credit broker could be
impacted if either the number
of such arrangements reduces,
or the structure and amount of
commissions earned is altered.
68 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Risk and impact Mitigating controls Progress made in FY23
Supply Chain Disruption
Sales / proitability and customer • Use of a broad spread of supply channels, within each • Home delivery and
satisfaction could be impacted by of which are longstanding relationships. market share proposition
supply chain disruption or loss of • Employment of an experienced buying team which is improved with two new
access to key suppliers. responsible for maintaining an eicient and eective stores opening in the
supply chain. year and a further store in
This includes potential eects from
May 2023, ensuring more
• Able to utilise our buying criteria within the scope of our
increased risks in this area such as
target markets are within
retail proposition (age and mileage of vehicles) to access
the continued situation in Ukraine,
a 30 minute drive of a
more supply if required.
which could aect supply in the
Motorpoint store.
motor trade, as well as the impacts • Business continuity plans in place for all Motorpoint
• Full procurement review
from the historic semiconductor physical locations.
undertaken in the year
supply issue. • We seek to limit dependency on individual suppliers by
highlighting key areas for
actively managing key supplier relationships.
Potential long term threats in this the business to be able to
area from climate related risks are operate more eiciently.
also included within the scope of • Investigative work
this risk. reviewed on developing
the sustainability of our
supply chain.
• Negotiation with our
main logistics provider,
strengthening SLAs.
Business Resilience
Failure to withstand the impact of • Internal control and risk management process in place to • Continued strength in the
an event or combination of events identify and manage risks (including emerging risks) that inancial position of the
that signiicantly disrupts all or may impact the business. This includes horizon scanning Group through banking
a substantial part of the Group’s for potential risks and early identiication of mitigations facility which was extended
sales or operations. against potential rising costs, falling sales volumes and post year end.
business readiness in the event of shutdowns. • Successful recruitment of
This risk includes the risk of a lack
• Conservative inancial approach – resilience and a skilled COO targeting
of business resilience in the event
lexibility built into the operating model, balanced levels greater eiciency, and
of: external economic pressures
of structural debt, low risk property portfolio and ‘value sustainable operating
and inlation causing signiicant
for money’ mentality. procedures.
reduction in UK Consumer
• Strong and united Board and Management team • Scenario planning work
spending, further risks of
in place, experienced managers in key roles and completed covering the
economic shutdowns from a new
committed colleagues. business’s readiness for
or resurgent pandemic, economic
• Strong values – emphasising ’long term thinking’ the impacts of climate
downturn due to global conlict
and ‘acting like owners’ – which Board and senior change, including an
causing material price rises and
management are required to role model, embedded in anticipated increased
energy price increases, climate
the business through recruitment and appraisal, and demand forelectric
related disruption, and material
colleague communications. and alternatively fuelled
cost inlation.
vehicles.
• Strong relationships maintained with key stakeholders
(shareholders, colleagues, customers, suppliers,
community).
• Investment in the Motorpoint brand and diversity
of routes to market provide lexibility through our
omnichannel approach.
• Business continuity plans in place and kept up to date
for stores, operations and technology.
• Forward planning by ESG Committee and Head of
Sustainability to plan for potential climate related
economic threats from increasing cost of carbon.
• Insurance cover in place to cover key risks, where
applicable. Particular focus on cash low management.
• Expert third party advisers in place (e.g., corporate PR,
corporate, banking, legal) to assist.
Dynamic Risk Assessment Increasing Decreasing Stable
69Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## PRINCIPAL RISKS
## AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED
Risk and impact Mitigating controls Progress made in FY23
Finance and Treasury

| Growth constrained by lack | • Motorpoint uses a selection of inance facilities to |  | • Actions continue |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| of access to capital / inancial |  | fund its operations including a stock inancing facility |  | to improve controls |
| resource. |  | secured against its retail vehicle stock. |  | around stock and cash |
|  | • The Group has an uncommitted £6.0m overdraft |  |  | management including |
|  |  | and a £29.0m Revolving Credit Facility in place until |  | stock purchasing, |
|  |  | June2026. |  | forecasting and use of the |

stocking facilities.
• A treasury policy and set of processes are in place to
govern and control cash low activities, including the • Finance leading the
investment of surplus cash. actions from the
procurement review
• Freight and energy prices are agreed in advance
undertaken in the year to
where applicable, to help mitigate volatility and aid
ensure relationships with
margin management.
suppliers are as eficient
• Forward looking cash low forecasts and covenant
and beneicial for the
tests are prepared to ensure that suicient liquidity
business as possible, with
and covenant headroom exists.
a number of opportunities
explored for re-tenders.
• Strong inancial position
of the Group through
stocking facilities and
extension of terms on the
revolving credit facility.
IT Systems, Data and Cybersecurity

| Operations impacted by failure to | • Formal IT governance processes in place to cover all |  | • Successful recruitment of |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| develop technology to support the |  | aspects of IT management. |  | a new and experienced |
| strategy, lack of availability due to | • Changes to IT services are managed through |  |  | CTO who joined in |
| cyber attack or other failure, and |  | a combination of formal programmes for large |  | March2023. |
| reputational damage / ines due to |  | and complex programmes, or bespoke iterative | • Signiicant investment |  |
| loss of personal data. |  | development methodologies for smaller |  | in digital transformation |
|  |  | scalechanges. |  | is continuing, upgrading |
|  | • A detailed IT development and security roadmap is in |  |  | and replacing legacy |
|  |  | place, aligned to strategy. |  | systems. |
|  | • Comprehensive third party support in place for |  | • Ongoing actions in |  |
|  |  | relevant technologies. |  | respect of network |

refresh programme,
• Business continuity in place for all major systems and
hardware refresh
applications.
programme and
• Regular vulnerability scans, annual penetration testing
strengthening our change
with systematic methodology to treat identiied
management controls.
threats.
• Strengthened and
• Business process, authorisation controls and access
renewed the data
to sensitive transactions are kept under review.
protection policy.
• Group wide rollout of data
protection training.
• Recruitment of
Information Security
Manager.
• Third party audits
arranged for FY24 to
conirm cyber and data
privacy resilience.
70 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Risk and impact Mitigating controls Progress made in FY23
Regulatory and Compliance
Fines, damages claims, and • Operational management are responsible for liaising • Continued focus in the year
reputational damage could be with the Company Secretary and external advisers to from the Group Risk and
incurred if we fail to comply ensure that new legislation is identiied, and relevant Compliance Committee
with legislative or regulatory action taken. ensuring robust regular
requirements, including consumer • Training on the requirements of the Bribery Act and oversight and review of
law, health and safety, employment anti money laundering policies are in place for all compliance matters by the
law, GDPR and data protection and relevant colleagues and policies are communicated to SLT. Continued to conduct
the Bribery Act. all suppliers. horizon scanning processes
to identify changes in
• Whistleblowing procedure and independently
The Company also has various FCA
regulatory expectations.
administered helpline which enables colleagues to
permissions to carry on a range of
raise concerns in conidence. • Strengthened, renewed and
regulated insurance and consumer
thoroughly socialised data
credit activities from which it
protection policy.
derives income. There is a risk that
• Refreshed and renewed anti
increased regulation or restrictions
bribery and anti corruption
on the sales process or nature of
policies.
these products would restrict the
income available to the Company. • Group wide rollout of risk
and control training.
People and Culture
The success of the business could • Our commitment to becoming a truly amazing place • Continued Group Board
be impacted if it fails to attract, to work and our application of our Virtuous Circle focus on Board and
retain and motivate a diverse team is our biggest defence, ensuring we have a highly Executive Team succession
of high calibre colleagues. engaged, high performing team and attrition is and talent management.
minimised. • The SLT has worked with
Maintaining and evolving the
• Our commitment to Diversity, Equity and Inclusion has an external consultant to
culture of our business (embodied
been reairmed in our SLT strategy and commitments. develop our DEI strategy
in our shared values) is essential
• The composition of the Executive Team is regularly and have created their
to delivering our strategy
reviewed by the Board to ensure that it is appropriate commitments to become
and ensuring the long term
to deliver the growth plans of the business. an even more inclusive
sustainability of our business.
place to work.
• The Group’s Remuneration Policy detailed in this
report is designed to ensure that high calibre • New ATS and onboarding
executives are attracted and retained. Lock in of systems have strengthened
senior management is supported by awards under the our proposition, making
Long Term Incentive Plan. us more attractive to
candidates and provide
• Monitoring of key risk indicators such as retention rate
a better experience
%, employee satisfaction through the b-Heard surveys.
toapplicants.
• Brought forward our living
wage review and increased
the Motorpoint living wage
in line with the Real Living
Wage foundation’s October
2022 review.
• Further discount oered
this year (10%) for the
annual Share scheme
programme to all
employees.
• Set up and launch of
‘Workplace’, our new
engagement platform for
all team members.
Dynamic Risk Assessment Increasing Decreasing Stable
71Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## PRINCIPAL RISKS
## AND UNCERTAINTIES CONTINUED
Risk and impact Mitigating controls Progress made in FY23
Health, Safety and Welfare
The risk that accidents, hazards • Health and safety training for all new starters, • Implemented new expert third
or incidents are caused by unsafe with additional role speciic training for party relationship to assist with
practices at work, resulting in employees in stores. managing our Health & Safety
injury or death to customers, • Incident management processing to ensure Risk, working alongside existing
employees or third parties. major incidents are dealt with appropriately third party relationships.
and problems are logged and actively • Ongoing actions from six
progressed to resolution. monthly insurance inspections
• Undertake risk and control assessments to of the Lifting Operations and
monitor compliance. Lifting Equipment Regulations
and periodic inspection and
• Continually monitor our mandatory regulatory
maintenance under Provision
training to ensure that all colleagues are
and Use of Work Equipment
kept informed.
Regulations.
• Incidents are reported online, via a reporting
• Ongoing actions from incident
tool. Line management deal with minor
reporting included within
incidents. Major incidents are escalated to the
monthly Board submissions and
SLT who are supported by third party expertise.
also discussed within monthly
• Risk assessment is managed in the following
Operations Manager Health and
ways: line management in the stores have a
Safety Governance including
number of online risk assessment checklists
deep dive into causations, issues
to verify the relevant controls are in place; and
arising / lessons learnt and best
higher level risk assessments are carried out on
it solutions.
workshop activities by an expert third party –
• Ongoing actions from
including ‘Hand Arm Vibration’ and ‘Control of
strengthened and enhanced
Substances Hazardous to Health’.
Fire Risk Assessment conducted
• A separate, expert third party also carries out
across all stores in FY23.
higher level risk assessments covering store
transport safety, gates and barriers, as well as
ire risk assessments.
Dynamic Risk Assessment Increasing Decreasing Stable
72 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
## NONFINANCIAL Governance
Financial Statements
## INFORMATION STATEMENT
In accordance with section 414CB of the Companies Act 2006, the sections cross referred to in
the table below are incorporated into this non-inancial information statement.
Environmental matters Company’s employees Social matters

| Stakeholder | 31 |  | 41 |  | 44 - 45 |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | At a glance |  | Investing in our |  |
| engagement: |  |  |  | communities |  |
|  |  | Our operating model | 4 - 5 |  |  |

community
begins with our team Supporting great causes 44 - 45
andenvironment
Our core values 17 Anti corruption and anti 48
Streamlined Energy and 36 - 39
bribery matters

| Carbon Reporting |  |  | Our stakeholders |  | 30 |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Energy eiciency | 34 - 39 |  | Winning culture |  | 46 |  |  |
| actions |  |  |  |  |  | Related principal risk: |  |
|  |  |  | Supporting employee | 46 - 47 |  |  |  |
|  |  | 35 | wellbeing |  |  | Brand and Reputation; | 67, 70, 71 |

Going green
Economic Vulnerability;
In addition, our talent team are The Company has various
Regulatory and
working on business projects focused employee centric policies and
Compliance
on improving the sustainability of guidance including: Employee
the business and our impact on the Handbook; HR Policies including
Respect for human rights

| environment. | equal opportunities; anti bullying |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | and harassment; whistleblowing; | Real Living Wage | 32 |
| Related principal risk: | enhanced maternity leave; paternity |  |  |
|  |  | Modern slavery | 49 |

leave; health, safety and welfare;
Brand and Reputation; 67, 71
data protection; and privacy. Treating customers fairly 48
Regulatory
and Compliance
Related principal risk:
Related principal risk:
People and Culture; 70, 71
Brand and Reputation; 67, 71
IT Systems, Data and
Regulatory and
Cybersecurity
Compliance; People
and Culture
Anti corruption
Whistleblowing hotline, 48
anti corruption and
anti bribery
Related principal risk:
Regulatory and 71
Compliance
Investment case
6 - 7
Non-inancial KPIs
23
Business model
8
73Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 202374
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
## Governance
76 Board of Directors
78 Introduction to governance
79 Corporate governance report
82 Audit Committee report
86 Nomination Committee report
90 ESG Committee report
92 Remuneration Committee report
94 Remuneration policy
102 Annual report on remuneration
109 Directors’ report
114 Statement of directors’ responsibilities
Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023 75
## BOARD OF DIRECTORS
## Experienced
## team
## delivering
## long term
## value
John Walden Mark Carpenter
Independent Non-Executive Chief Executive Oicer
Chair and Chair of the
Nomination Committee
N N E
APPOINTMENT
January 2022 April 2016
BACKGROUND AND CAREER

| John has held prior roles including | Mark was appointed as Chief |
| --- | --- |
| chair of Naked Wines plc, chair | Executive Oicer in May 2013 |
| of the Jersey parent company of | following two years as CFO, |
| Holland & Barrett International, and | and has almost 20 years’ |
| non-executive director of Celine | experience in motor retail. |
| Jersey Topco Ltd, the Jersey holding | Mark was previously Finance |
| company of Debenhams. John was | Director of Sytner Group |
| also an executive director at FTD | Limited from 2005 to 2010. |
| Companies. John served as CEO | Prior to this, Mark was with |
| of Argos and its parent company | Andersen, where he qualiied |
| Home Retail Group plc, and has held | as a Chartered Accountant. |

several senior roles with Best Buy
Co. including EVP and president of
the internet division. John has been
a driving force in omnichannel and
consumer driven retailing, as well as
leading digital and transformational
change, both in the UK and US.
EXTERNAL ROLES
Since March 2021, John has been None
the chair of SnowFox Topco Ltd,
the Guernsey topco responsible
for Yo Sushi. John is also the
Founder of Inversion LLC. In
March 2023, John was appointed
as Independent Non-Executive
Director and Non-Executive
Chair Designate of ScS Group
Plc, and will take on the role of
Non-Executive Chair of ScS on
30November 2023.
76 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Committee membership key
A Audit R Remuneration N Nomination E ESG Committee
Committee Committee Committee Committee Chair
Chris Morgan Mary McNamara Adele Cooper Keith Mansield
Chief Financial Oicer Senior Independent Non- Independent Independent Non-Executive
Executive Director and Chair of Non-Executive Director Director and Chair of the
the Remuneration Committee Audit Committee
E A R N E A R N E A R N E
APPOINTMENT
January 2021 May 2016 (appointed as March 2020 May 2020
SeniorIndependent Director
inOctober 2016)
BACKGROUND AND CAREER

| Chris was appointed Chief | Mary was CEO of the | Adele has extensive marketing | Keith was appointed to the |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Financial Oicer in January | commercial division and | and senior leadership | Board of Motorpoint Group |
| 2021, and is also the Company | board director of the Banking | experience, having worked at | Plc as Independent Non- |
| Secretary for Motorpoint | Division at Close Brothers | some of the world’s leading | Executive Director in May |
| Group plc. Chris was formerly | Group Plc. She spent 17 | technology companies, | 2020. A Chartered Accountant |
| group inance director at | years with GE in a number of | most recently at Pinterest | by background, Keith brings |
| Speedy Hire Plc. Prior to this | leadership roles, including | from June 2015 to December | extensive accountancy |
| Chris held senior inance | CEO of the European Fleet | 2019. While at Pinterest, | experience, having worked |
| leadership positions at Go | Services business. Mary has | Adele was responsible for the | at PwC for over 30 years, |
| Outdoors and Tesco, where | also spent time with Skandia | UK and Ireland, overseeing | during which time he served |
| he was latterly the inance | and 14 years at Harrods. | strategic, commercial and | as Chair of PwC in London |
| director for the Czech |  | operational management. | responsible for assurance, tax |
| Republic and Slovakia. Chris |  | Prior to this, Adele has been | and advisory services. As a |
| is a Fellow of the Institute of |  | with Facebook and Google in | partner for 22 years, he has led |
| Chartered Accountants in |  | a lead global relationship role | services to public and private |
| England and Wales. |  | and a variety of regional and | companies across a range of |
|  |  | global lead roles in marketing | industry sectors. |

andoperations.
EXTERNAL ROLES
None Chair of the Remuneration Adele is Chief Revenue Keith is the Senior Independent
Committee and member Oicer at &Open and a Non- Director of Tritax Eurobox
of the Nomination and Executive director of Conjura plc, where he chairs the Audit
Governance Committee of IrelandLimited. Committee and is a member of
OSB Group plc. the Management Engagement
Committee and Nomination
Committee. Keith is also the
Senior Independent Director and
Chair of the Audit Committee of
Digital 9 Infrastructure plc, Chair
of Albemarle Fairoaks Airport
Limited and a Non-Executive
director on the boards of Martins
Investment Holdings Ltd, Martins
Development Holdings Ltd and
Martins Financial Holdings Ltd.
77Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## INTRODUCTION TO GOVERNANCE
Compliance statements
Throughout the year ended 31 March
## Chair’s introduction
2023, the Company has complied
with all the provisions as set out in
the 2018 Corporate Governance
DEAR SHAREHOLDER Code (the ‘2018 Code’) (a copy of
which is available on the Financial
Reporting Council’s website at
I am delighted to present my and the environment. We maintain
www.frc.org.uk) except for two.
Corporate Governance review for an active dialogue with shareholders
Firstly, with respect to the CEO’s
Motorpoint for FY23. The aim of this throughout the year and listen to
pension contributions. As set out in
report is to explain Motorpoint’s views of representatives of investors
the Remuneration Committee report,
governance framework and outline and inancial institutions. We also
under the new remuneration policy
how it was applied on a practical welcome the opportunity to answer
the CEO’s pension contributions
basis in the year under review. shareholders’ questions at our 2023
will reduce from 10% to 3% of salary
Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’).
following the 2023 AGM, to be
The past year has seen the Company
aligned with that of the workforce
have to contend with a number ESG
and comply with the 2018 Code.
of economic headwinds, with the
We are committed to an ESG Secondly, with respect to consulting
cost of living crisis and supply
agenda which aims to exceed our directly with the workforce on
chain issues creating a number
stakeholders’ expectations. The past remuneration matters. In the coming
of challenges. As a Board, we are
year has continued to accelerate year we will review our approach
committed to delivering sustainable
expectations for all companies to to engaging with employees on
and proitable growth, and remain
make good progress in this area, and remuneration matters and in
committed to the delivery of our
our new ESG Committee has met particular to explain how the pay for
strategy that is set out earlier in this
twice to develop, implement and senior executives aligns to the pay
report. Despite the challenges to
monitor our ESG strategy, as well practices for the workforce generally.
proitability, we have made good
as oversee and support stakeholder
progress against our strategic
engagement on ESG matters. We Our eectiveness
objectives, and are continuing to
look forward to further developing
Every year we perform a review of
increase revenues and market share.
the Committee’s impact in the
the eectiveness of the Board. In
coming year.
early 2023, we commissioned an
As a Board, we are conscious
external Board eectiveness review
that we are accountable to all our
Board changes
with participation from all members
shareholders and must have regard
There have been no changes to of the Board. The indings show
to other stakeholders such as
the membership of the Board that the work we do as a Board and
employees, customers, suppliers
over the last year. in our committees continues to be
eective. Our review also conirmed

| Biographies for each of the current | that our focus in the coming year |
| --- | --- |
| Directors are set out on pages | will be employee engagement, |
| 76 and 77. The progress in talent | as well as succession planning |
| development and diversity can be | for the Board and executive |
| found on page 87. | leadership and the implementation |

of our revised diversity, equity and
inclusionstrategy.
“ The Board is committed
Board priorities
to delivering our
Our priorities for next year are very
strategic plan
much focused around continuing
underpinned with
to build sustainable and proitable
strong governance.” growth in the Group, and delivering
on our strategic plan underpinned
John Walden with strong governance.
Chair
John Walden
Chair
14 June 2023
78 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
## CORPORATE Governance
Financial Statements
## GOVERNANCE REPORT
Board leadership and purpose Chief Financial Oicer’s role management and the Non-Executive
The Chief Financial Oicer (‘CFO’) is Directors. The Company Secretary
The role of the Board
responsible for the Group’s inancial is responsible for ensuring that
The Board sets the Company’s
activities, including control, planning the Board operates in accordance
strategic aims and ensures that the
and reporting, and also contributes with the Company’s corporate
necessary resources are in place
to the broader management of the governance framework.
to allow the Company’s objectives
Group’s business. The CFO supports
to be met, in a way that enables
the CEO with the development, The appointment and removal of the
sustainable long term growth. It
implementation and tracking of the Company Secretary is a matter for
is also responsible for corporate
Group’s strategy. the whole Board.
governance and the overall inancial
performance of the Group. The
Senior Independent Director’s role Matters reserved for the Board
Board establishes the Company’s
The Senior Independent Director To retain control of key decisions and
culture, values and ethics and it
acts as a sounding board to the Chair ensure that there is a clear division
is important that it models the
and serves as an intermediary for of responsibility between the Board
required behaviours and standards,
the other Directors when necessary. and the day to day running of the
with all Directors devoting suicient
The Senior Independent Director is business, the Board has a formal
time and attention to their role.
available to shareholders to assist schedule of matters reserved for its
with addressing concerns that may decision. These reserved matters
The current Board composition is
arise and meets with the other Non- include inancial reporting, investment
the Chair, three independent Non-
Executive Directors (excluding the appraisal and risk management. The
Executive Directors (including a
Chair) at least once a year to review matters were reviewed by the Board in
Senior Non-Executive Director) and
the performance of the Chair. July 2022 to ensure they were aligned
two Executive Directors.
with the 2018 Code.
The Senior Independent Director
Roles and responsibilities
also meets with Non-Executive Board committees
The Chair’s role
Directors without the Chair present The Board operates several
The Chair’s primary role is the
at least annually and conducts committees to support it in carrying
leadership of the Board. They
the annual appraisal of the Chair’s out its duties. Further information
ensure that the Directors receive
performance, providing feedback to about the work carried out by these
accurate, timely and clear
the Chair on the appraisal outputs. committees can be found on the
information and are responsible
following pages:
for cultivating a boardroom culture
Independent • Audit Committee (p.82)
of honesty and openness, which
Non-Executive Directors • Nominations Committee (p.86)
encourages debate, challenges
The Non-Executive Directors bring
• ESG Committee (p.90)
where appropriate, and enables the
independence, and a broad mix
• Remuneration Committee (p.92)
Non-Executive Directors to make
of business skills, knowledge and
an eective contribution. The Chair
experience to the Board. They
Board focus during the year
sets the Board’s agenda and ensures
provide an external perspective
The Board holds a number of
suicient time is allocated for the
to Board discussions and are
scheduled meetings each year, plus
discussion of all agenda items. The
responsible for the scrutiny of the
regular strategy sessions which are
Chair also consults with the Non-
executive management on behalf
usually held o site. The meetings
Executive Directors, in particular
of shareholders. The Non-Executive
were held in a hybrid format this
the Senior Independent Director, on
Directors constructively challenge
year, with some attended in person
matters of corporate governance
Board discussions and help develop
and others held virtually.
and ensures all Directors are made
proposals on strategy. At least
aware of any major shareholders’
annually, the independent Directors
Key areas of focus during the
issues and concerns.
meet without the presence of the
year were:
Executive Directors.
The Board is satisied that the
Strategy
Chair fulils their responsibilities in
Non-Executive Directors monitor
• The Board reviewed progress
enabling the Board to make
the reporting of performance
against the Strategic Plan regularly
sound decisions.
and ensure that the Company is
during the course of the year
operating within the governance
Chief Executive Oicer’s role • Investor relations and
and risk framework approved by
The Chief Executive Oicer (‘CEO’) communications
the Board.
is responsible for the day to day • Strategic growth opportunities
running of the Group’s business, such as the opening of new
The Company Secretary’s role
including the development and stores, technology and marketing
The Company Secretary ensures
implementation of strategy and investment, eiciencies and
that eective communication
decisions made by the Board, as exploration of other growth
lows between the Board and its
well as the operational management opportunities
committees and between senior
of the Group.
79Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT CONTINUED

| Financial |  | People, talent and culture |  | The CEO, Mark Carpenter, owns |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| • Approved the full year results |  | • Succession planning and talent |  | approximately 9.8% of the shares of |
|  | announcement and the annual |  | development for all senior roles | the Company. Mark Carpenter was |
|  | report for the 2023 inancial year. | • Reviewed the results of the |  | considered by his fellow Directors |
|  | In doing so, the Board considers |  | engagement survey | to be independent in character and |
|  | that the annual report, taken as |  |  | judgement in performing his duties |

• Ensured safe and comfortable
a whole, is fair, balanced and during the periods of their tenure in
working environments
understandable, and provides the year. The Board is fully conident
• Reviewed the staing structure
the information necessary for that, in the very unlikely event of a
and implemented associated
shareholders to assess the conlict emerging between Mark
rationalisation, resulting in 20
Group’s and Company’s position, Carpenter’s duties as a Director and
redundant posts
performance, business model his interests as a shareholder, he
• Implemented a Restricted Share
and strategy would absent himself from the Board
Award for eligible sta
• Continued suspension of the discussions in question (and the
• Implemented an SAYE Share
payment of any dividends Board would ensure that he does so).
Plan for eligible sta for the
• Half year results, full year results
three year period commencing
The terms and conditions of
and trading updates
February2023
appointment of the Non-Executive
• Review of Group cash position
Directors are contained within their
and forecasting, and post year
Governance, compliance
Letters of Appointment. The terms
end the approval of the banking
andethics
of appointment for the Directors
extension through to June 2026
• Approved AGM business such as
conirm they are expected to devote
• Monthly performance reporting the Notice of Meeting and related
such time as necessary for the
and review ancillaries
proper performance of their duties.
• Commissioned an external Board The Board reviews and approves as
Internal control and risk
evaluation, reviewed the report necessary any additional external
management
and recommendations and appointments the Directors may
• Performed the annual review
agreed an action plan look to obtain. During FY23, John
of the eectiveness of internal
• Assessed the independence Walden was appointed to the board
control, risk identiication
ofallDirectors of ScS Group Plc, and will take on
andmitigation
• Reviewed and updated the the role of Non-Executive Chair of
• Carried out a robust assessment
Terms of Reference for the ScS on 30 November 2023. Prior to
of the emerging and principal
Audit Committee, Remuneration this appointment, consideration was
risks facing the Group. Further
Committee and ESG Committee given to the potential impact this
information on these principal
would have on his role as Chair of
risks, the procedures in place
Board independence and Motorpoint Group plc, and whether
to identify emerging risks and
there was a risk of overboarding
appointment terms
how these are being managed or
in line with current governance
mitigated can be found on pages The Board has reviewed the
practice. It was deemed that there
62 to 72 independence of each Non-
was no risk of overboarding and
Executive Director and considers
• Approved the Viability Statement no concerns were identiied with
each of them to be independent
as disclosed in the FY23 annual thisappointment.
of management and free from
report, which sets out that the
business or other relationships that
Group will be able to continue in The CEO and CFO do not currently
could interfere with the exercise
operation and meet its liabilities have a non-executive directorship
of independent judgement. The
as they fall due over the next on any other listed company board.
Company meets the requirement
three years. The Board deemed
under Provision 11 of the 2018
a three year period to the end Board meetings
Code that at least half of the Board,
of FY26 would be appropriate, The Board met regularly to
excluding the Chair, are Non-
taking into account the Group’s discharge its duties eectively.
Executive Directors whom the Board
current position and the potential Directors are provided with meeting
considers to be independent. The
impact of the principal risks and papers approximately one week
Board believes that any shares in
uncertainties in advance of each Board or
the Company held personally by
• Considered and approved the committee meeting. Members of
a member of the Board serves to
adoption of the going concern the Senior Leadership Team are
align their interests with those of
basis of accounting in preparing regularly invited to attend Board
the shareholders.
the half and full year results meetings to present on their speciic
• Approved updates to the area of responsibility.
treasurypolicy
80 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Board and committee attendance FY23
The Board has regular scheduled meetings throughout the year. Directors’
attendance at Board and committee meetings during the year is outlined below:
Board Audit Nomination Remuneration ESG
Director (9 meetings) Committee (3) Committee (1) Committee (6) Committee (2)
Mark Carpenter 9 – 1 – 2
Chris Morgan 9 – – – 2
John Walden 9 – 1 – –
Mary McNamara 9 3 1 6 2
Keith Mansield 9 3 1 6 2
Adele Cooper 9 3 1 6 2
Annual General Meeting
The 2023 AGM will be held on 26July 2023.

| The Notice convening the 2023 AGM | Board training and development |
| --- | --- |
| will be circulated to shareholders | Directors are continually updated on |
| separately, along with details on | the Group’s business, the markets |
| how shareholders can still raise | in which we operate and changes |
| questions to the Board in advance. | to the competitive and regulatory |
| We will ensure that shareholders are | environments through presentations |
| kept informed using the Notice of | and brieings to the Board from |
| Meeting, our website, and relevant | Executive Directors and the Senior |
| regulatory announcements in | Leadership Team. |

duecourse.
Directors received brieings from

| Conlicts of interest | the Company Secretary during |
| --- | --- |
| The Company’s Articles of | the year on governance and |
| Association, in line with the | compliance matters and relevant |
| Companies Act 2006, allow the | legislative changes. |

Board to authorise any potential
conlicts of interest that may arise Relations with shareholders
and impose limits or conditions as All shareholders have access to
appropriate. The Board has a formal the Chair and the Senior Non-
process for the Directors to disclose Executive Independent Director,
any conlicts of interest and any who are available to discuss any
decision of the Board to authorise a questions which shareholders may
conlict of interest is only eective have in relation to the running of
if it is agreed without the conlicted theCompany.
Director(s) voting or without their
votes being counted. In making The Board recognises the need
such a decision, the Directors must to ensure that all Directors are
act in a way they consider in good fully aware of the views of major
faith will be most likely to promote shareholders. Copies of all analysts’
the success of the Group. research relating to the Company
are circulated to Directors upon
Independent advice publication. The Company receives
The Directors may take independent a monthly Investor Relations report
professional advice, if necessary, at which includes an analysis of the
the Company’s expense. Company’s shareholder register.
John Walden
Chair
14 June 2023
81Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT
## Audit Committee
## Chair’s statement
COMMITTEE DEAR SHAREHOLDER
GOVERNANCE

|  | I am pleased to present the report | Risk management and internal |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  | of the Audit Committee (the | control continues to be a priority |
| Committee membership | ‘Committee’) for FY23. The principal | topic for the Group, ensuring |
|  | purpose of this report is to look | Motorpoint can respond with |

During the year the
back over the inancial year ended pace and robustly to economic
Committee comprised:
31 March 2023, and describe the uncertainty, requirement for
• Keith Mansield (Chair)
Committee’s responsibilities and digital transformation and an
• Adele Cooper
activities during the year. extremely competitive marketplace.
• Mary McNamara
Management processes have
The Committee fulils an important continued to strengthen in the
The Committee met three
oversight role, monitoring the year through strong recruitment,
timesduring the year and
eectiveness of the Group’s automation and the completion of
attendance is set out in the
system of internal control and the Group’s irst formal internal audit
table on page81.
risk management framework and plan – this is a major step forward in
reviewing the integrity of the managing risk and internal control
Group’s inancial reporting. The key for the Group.
objectives of the Committee are to
review and report to the Board and The Audit Committee has reviewed
shareholders on the Group’s inancial the status of the Group’s plans for
reporting, internal control and risk its irst audit and assurance policy.
management systems, and on the Good progress has been made on
independence and eectiveness of the planning activity which includes
the external auditor. assurance mapping and gathering
the views from key stakeholders. A
draft policy is expected in FY24 with
“ Management processes a thorough review required before
have continued to inal publication.
strengthen in the
I would like to thank my colleagues
year through strong
in the Committee for their valued
recruitment, automation
contributions during this year
and the completion of and also extend my thanks to our
the Group’s irst formal colleagues within the business
who have continued to embrace
internal audit plan – this
the Group’s shared values, whilst
is a major step forward
also striving for greater eiciency
in managing risk and
and leaner ways of working in the
internal control for
context of an ever more competitive
theGroup.” marketplace and increased
economic uncertainty.
Keith Mansield
Audit Committee Chair
82 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Committee composition Role of the Committee • Review the adequacy and security
and membership of the Company’s arrangements
The role and responsibilities of the
The Committee currently comprises for its employees, contractors and
Committee are set out in its terms of
three independent Non-Executive external parties to raise concerns,
reference which were updated in FY23
Directors. in conidence, about possible
and are available on the Company’s
wrongdoing in inancial reporting
website motorpointplc.com. The key
During the year, the following or other matters
objectives of the Committee are to
members served on the Committee: • Review the eectiveness of risk
review and report to the Board and
• Keith Mansield (Chair) management and internal control
shareholders on the Group’s inancial
• Adele Cooper policies in relation to ESG matters
reporting, internal control and risk
• Mary McNamara management systems, and on the • Monitor the statutory audit of
independence and eectiveness of the annual and the consolidated
The Board believes that the the external auditor. inancial statements
members of the Committee as a • Review signiicant inancial
whole have competence relevant Further details on the responsibilities reporting issues
to the sector in which the Group of the Committee are listed below:
• Recommend to the Board the
operates, gained from their • Monitor the integrity of
reappointment of the external
respective external roles, previous the inancial statements of
auditor and approve their
and present. Biographical details of the Company, including its
remuneration and terms
Committee members are set out on annual and half yearly reports,
of engagement
page 77. preliminary announcements and
• Monitor and review the external
any other formal statements
auditor’s independence and
In particular, the Board has relating to its inancial
objectivity and the eectiveness
identiied me as the member of performance, and review and
of the external audit process,
the Committee having recent and report to the Board on signiicant
including considering
relevant inancial experience for the inancial reporting issues
relevant UK professional and
purposes of the 2018 Code. I have and judgements which those
regulatory requirements and
a wealth of accounting experience statements contain having regard
the appropriateness of the
from my previous roles, having to matters communicated to it by
provisionby the auditors of
worked at PricewaterhouseCoopers the auditor
non-auditservices

| LLP (‘PwC’) for 30 years. | • Review the content of the annual |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | report and accounts and advise | The terms of reference authorise the |
| At the invitation of the Chair of |  | the Board on whether, taken as |  |

Committee to obtain independent
the Committee, the CEO and CFO a whole, it is fair, balanced, and
legal or other professional advice at
attended all meetings during the understandable and provides
the Company’s expense.
year in order to maintain eective the information necessary
and open communications. for shareholders to assess
the Company’s performance,
The external auditors, PwC, attend business model and strategy and
meetings of the Committee and whether it informs the Board’s
have direct access to the Committee statement in the annual report
should they wish to raise any on these matters that is required
concerns outside of the formal under the Code
Committee meetings.
• Keep under review the Company’s
internal inancial controls systems
Similarly, the Head of Internal Audit
that identify, assess, manage
attends for the speciic portion of
and monitor inancial risks, and
Committee meetings pertaining to
other internal control and risk
internal audit, and has direct access
management systems
to the Committee should internal
• Review and approve the
audit need to raise any concerns
statements to be included in the
outside of the formal context.
annual report concerning internal
control, risk management,
including the assessment of
principal risks and emerging
risks, Viability Statement and
goingconcern
• Review reports from the internal
audit function
83Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## AUDIT COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED

| Activities |  | • The clarity and completeness |  |  | A provision is included based on |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The Committee reviewed the |  |  | of disclosures in the inancial |  | historical and forecast sales and |
| following items since the last report: |  |  | statements and the context in |  | potential net realisable value. The |
| • Annual Report and Accounts |  |  | which statements are made |  | Committee is comfortable based |
|  | to 31March 2023 and half year | • All material information presented |  |  | on performance subsequent to |
|  | results to 30 September 2022 |  | with the inancial statements, |  | the year end that the level of |
| • Chair met and had discussions |  |  | including the strategic report |  | inventory provision is appropriate. |
|  | with PwC as part of the |  | and the corporate governance | • Appropriate capitalisation of |  |
|  | auditprocess |  | statements relating to the audit |  | IT development costs in line |
| • External audit plan and review |  |  | and to risk management |  | with the criteria set out in IAS |
|  | ofeectiveness |  |  |  | 38; in particular as this year the |
|  |  | In addition to the above, the |  |  | amounts increased, following the |

• Non-audit services policy
Committee supports the Board in acceleration of technical strategic
(‘NAS’) and reached a general
completing its assessment on the investment. The Committee
presumption that PwC is not
adoption of the going concern is satisied based on the
best placed to oer NAS, so as to
basis of preparing the inancial substantiation of the requirements
safeguard their independence
statements. Furthermore, as part of IAS 38 that the appropriate
• The Group’s prospects (going
of the Committee’s responsibility accounting treatment was applied.
concern and viability)
to provide advice to the Board on
• Tax and treasury policy
the long term Viability Statement, Annual report
• Corporate risk assessment
the Committee performed a
The Committee has undertaken
including review of the key risks,
robust review of the process and
a review and assessment of the
risk management activities and
underlying assessment of the
annual report in order to determine
emerging risks
Group’s longer term prospects
whether it can advise the Board that,
• Findings from the external auditor madeby management.
taken as a whole, the annual report
on the FY23 year end audit
is fair, balanced and understandable,
• Findings from the work of Signiicant matters
and provides shareholders with the
Internal Audit
considered by the Committee information they need to assess the
in relation to the inancial Company’s position, performance,
Financial reporting
statements business model and strategy.
The primary role of the Committee
In doing this the Committee
In the preparation and inal approval
in relation to inancial reporting is
considered the following:
of the inancial statements,
to review with both management
• The description of the business is
the Committee discussed with
and the external auditor, and report
consistent with the Committee’s
management the key sources of
to the Board the appropriateness
own understanding
estimation and critical accounting
of the annual inancial statements,
judgements. The Committee • The narrative of the strategic
considering amongst other matters:
considered the following signiicant report fairly relects the
• Whether the annual report, taken
issues in relation to the FY23 performance of the Group over
as a whole, is fair, balanced and
inancial statements: the period reported on
understandable, and provides
• Inventory Valuation: Inventory is • That there is a clear and well
the information necessary
valued at the lower of cost and articulated link between all areas
for shareholders to assess
net realisable value. Margins of disclosure including going
the Company’s performance,
on vehicles increased in FY22 concern and viability
business model and strategy.
due to a global shortage of • The indings from the external
The statement incorporating the
semiconductors resulting in a auditor as part of the FY23 year
conclusion of this assessment is
reduction of the supply of new end audit
included later in this section
vehicles; this in turn pushed
• The application of signiicant
demand, and therefore price, All relevant issues relating to the
accounting policies and any
up for used cars. There is a Annual Report were fully discussed
changes to them
risk that the solving of supply at the Committee meeting in
• The methods used to account
shortages could lead to selling June2023.
for signiicant or unusual
prices reducing below cost and
transactions where dierent
so require a provision against The Committee has concluded that
approaches are possible
inventory cost. Further, in the the Annual Report, taken as a whole,
• Whether the company has
second half of FY23 the Group is fair, balanced and understandable
adopted appropriate accounting
experienced a considerable drop and that it can advise the Board as
policies and made appropriate
in the value of Electric Vehicles. required by the 2018 Code and other
estimates and judgements, taking
relevant rules and regulations.
into account the external auditor’s
views on the inancial statements
84 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements

| Going concern and Viability | The establishment of the function has | • The Committee assesses the |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Statement | been well received in the business |  | audit plan |
| The Company is required to include | and requests for third line assurance | • All Committee members, key |  |
| statements in its annual report | over controls have come from a wide |  | members of management, those |
| relating to going concern and | range of business functions. The FY24 |  | who regularly provide input into |
| viability. The Committee reviewed | internal audit plan was approved in |  | the Committee provide feedback |
| and discussed with management | January 2023, covering a range of |  | on how well PwC performed the |
| and concluded that the inancial | core audits over inancial controls and |  | year end audit |
| statements can be prepared on a | a series of risk based reviews to be |  |  |

• The feedback and conclusions
going concern basis and that there carried out across FY24.
are discussed, along with the
is a reasonable expectation that
conclusion regarding speciic
the Group will be able to continue
External auditor audit risks, with an overall
in operation and meet its liabilities
conclusion on audit eectiveness
Independence
as they fall due over the next
reached. Any opportunities for
There are a number of robust
threeyears.
improvement are brought to the
policies in place, all of which aim
attention of the external auditor
to safeguard the independence of
The Directors assessed the
the external auditor. In accordance
prospects of the Group over a three
The Committee concluded that PwC
with best practice, the external
year period, which relects the
provided an eective, independent
audit contract will be put out to
budget and planning cycle adopted
and objective audit and that the
tender every ten years, with the next
by the Group. The assessment of the
Committee was therefore satisied
retender due no later than the year
Group’s prospects, together with the
that it had obtained a high quality
ending 31 March 2027.
Group’s going concern and Viability
audit. The Committee agreed
Statement, are set out on pages 112
to recommend to the Board the
In accordance with the Auditing
and 81 respectively of the report.
reappointment of PwC as the
Practices Board standards, the lead
Group’s external auditor and a
audit partner at PwC will be rotated
Internal audit
resolution to this eect will be
every ive years to ensure continuing
Following the successful expansion
proposed at the 2023 AGM.
independence. Mark Skedgel, the
of the function with the appointment
current audit partner, assumed this
of the Head of Internal Audit and
Non-audit services
responsibility for the year ended 31
Risk in the prior year, the Group’s
To further safeguard the
March 2020.
irst internal audit plan was approved
independence and objectivity of the
and carried out in FY23. A number of
external auditor, non-audit services
There are no contractual obligations
risk based reviews were undertaken
provided by the external auditor are
that restrict the Company’s choice
by internal audit, establishing new
considered, and where appropriate
of external auditor.
independent third line assurance
authorised, by the Committee
reports for the business and
in accordance with a non-audit
External auditor eectiveness
management agreed actions
services policy. This policy limits
to address control weaknesses The Committee conducts an annual
the amount and type of services
identiied. Internal audit’s areas of external audit eectiveness review
undertaken by our auditor. Permitted
review in FY23 included: each year which examines the
services are subject to a cap of 70%
• Balance sheet reconciliations auditor’s independence, the audit
of the average of the fees paid for
controls audit planning process, audit approach
the statutory audits over a three
• End-to-end audits of purchasing and delivery, audit team expertise
yearperiod.
controls for both sourcing and experience, resources,
vehicles and all non-vehicle responsiveness and communication
There were no non-audit fees for the
expenditure in respect of the inancial year
year ended 31 March 2023.
audit. In order to discharge this
• Sales ledger control account
responsibility the Committee
controls audit
followed the process outlined below: Keith Mansield
• Inputs to payroll controls audit
• The terms, areas of responsibility, Audit Committee Chair
• Bank and cash procedures audit
duties and scope of work of the 14 June 2023
external auditor as set out in the
engagement letter are reviewed
at the Committee meetings
• The Committee discusses and
agrees at the planning stage the
draft list of speciic audit risks
85Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT
## Nomination Committee
## Chair’s statement
DEAR SHAREHOLDER
COMMITTEE
GOVERNANCE

| I am pleased to present the report | eective, and that the appropriate |
| --- | --- |
| of the Nomination Committee (the | corporate governance standards |
| ‘Committee’) for FY23. | and practices are in place. |

Committee membership
and attendance
The Nomination Committee keeps Following the external board
During the year the
under regular review the structure eectiveness review, the Board’s
Committee comprised:
and composition of the Board and discussions identiied a number of
• John Walden (Chair)
its committees and ensures that the opportunities to help encourage
• Adele Cooper Board and executive leadership has a diverse and inclusive pipeline of
• Keith Mansield the appropriate balance of skills, executive and non-executive talent
• Mary McNamara expertise and experience to support within the Company. This will be
the Company. a key focus for the Committee in
• Mark Carpenter (CEO)
the upcoming year to ensure that
In FY23, the Committee met once, momentum is maintained. The
The Committee met once
where it received a recruitment Committee is clear on the vision
during the year and attendance
update and discussed potential to promote and model an inclusive
is set out in the table on
ways to help promote diversity and supportive culture where every
page81.
within the Senior Leadership Team individual, of any identity, from any
('SLT'). There were no new Board background, feels they can be their
appointments or resignations during authentic self at work, and keeps
the period and the Committee those values front and centre of its
remains satisied that the Board work. Further details on diversity
composition is balanced and within the business can be found
within the Strategic Report on pages
41 and 42.
“ Diversity and inclusion
All Directors are subject to election
is important to us and
or re-election to the Board by
will remain a key focus shareholders on an annual basis at
for the Committee in the Company’s AGM. The Chair, on
the year ahead.” behalf of the Board, has conirmed
each Director continues to be an
eective member of the Board
John Walden
and will stand for re-election at
Nomination Committee Chair
the2023AGM.
86 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements

| Committee responsibilities |  | Activities of the Committee |  | The Financial Conduct Authority |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| The Committee is responsible for: |  | During the year the main activities of |  | (FCA) has introduced new rules |
| • Board composition: The |  | the Committee were as follows: |  | and targets which require listed |
|  | Committee considers the balance | • Considered diversity within the |  | companies to make disclosures |
|  | of skills, diversity, knowledge |  | SLT and discussed practical ways | in relation to gender and ethnic |
|  | and experience of the Board |  | in which the Board could support | diversity at Board and executive |
|  | and its committees and reviews |  | the promotion of diversity and | management level. The targets |
|  | the Board’s structure, size and |  | inclusion at senior levels | are that at least 40% of the Board |
|  | composition, including the time |  |  | should be women, at least one of |
|  | commitment required from Non- | Composition of the Board as at |  | the senior Board positions should be |
|  | Executive Directors | 31March 2023 |  | a woman, and at least one member |
| • Board and executive nominations: |  |  |  | of the Board should be from an |

INED/Executive split
The Committee leads on the ethnic minority background. As at
Chair 1
recruitment and appointment 31 March 2023, we comply with the
INED (excluding the Chair) 3
process for Directors and makes senior Board position target, with
Executive 2 the SID role being occupied by a
recommendations regarding any

| adjustments to the composition |  | woman, but have not achieved the |
| --- | --- | --- |
| of the Board | Diversity and inclusion | target of the Board having 40% |
|  | The Board recognises the | female representation or a board |

• Board and executive succession
importance of diversity and member from an ethnic minority.
planning: The Committee
inclusion in the boardroom and The Committee seeks to attract
proposes recommendations to
seeks to recruit Directors with varied more women and people from an
the Board for the continuation
backgrounds, skills and experience. ethnic minority background onto
in service of each Director and
Appointments are made on merit the Board through a combination
ensures that the Board is well
and against objective criteria, taking of targeted succession planning
prepared for changes to its
account of the skills, experience and and the promotion of a culture
composition and that appropriate
expertise of candidates. that actively celebrates diversity
succession plans are in place
throughout the Company.
The Committee has formal terms
The tables below identify the gender
of reference which are available
identity and ethnic diversity of
on the Company’s website
members of the Board and executive
motorpointplc.com.
management.
Number of
senior positions

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  | on the Board |  |  | Number in | Percentage |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Number of |  | Percentage of |  | (CEO, CFO, SID, |  |  |  | Executive | of Executive |
| Reporting table on sex/gender representation | Board members |  |  |  | the Board |  |  | Chair) | Management |  | Management |
| Men |  |  | 4 66% 3 5 83% |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Women |  |  | 2 34% 1 1 17% |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Not speciied / prefer not to say |  |  | 0 0% 0 0 0% |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |

Number of
senior positions

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  | on the Board |  |  | Number in | Percentage |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | Number of |  | Percentage of |  | (CEO, CFO, SID, |  |  |  | Executive | of Executive |
| Reporting table on ethnicity representation | Board members |  |  |  | the Board |  |  | Chair) | Management |  | Management |
| White British (or other White) |  |  | 6 100% 4 4 66% |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Mixed / Multiple Ethnic Groups |  |  | 0 0% 0 0 0% |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Asian / Asian British |  |  | 0 0% 0 2 34% |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Black / African / Caribbean |  |  | 0 0% 0 0 0% |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Black British |  |  | 0 0% 0 0 0% |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Other ethnic group, including Arab |  |  | 0 0% 0 0 0% |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| Not speciied / prefer not to say |  |  | 0 0% 0 0 0% |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |

As part of our commitment to Diversity, Equity and Inclusion we have a number of data collection points throughout
the employee experience that allow us to measure how we are doing against our objective of having a truly diverse
87Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## NOMINATION COMMITTEE REPORT CONTINUED
workforce and inclusive culture. This starts at the recruitment stage as we have an Applicant Tracking System which
allows us to gather data on all applications. We will then also complete a right to work check for all hired employees
and can capture data here. Finally, as part of this disclosure we have directly asked each member of the team how
they identify within the outlined categories.
The Board’s composition and size is kept under review by the Nomination Committee to retain an appropriate balance
of skills, experience, diversity and knowledge of the Group. The Board also recognises the importance of diversity
and inclusion at senior management level. The Group’s SLT is made up of eight members including the CEO and CFO.
Information on initiatives on diversity and inclusion can be found in the People section of the Strategic Report on
pages 41 and 42.
Board and Committee Eectiveness Review
The Board undertakes a formal evaluation of its performance, and that of each Director, on an annual basis. The principal
committees of the Board also undertake an annual evaluation of their eectiveness in accordance with their terms of
reference. In FY22 the Board identiied four key action points arising from its self-evaluation and measured the steps
taken throughout the year to achieve them. An update on progress in all four areas can be found in the table below.
FY22 Issue/
Recommendation Action Progress during FY23
Stakeholder Stakeholder engagement will be further The Board determined that this
engagement enhanced through the development of recommendation had been achieved.
a structured and suitable programme of
The Board has engaged with a variety of
events, meetings and / or forums to ensure
stakeholders in FY23, including employees
regular, quality dialogue between the Board
and shareholders, as well as through its work
and stakeholders. Speciic focus will be
around ESG.
given to understanding stakeholder views
on ESG matters to ensure alignment with the
Company’s ESG strategy.
The Board will regularly review the list
of identiied stakeholders to ensure it
remainsrelevant.
Company The Company Secretary has had varying The Board determined that this
secretarial support levels of interim company secretarial recommendation had been achieved.
support through the year. The level of
Company secretarial support has been
support required will be monitored to
outsourced, and the FY23 board evaluation
ensure good governance practices are
demonstrated a signiicant improvement in
consistentlyfollowed.
the support provided.
Quality of Board The new Chair and Company Secretary to The Board determined that this
papers review the information provided in operational recommendation had been achieved.
reports to ensure that the quality of Board
A new format of Board papers was introduced
papers addresses the appropriate topics and
in FY23 and has provided additional detail
has suicient level of detail. A new format will
and context to Board discussions and
be introduced for all Board papers to clearly
decisionmaking.
identify the purpose, and the ask of Board
members in each case.
Externally External Board evaluation to be sought during The Board determined that this
facilitated Board FY23. recommendation had been achieved.
evaluation
The Board commissioned an independent
external board evaluation in February 2023,
and agreed an action plan to address areas
for development and help ensure continued
improvement.
88 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
In line with its discussions the previous year, in early 2023 the Board commissioned an external evaluation of
the Board and its committees by Indigo Independent Governance. As Indigo also provides governance services
to Motorpoint, the Board agreed that the review would be carried out by a separate team at Indigo to maintain
independence and ensure a truly external view. The evaluation covered a range of matters including the balance of
contributions, quality of debate and constructive challenge, senior leadership succession, stakeholder engagement,
the eectiveness of agenda planning and the quality and timeliness of meeting papers.
The results of the review were circulated to members of the Board and its recommendations were discussed at the
February 2023 Board meeting and actions were agreed and adopted at the March 2023 Board meeting. Three speciic
actions were identiied for FY24, as set out in the below table.
FY23 Issue/Recommendation Action
Employee engagement A programme of on site Board and Strategy sessions to be held to allow the
Directors to engage directly with local teams as well as the SLT.
Employee engagement updates to be scheduled at Board meetings.
Succession planning Nominations Committee and Board to be allocated the necessary time and
resources to proactively consider succession planning strategies in the context
of both the Board and executive leadership, with a focus on developing a
pipeline of quality internal candidates.
Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Further develop the Diversity, Equity and Inclusion strategy, and monitor how
it is being implemented. Updates to be provided at Board and/or Committee
meetings in FY24.
Ensure that diversity is factored into the discussion on succession planning for
Board and executive roles.
The evaluation established that the Board remains satisied that each Director contributes eectively to the Board and
its committees.
Election or re-election of Directors
In compliance with the 2018 Code, all current Directors will stand for re-election at the forthcoming AGM. The Board
has determined that all Directors standing for election or re-election at the AGM continue to be eective, hold recent
and relevant experience, and continue to demonstrate commitment to the role.
Biographical details of each Director standing for election or re-election will be set out in the Notice of AGM.
John Walden
Nomination Committee Chair
14 June 2023
89Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## ESG COMMITTEE REPORT
## ESG Committee
## Chair’s statement
DEAR SHAREHOLDER
COMMITTEE
GOVERNANCE

| I am pleased to present the | During its inaugural year, the |
| --- | --- |
| report of the ESG Committee (the | ESG Committee met twice, |
| ‘Committee’) for FY23. The principal | where it focused on reviewing |

Committee membership
purpose of this report is to look and monitoring the Group’s
and attendance
back over the inancial year ended new sustainability and diversity
During the year the
31 March 2023 and describe the objectives and considered its
Committee comprised:
Committee’s responsibilities and eectiveness and areas for
• Adele Cooper (Chair)

|  | activities during the year. | development following the external |
| --- | --- | --- |
| • Keith Mansield |  | Board evaluation. Our measurement |
| • Mary McNamara | The Committee, which irst | of our performance in relation |
| • Mark Carpenter (CEO) | met in June 2022, oversees the | to ESG goals has signiicantly |
| • Chris Morgan (CFO) | development and implementation | improved over the last year and |
|  | of the Group’s ESG strategy and | promising initial progress has been |
| The Committee met twice | monitors its performance in relation | made. Further development is |
| during the year and attendance | to ESG matters. | expected as the strategy continues |
| is set out in the table on |  | to be rolled out across the business. |

page81.
Committee composition
and membership
The Committee currently comprises
three independent Non-Executive
Directors, the CEO and CFO.
Only members of the Committee
are entitled to attend the meetings.
Key sta, such as the Head of
“ Promising initial
Internal Audit and Risk, and Head of
progress has been
People, may be invited to attend for
made by the Company
all or parts of any meeting, as and
in relation to ESG, and
when appropriate.
further development is
expected as the strategy
continues to be rolled
out across the business.”
Adele Cooper
ESG Committee Chair
90 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements

| Role of the Committee | • Make proposals to the |  |
| --- | --- | --- |
| The role and responsibilities of |  | Remuneration Committee |
| the Committee are set out in its |  | regarding appropriate ESG |
| terms of reference, which were |  | related performance objectives |
| updated in January 2023 to more |  | for Executive Directors. Provide |
| clearly clarify responsibilities and |  | an assessment as to the |
| are available on the Company’s |  | outcomes of the ESG related |
| website motorpointplc.com. The key |  | performance objectives as at the |
| objectives of the Committee are to: |  | end of the reporting period |

• Assist the Board in overseeing the
development and implementation I would like to thank my colleagues
of the Group’s ESG strategy and in the Committee for their valued
monitoring its performance in contributions, as well as extending
relation to ESG matters my thanks to our colleagues
• Oversee and support stakeholder within the business who have
engagement on ESG matters enthusiastically embraced the
including, but not limited to, Group’s vision and aims in relation
understanding stakeholder to ESG.
reporting expectations
• Review, prior to approval by
Adele Cooper
the Board, the ESG matters to
ESG Committee Chair
be presented in the Company’s
14 June 2023
annual report and monitor the
integrity of these reports
• Oversee and monitor the
Group’s progress against any
net zero, decarbonisation or
other environmental, social or
governance strategies
91Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## REMUNERATION COMMITTEE REPORT
## Remuneration Committee
## Chair’s statement
DEAR SHAREHOLDER
COMMITTEE
GOVERNANCE
I am pleased to present the Proposed new Remuneration
Company’s Directors’ Remuneration Policy
Report for the inancial year ended
Committee membership The Remuneration Committee is
31 March 2023. This report is split
and attendance responsible for setting and applying
into two sections:
During the year the a remuneration policy which serves
• the Directors' Remuneration
Committee comprised: to provide appropriate levels
Policy, which describes the new
• Mary McNamara (Chair) of remuneration to the Senior
remuneration policy for the next
Management Team. The goals of the
• Adele Cooper
three years and which will be
policy are to provide appropriate
• Keith Mansield subject to a binding shareholder
reward for strong performance and
vote at the 2023 AGM; and
quality leadership, to ensure the
The Committee met ive times
• the Annual Report on
retention of key employees and to
during the year and attendance
Remuneration, which includes
allow the Company to attract high
is set out in the table on
the Chair's statement and
quality candidates.
page81.
sets out in detail how the
remuneration policy has been
The Committee values the views
applied in the year to 31 March
of the Company’s shareholders
2023, as well as how the new
and considered guidance from
policy will be applied in the
shareholder representative groups
forthcoming year. This section of
in reviewing and determining the
the report will be subject to an
new policy, alongside the business
advisory shareholder vote at the
strategy and market practice. As part
2023AGM.
of the consultation with respect to the
proposed new remuneration policy,
the Chair of the Committee reached
“ The business out to seek the views of our largest
encountered a number shareholders on certain aspects
of the policy including pension
of well documented
provision, annual bonus (opportunity
macroeconomic
and structure) and the level of
headwinds during
restricted share awards. Following

| FY23, which resulted | the consultation and consideration |
| --- | --- |
| in stretching inancial | of the feedback received, it was |
| targets not being met. | decided that there should be no |

change to the policy for annual
However progress
bonus or restricted share awards and
has been made on
so there is only one change to the
non-inancial targets,
policy, which is to reduce the CEO’s
in particular the market pension contribution from 10% to
share element has been 3% of salary, to be aligned with that
of the workforce. We are aware that
achieved, which is a
the CEO’s salary and total package
key component of
in particular still lags the market and
our strategy.”
will keep the packages for Executive
Directors under review during this
Mary McNamara policy period.
Remuneration Committee Chair
92 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements

| The new Directors’ Remuneration | The table below provides a summary of total remuneration for the Executive |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| Policy can be found on page 94. | Directors for FY23. |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
|  |  | Salary | Beneits | Pension | Bonus |  | RSA | Total |
| Performance for FY23 and |  | (£’000) | (£’000) | (£’000) | (£’000) | (£’000) |  | (£’000) |
| remuneration outcomes | Mark Carpenter 360 2 36 140 270 808 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| The business encountered a | Chris Morgan 263 2 8 102 197 572 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |

number of well documented
macroeconomic headwinds during

| FY23, which included higher interest | We are proud to be a Real Living | in the share price and considered |
| --- | --- | --- |
| rates and inlation, consumer | Wage ('RLW') employer and this | whether a scale back of award |
| uncertainty which reduced demand, | year, to provide additional support | level would be appropriate. |
| supply chain challenges, a falling | to our lowest employees, we have | However, the Committee noted |
| used vehicle market and lower gross | brought forward the increase to the | that Executive Directors have |
| margins due to Electric Vehicle value | RLW from the recommended date | shared the downside experience |
| falls and lower inance commissions. | of 1April 2023 to 1 January 2023. | alongside shareholders through the |
| These have culminated in our | Bonuses have been payable widely | lower value of shareholdings and |
| inancial targets not being met for | across the workforce. | historic Restricted Share Awards. |
| the FY23 annual bonus. |  | The Committee therefore considers |
|  | Application of the policy | maintaining the award level will |
| However, some of the non-inancial | forFY24 | allow the Executive Directors to |
| elements of the bonus plan have |  | be appropriately incentivised to |

Salary increases for both Executive
delivered performance above deliver long term shareholder value
and Non-executive Directors will
threshold targets and in particular through the successful execution of
be 3%, with the wider workforce
the market share element has been the strategy. A robust performance
receiving an increase of 5% of salary.
achieved, which is a key component underpin will apply, and for FY24
of our strategy. Overall, a bonus awards an element of the inancial
The Chief Executive’s pension
payout of 38.8% of maximum has underpin will be based on long term
contribution will reduce from 10% of
been achieved. Whilst maintaining ESG performance.
salary to 3% of salary, eective from
a focus on short term inancial
the date of the 2023 AGM when
performance is important and We believe that Motorpoint’s
the new remuneration policy takes
we are disappointed to miss the approach to remuneration is
eect. This will ensure that both the
stretching targets that were set, appropriate, taking into account
CEO and CFO pension contributions
nonetheless it is appropriate to workforce remuneration outcomes
are aligned to the rate payable to
reward strong progress against the and the wider stakeholder
the majority of the workforce.
business strategy progress and the experience. The Committee
Committee is comfortable with this therefore concluded it would not
The annual bonus opportunity will
level of bonus payout. be necessary to exercise discretion
remain at 100% of salary and is
to adjust any of the FY23 incentive
based on performance measures
The Restricted Shares Award outcomes. The Committee is
aligned to the business strategy.
granted to the CEO and other satisied that the remuneration
Whilst we still believe that there
senior management in August policy operated as intended for FY23
should be a signiicant element
2020 will vest in August 2023. This and that no substantial changes are
based on non-inancial strategic
grant predated the CFO joining required for FY24 to the policy and
measures, we have determined
the business. We are satisied that its operation.
that the weighting on inancial
the performance underpin has
measures should be increased for
been achieved over the three year On behalf of all of my colleagues
FY24. Measures and their weightings
performance period to 31 March on the Committee, I hope that you
for FY24 are as follows: PBT (25%),
2023. In particular, management will support the resolution on the
market share growth (25%), sales
has made signiicant strategic new Directors' Remuneration Policy
attributed to digital leads (20%)
progress in challenging market and approve the annual report on
customer satisfaction (10%),
conditions and has grown market Remuneration at this year’s AGM.
employee engagement (10%), and
share substantially. Executives have
in addition, we have introduced
also been aligned to the shareholder
an environmental metric based
experience over the vesting period, Mary McNamara
on the reduction of Scope 1 & 2
with lower values on vesting as Remuneration Committee Chair
emissions(10%).
a result of the fall in share price. 14 June 2023
Therefore the Committee has
Restricted Share Awards will be
determined that the award should
made over shares equivalent to
fully vest and, for the CEO, 50% will
75% of salary for both Executive
vest in August 2023, 25% will vest
Directors. The Committee
in August 2024 and 25% will vest
recognises the recent weakness
August 2025.
93Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## REMUNERATION POLICY

| This section of the report details the | Transparency Rules. The sections | remuneration policy is to provide |
| --- | --- | --- |
| Remuneration Policy for Executive | of the Remuneration Report that | an appropriate pay structure |
| Directors. The policy set out below | are subject to audit are marked as | for the Executive Directors and |
| will, subject to shareholder approval, | Audited Information. The remaining | senior management, to ensure |
| become eective from the 2023 | sections of the Remuneration Report | their retention and to continue to |
| AGM on 26 July 2023 and will apply | are not subject to audit. | focus them on delivering strong |
| for up to three years from this date. |  | inancial performance. To manage |
|  | Decision making process for | any potential conlicts of interest, |
| Compliance statement | the determination, review and | the Committee ensures that no |

individual is involved in discussions
This report has been prepared in implementation of the policy
regarding their own remuneration
accordance with the provisions The Committee sets the
arrangements.
of the Companies Act 2006 and remuneration policy for Executive
Schedule 8 of the Large and Directors and other Senior
The implementation of the policy
Medium sized Companies and Executives taking into account the
is considered each year by the
Groups (Accounts and Reports) Company’s strategic objectives,
Committee in light of the strategic
(Amendment) Regulations 2013 shareholder expectations, the
priorities and the wider stakeholder
(Regulations) and the subsequent principles of the UK Corporate
experience whilst incentive targets
amendments in 2018 and 2019. It Governance Code and the
are reviewed to check if they
also meets the requirements of remuneration policy for the
remain appropriate or need to
the UK Listing Authority’s Listing wider workforce. The aim of the
berecalibrated.
Rules and the Disclosure and
The Committee addresses the following factors when determining the remuneration policy and its implementation,
as recommend by the UK Corporate Governance Code:
Action Progress during FY23
Clarity – remuneration arrangements should • The metrics used in our annual bonus have a direct link to our Company KPIs to
be transparent and promote eective ensure performance related remuneration supports and drives our strategy
engagement with shareholders and • Restricted Shares ensure senior management are focused on the long term
the workforce. sustainability and interests of the Company and all of its stakeholders
• The Remuneration Committee consults with shareholders to explain and clearly
set out any proposed changes to the policy and is committed to having an open
and constructive dialogue with shareholders
Simplicity – remuneration structures should • Our remuneration structure which consists of annual bonus and Restricted
avoid complexity and their rationale and Shares, which are not subject to performance measures, is simple and easy to
operation should be easy to understand. understand
• The bonus is payable in cash. The Restricted Shares are the sole share based plan
Risk – remuneration arrangements should • The Committee has ensured that risks are identiied and mitigated by the
ensure reputational and other risks from presence of:
excessive rewards, and behavioural risks that – discretion to override the formulaic outturn of incentives
can arise from target based incentive plans,
– clawback and malus provisions
are identiied and mitigated.
• Restricted Shares ensure Executives are not encouraged to make short term
decisions but to deliver sustainable shareholder returns over the long term
• Executives are encouraged to build signiicant shareholdings
Predictability – the range of possible values of • The scenario charts on page 99 set out the potential rewards available to the
rewards to individual Directors and any other Executive Directors under three dierent performance scenarios, and in the
limits or discretions should be identiied and case of a 50% share price increase in relation to the restricted shares
explained at the time of approving the policy.
Proportionality – the link between individual • Variable pay comprises the majority of the Executive Directors’ packages, with
awards, the delivery of strategy and the long the individual limits and pay-out for dierent levels of performance set out in
term performance of the Company should the policy and the scenario charts on page 99. The performance conditions
be clear. Outcomes should not reward used for the annual bonus are aligned to strategy and the targets are set to be
poorperformance. stretching to reward for delivering above market returns in line with strategy
• The Committee retains discretion to override the formulaic outturns of
incentives if the payout does not relect broader Company performance and
other factors
94 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Action Progress during FY23
Alignment to culture – incentive schemes • The alignment of metrics to the medium and long term strategy ensures
should drive behaviours consistent with behaviours consistent with the Company’s purpose and values are being
Company purpose, values and strategy. encouraged
• The presence of clawback and malus provisions discourages behaviours that
are not consistent with the Company’s purpose, values and strategy
• The Committee reviews the wider workforce pay and policies to ensure there is
alignment with the Executive Director policy and that remuneration is designed
to support the Company’s people centric culture
Changes to the Directors’ Remuneration Policy
Following a detailed review of the remuneration policy and shareholder engagement, there is only one change
proposed to the policy. The pension policy has been updated to relect that Executive Directors may receive a
pension contribution in line with the contribution available to the wider workforce (currently 3% of salary). The CEO’s
pension will be aligned to this rate following the 2023 AGM, the date the new policy applies.
Directors’ Remuneration Policy
A breakdown of all elements of the Executive Remuneration Policy and an explanation of how they operate can be
found in the table below:
Purpose and link
to strategy Operation Performance measurement Maximum opportunity
BASE SALARY

| To aid the | Base salaries will normally be reviewed | Base salary levels are | While there is no maximum |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| recruitment of | annually by the Committee with any increases | set at a level to relect | salary, increases will |
| Executive Directors | typically taking eect from 1 April each year. | the experience, skills | normally be in line |
| of a suitable calibre |  | and responsibilities of | with the typical level of |
| for the role and to |  | the individual as well as | increase awarded to other |
| provide a core level |  | the scope and scale of | employees of the Group. |
| of reward to relect |  | theirrole. |  |

The Committee may award
the duties required.
Increases to base salary increases above this level
will take into account to ensure that the salaries
the performance of the appropriately relect the
individual and Company role, responsibilities,
and external indicators performance and
such as inlation. experience of the
Directors.
BENEFITS
To provide a market The beneits oered to Executive Directors Not applicable. There is no maximum
competitive beneits comprise, but are not limited to, family limit on the value of the
package for the medical insurance and company car. beneits provided but
executives to aid the Committee monitors
The Committee may oer an equivalent cash
recruitment and the total cost of the
allowance instead if it feels it is more suitable.
retention. beneit provision on a
Other reasonable beneits may be oered regular basis.
as appropriate (including, in exceptional
circumstances, relocation and/or disturbance
allowances).
Executive Directors may also be reimbursed
for any reasonable expenses incurred in
performing their duties, and any income tax
payable thereon.
95Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED
Purpose and link
to strategy Operation Performance measurement Maximum opportunity
PENSION

| To provide market | Executive Directors are eligible for a | Not applicable. A pension contribution is |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| competitive pension | contribution to the Group personal pension |  | payable in line with the |
| arrangements for the | plan, or any other nominated personal |  | pension available to the |
| executives and to | pension fund. |  | majority of the workforce, |
| aid recruitment and |  |  | currently 3% of salary. |

Where appropriate, Executive Directors
retention.

| may instead receive a cash allowance in | The pension for the CEO |
| --- | --- |
| lieu of formal pension contributions, or a | will reduce from 10% of |
| combination of both. | salary to 3% of salary from |

the 2023 AGM.
ANNUAL BONUS

| To encourage | Bonus payments are subject to the | Performance will normally | 100% of salary. |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| improved inancial | achievement of performance targets normally | be based on a mix of |  |
| and operational | set over one inancial year. | inancial, operational and / |  |
| performance and |  | or non-inancial measures |  |

Annual bonuses are payable at the sole
align the interests aligned to the strategic
discretion of the Committee. The Committee
of Directors with the objectives of the business.
has discretion to adjust the formula driven
short term Company
outturn of the annual bonus calculation. Financial performance will
strategy.
usually be represented
All bonus payments are payable in cash
by PBT targets, although
and subject to appropriate recovery and
the Committee reserves
withholding arrangements.
the right to include other
measures in support of
the Company strategy as
it sees it.
Stretching performance
targets will be determined
taking into account
internal and external
forecasts. For threshold
performance up to 30% of
maximum is payable.
LONG TERM INCENTIVES  RESTRICTED SHARES

| To encourage | Awards will normally be granted following | In order for Restricted | Normally 75% of |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
| improved inancial | the publication of the Company’s annual | Shares to vest, the | salary. However, an |
| and operational | results each year. | Remuneration Committee | individual maximum |
| performance and |  | must be satisied that | of 100% of salary may |

Restricted Shares may normally vest no
align the interests business performance is apply in exceptional
sooner than 50%, 25% and 25% over three,
of Directors with robust and sustainable circumstances.
four and ive years from grant, subject to
the long term and that management
service, and subject to an underpinning
Company strategy has strengthened the
inancial performance condition.
and the interests of business. In assessing this
shareholders through Awards are additionally subject to a post performance condition,
share ownership. vesting holding period during which time the Committee will
vested shares may not be sold (other than for consider inancial and non-
tax) before ive years from grant. inancial KPIs, including
ESG targets, as well as
This holding period will continue post delivery against strategic
cessation of employment (to the extent that priorities. To the extent
awards do not lapse). it is not satisied that this
performance condition is
The Committee may determine that dividend
met, the Committee may
equivalents will accrue over the vesting/
scale back the level of
holding period.
vested awards including
Vesting of awards is at the sole discretion to zero. This performance
of the Committee and the Committee may assessment will take place
reduce the level of the award after grant and at the end of the third year.
at vesting, if it considers that it is appropriate
to do so.
Restricted Shares are subject to recovery
and withholding arrangements.
96 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Purpose and link
to strategy Operation Performance measurement Maximum opportunity
ALL EMPLOYEE SHARE PLANS
To align the interests The Company has adopted employee share Not applicable. In line with statutory
of Directors and plans in which the Executive Directors are limits.
other employees eligible to participate on the same terms as
with those of the all other employees.
shareholders through
share ownership.
SHAREHOLDING GUIDELINES

| To align the interests | All Executive Directors are required to build | Not applicable. Not applicable. |
| --- | --- | --- |
| of Directors with | and maintain a shareholding equivalent in |  |
| those of the | value to 200% of their annual base salary. |  |

shareholders through
Until this guideline is met, Directors must
share ownership.
retain half of any Restricted Shares that vest
(after payment of tax and national insurance
contributions) together with any shares
deferred as part of the bonus (if applicable).
Post cessation of employment, Executives
will be required to retain the lower of the
shareholding requirement (200% of salary)
or the actual shares they hold on cessation
of employment for a period of two years.
Any voluntary purchases of shares by the
Executives from the start of the previous
policy period will be excluded from this
requirement. The Committee has discretion
to amend the requirement in certain
circumstances as it considers appropriate.
Choice of performance measures
The Committee retains lexibility as to the choice of performance measures for future annual bonus awards.
Measures will be selected as appropriate to relect the business strategy and to ensure the delivery of sound inancial
performance. The current performance measures are disclosed in the annual report on remuneration, together with
the link to the business strategy. The Committee sets appropriate and stretching targets for the annual bonus in the
context of the Company’s business plan, trading environment and strategic plan.
Incentive plan operation
The Committee will operate the Company’s incentive plans according to their respective rules and consistent with
normal market practice, the Listing Rules and HMRC rules where relevant, including lexibility in a number of regards.
This includes timing of awards, dealing with leavers and making adjustments to awards following acquisitions,
disposals, changes in share capital and other merger and acquisition activity. The Committee also retains the ability
to adjust the targets and / or set dierent measures for the annual bonus plan if events occur which cause it to
determine that the conditions are no longer appropriate and the amendment is required so that the conditions
achieve their original purpose and are not materially less diicult to satisfy. The Committee may adjust the formula
driven outturn of the annual bonus calculation in the event it considers that the outturn does not relect underlying
performance, overall shareholder experience or employee reward outcome.
Recovery and withholding provisions may be operated at the discretion of the Committee in respect of awards
granted under the annual bonus plan and Restricted Shares in certain circumstances (including where there is
a material misstatement or restatement of audited accounts, an error in assessing any applicable performance
condition or bonus outcome, or in the event of gross misconduct on the part of the participant, corporate failure,
failure of risk management or reputational damage).
Any use of the above discretions would, where relevant, be explained in the annual report on remuneration.
97Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED
Remuneration Policy for Non-Executive Directors
The table below sets out how pay is structured for the Non-Executive Directors ('NEDs').
Purpose and link
to strategy Operation Performance measurement Maximum opportunity
FEES
To ensure a fair NEDs receive a ixed base fee in cash or shares Not applicable. Current fee levels are set
reward for services for their role on the Board, plus supplementary out in the annual report
provided to the fees for additional responsibilities such as on remuneration.
Company. performing the role of SID, or chairing one of
Aggregate fee levels are
the Board Committees.
subject to the maximum
The Non-Executive Chair receives a ixed fee limit set out in the Articles
only, and is not eligible for any additional of Association.
responsibility fees.
Fee levels are reviewed normally on an annual
basis, and may be increased taking into
account factors such as the time commitment
and complexity of the role and market levels in
companies of comparable size and complexity
and other broadly comparable companies.
Each NED will be entitled to be reimbursed
for all reasonable expenses incurred by them
in the course of their duties to the Company
(plus amounts in respect of any tax payable),
and has the beneit of indemnity insurance
maintained by the Group on their behalf
indemnifying them against liabilities they may
potentially incur to third parties as a result of
his / her oice as Director.
Where there has been a material increase in
time commitment in the year, fees may be
temporarily increased to relect this.
SHARE OWNERSHIP GUIDELINES

| To align the interests | All NEDs are encouraged to build and | Not applicable. Not applicable. |
| --- | --- | --- |
| of Directors with | maintain a shareholding equivalent in value to |  |
| those of shareholders | 100% of their annual fees. |  |

through share
ownership.
Reward scenarios
The bar charts in this section detail how the composition of the Executive Directors’ remuneration package varies at
dierent levels of performance.
• Threshold includes ixed pay only (i.e. base salary, beneits and pension reducing to 3% of salary from the 2023
AGM for the CEO)
• On target includes ixed pay, 60% of maximum bonus and full vesting of Restricted Shares
• Maximum includes ixed pay, maximum bonus payout and full vesting of Restricted Shares
• Maximum plus the impact of 50% share price appreciation on Restricted Shares
Salary levels are eective as at 1 April 2023, and the value for beneits is the cost of providing those beneits in FY23.
98 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
No share price growth has been factored into the chart, except where indicated, and all amounts have been rounded
to the nearest £1,000.
£1,400,000
£1,199,000
£1,200,000
£1,013,000
£1,000,000
35%
£894,000
£856,000
27%
£800,000 £754,000
31%
£646,000 35%
27%
£600,000 31%
36%
31%
25%
£393,000

| £400,000 |  |  |  |  |  | 36% | 32% |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | £281,000 | 26% |  |  |
| £200,000 | 100% 44% | 37% | 34% | 100% | 43% | 37% |  |

33%
£0,000

| Threshold ThresholdOn target On targetMaximum MaximumMaximum |  |  |  |  |  | Maximum |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  | with 50% |  |  | with 50% |
|  |  |  | share price |  |  | share price |
|  |  |  | appreciation |  |  | appreciation |
|  | Chief Executive Oicer |  |  | Chief Financial Oicer |  |  |
|  |  | (Mark Carpenter) |  |  | (Chris Morgan) |  |

Fixed Pay Annual Bonus Restricted Shares
Approach to recruitment remuneration
In determining the remuneration package for a new Executive Director, the Committee takes into account the skills
and experience of the individual, the market rate for a candidate of that experience and the importance of securing
the individual.
New Executive Director hires (including those promoted internally) will be oered packages in line with the policy in
place at the time, except as noted below:
• If it is considered appropriate to set the salary for a new Executive Director at a level which is below market, his
or her salary may be increased in future periods to achieve the desired market positioning by way of a series of
phased above inlation increases, subject to his or her continued development in the role.
• Any bonus payment for the year of joining will normally be prorated to relect the proportion of the period worked,
and the Committee may set dierent performance measures and targets, depending on the timing and nature of
the appointment.
• The ongoing annual bonus and restricted shares opportunities will be in line with the limits set out in the
policytable.
• The Committee recognises that it may be necessary in some circumstances to provide compensation for amounts
forfeited from a previous employer (‘buy out awards’). Any buy out awards would be limited to the value of
remuneration forfeited when leaving the former employer and would be structured so as to be, to the extent
possible, no more generous in terms of the key terms (e.g. delivery mechanism, time to vesting, expected value
and performance conditions) than the incentive it is replacing. Where possible any such payments would be
facilitated through the Company’s existing incentive plans, but, if not, the awards may be granted outside of these
plans, as permitted under the Listing Rules, which allow for the grant of awards to facilitate the recruitment of an
ExecutiveDirector.
• In the case of an internal appointment, any variable pay element awarded in respect of the prior role will be
allowed to continue according to its original terms or adjusted as considered appropriate to relect the new role.
99Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
REMUNERATION POLICY CONTINUED

# **External directorships**

Executive Directors are permitted to take on external non-executive directorships at other listed companies, though normally only one other appointment, to bring a further external perspective to the Group and help in the development of key individuals' experience. In order to avoid any conflicts of interest, all appointments are subject to the approval of the Nomination Committee. Executive Directors are permitted to retain the fees arising from any appointments undertaken.

# **Service contracts and payments for loss of office**

The terms of Directors' service contracts and letters of appointments are available for inspection at the Company's registered office.

|  Director | Date of contract / letter | Date of expiry | Notice period by Company or Director  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  **Executive Directors**  |   |   |   |
|  Mark Carpenter | 12 May 2016 | N/A | 9 months  |
|  Chris Morgan | 11 January 2021 | N/A | 9 months  |
|  **Non-Executive Directors**  |   |   |   |
|  John Walden | 10 January 2022 | 10 January 2025 | 3 months  |
|  Mary McNamara | 14 May 2019 | 14 May 2025 | 3 months  |
|  Adele Cooper | 6 March 2020 | 6 March 2026 | 3 months  |
|  Keith Mansfield | 20 May 2020 | 20 May 2026 | 3 months  |

The remuneration related elements of the current contracts for Executive Directors are as follows:

|  Provision | Treatment  |
| --- | --- |
|  **Termination payment** | The Company may (at its discretion) elect to terminate the employment by making a payment in lieu of notice equivalent in value to the base salary which the Executive Director would have received during any unexpired period of notice.  |
|  **Mitigation** | The payment in lieu of notice will be payable in monthly instalments (subject to mitigation, i.e. reduced on a pound for pound basis if alternative employment / engagement is taken up during the payment period).  |
|  **Annual bonus** | There is no contractual right to any bonus payment in the event of termination although in certain circumstances the Committee may exercise its discretion to pay a bonus at the normal time for the period of active service and based on performance assessed after the end of the financial year. The holding period in respect of deferred shares, if applicable, will normally be retained.  |
|  **Share awards** | The default treatment for Restricted Shares under the Performance Share Plan rules is for all unvested awards to lapse in full on cessation. However, if the participant ceases to be an employee or a Director within the Group because of his / her death, injury, disability, retirement, redundancy, their employing company or the business for which they work being sold out of the Group or in other circumstances at the discretion of the Committee, then his / her award will normally vest on the original scheduled vesting date (except in the case of death, where the default position will be for the award to vest on cessation of employment). The default position in this case is that an award will vest subject to: (i) the assessment of the performance underpin over the measurement period; and (ii) the prorating of the award by reference to the period of time served in employment during the normal vesting period. However, the Committee can decide to allow early vesting and / or reduce or eliminate the prorating of an award if it regards it as appropriate to do so in the particular circumstances.  |
|  **Other** | Outstanding shares or awards under an all employee share plan will vest in accordance with the terms of the plan and HMRC legislation. The Committee may pay any statutory entitlements or settle or compromise claims in connection with a termination of employment, where considered in the best interest of the Company. Outplacement services and reimbursement of legal costs may also be provided.  |

100 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Legacy arrangements
In approving this Directors’ Remuneration Policy, authority is given to the Company to honour any commitments
entered into with current or former Directors that have been disclosed to and approved by shareholders in
previous remuneration reports. Details of any payments to former Directors will be set out in the annual report on
remuneration as they arise.
Consideration of pay conditions within the wider team
When making decisions on executive remuneration, the Committee takes into account pay conditions for the
Company as a whole, although it has not, to date, consulted directly with employees on this subject. The Committee
will review its approach to engaging with employees on remuneration matters and in particular to explain how the
pay for senior executives aligns to the pay practices for the workforce generally.
The Group has a strong ‘team culture‘ and accordingly there is consistency in how packages are structured across
the whole Senior Management team, with all Executive Directors and Senior Managers participating in the same
annual incentive plan.
However, there are some dierences in the structure of the remuneration policy for the Executive Directors
compared with other Senior Managers, which the Committee believes are necessary to relect the dierent levels
of responsibility. The two main dierences are the increased emphasis on variable pay for Executive Directors and
a greater focus on long term alignment (through additional holding periods for the long term incentive awards and
minimum shareholding guidelines). Within the wider group, all employees receive salary, beneits and pension and
are eligible to receive an annual bonus. Periodic reviews against market data are undertaken to ensure an appropriate
cascade of remuneration throughout the Group.
We are proud to be a Real Living Wage employer and this year, to provide additional support to our lower employees,
we have brought forward the increase to the RLW from the recommended date of 1 April 2023 to 1 January 2023.
Shareholder Views
The Committee values the views of the Company’s shareholders and takes into account guidance from shareholder
representative bodies.
As part of the Remuneration Policy review, the Committee engaged with the largest shareholders and the proxy
advisory bodies to understand their views on the proposed policy. Further details of this engagement are set out in
the Annual Statement.
Shareholder feedback received in relation to the AGM, as well as any additional feedback received during the year,
isconsidered as part of the Company’s annual review.
101Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION
This part of the report has been prepared in accordance with Part 4 of The Large and Medium sized Companies and
Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 (as amended in 2018 and 2019) which amended
The Large and Medium sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008, and 9.8.6R of the
Listing Rules. The annual report on remuneration, including the Chair's annual statement, will be put to an advisory
shareholder vote at our 2023 AGM.
Committee membership and attendance
During the year the Committee comprised:
Mary McNamara (Chair)
Adele Cooper
Keith Mansield
The Chair and CEO attend meetings by invitation but are not members of the Committee.
The Committee met ive times during the year and attendance is set out in the table on page 81.
Advice to the Committee
The Committee receives information and takes advice from inside and outside the Group. Internal support is provided by
the Company Secretary. The CEO and any other Director or employee may be invited to attend Committee meetings by
the Chair where relevant. No individual is present when matters relating to his or her own remuneration are discussed.
Following a formal review by the Committee during 2020, Korn Ferry was appointed as adviser to the Committee.
Korn Ferry is a signatory to the Remuneration Consultants’ Code of Conduct and has conirmed to the Committee
that it adheres in all respects to the terms of the Code. Fees paid to Korn Ferry during the year were £38,108 (ex VAT),
which relected the applicable hourly rates agreed with Korn Ferry. The Committee is satisied, following a discussion
involving all the members of the Committee, that the advice it received is objective and independent. Korn Ferry did
not provide any other services to the Company during the year.
Remuneration in FY23
Directors’ single igure of remuneration (audited)
The table below shows the aggregate emoluments earned by the Directors of the Company during FY23 and also sets
out the comparative information for FY22.

|  |  |  |  |  |  |  | Total ixed |  |  |  |  | Total variable |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Salary/fees |  | Beneits | 1 | Pension | remuneration |  | 3 | RSA | 2 | Bonus | remuneration |  | Total |
| Period |  | (£’000) | (£’000) |  | (£’000) |  | (£’000) |  | (£’000) |  | (£’000) |  | (£’000) | (£’000) |

FY23 360 2 36 398 270 140 410 808
Mark Carpenter
FY22 350 2 35 387 262 329 591 978
FY23 263 2 8 273 197 102 299 572
Chris Morgan
FY22 255 2 8 265 191 240 431 696
FY23 200 0 0 200 0 0 0 200
John Walden
4
FY22 144 0 0 144 0 0 0 144
FY23 58 0 0 58 0 0 0 58
Mary McNamara
FY22 53 0 0 53 0 0 0 53
FY23 49 0 0 49 0 0 0 49
Adele Cooper
FY22 40 0 0 40 0 0 0 40
FY23 52 0 0 52 0 0 0 52
Keith Mansield
FY22 47 0 0 47 0 0 0 47
1. Relates to provision of family private medical insurance.
2. The face value on grant of the RSA awards is shown in the table above as there are no performance conditions other than underpins
tested on vesting.
3. This also includes the value of the discount oered in relation to the SAYE options granted during the year, which was worth £400.
4. From John Walden’s appointment on 10 January 2022, and includes a one-o fee of £100,000, the net amount of which has invested in
Company shares.
102 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Details of variable pay earned in the year (audited)
Annual bonus
Executive Directors were eligible for a maximum annual bonus payment of 100% of salary, subject to PBT, market
share growth, customer and employment engagement measures, along with selected strategic objectives.
The table below sets out the performance conditions and targets that were set in relation to FY23 and the
performance achieved.
Payout of
element (%of
Performance element
Weighting Performance required achieved weighting)
Performance measure Threshold Targert Stretch
PBT 15% £20.5m £21.5m £23.65m £(0.3)m 0%
Growth in share of the market
weoperate in 20% +ve +0.2% +0.5% +0.44% 17.5%
Customer – NPS 17.5% 80 82 84 83.5 15.6%
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES:
Cars sold per FTE 15% 74.7 76.7 78.7 71.0 0%
Sell your car 15% Budget Budget +10% Budget +20% <Budget 0%
ESG MEASURES:
1 1 1
Employee engagement 10% 1 star 2 star 3 star 1 star 2%
Environmental – getting EV ready,
EVs sold v 2022 7.5% 100% 150% 200% 136.8% 3.7%
Total 100% 38.8%
1. Employer star rating in the Best Companies b-Heard survey.
The bonus payout for FY23 is 38.8% of maximum, resulting in a bonus for the CEO of £140k and for the CFO of £102k,
which is payable entirely in cash.
Outstanding share awards, including details of awards granted during the year and awards vesting based on
performance to 31 March 2023 (audited)
The below table sets out details of the Executive Directors’ outstanding awards under the PSP, RSA and other
share schemes.

|  |  |  |  |  | Awards | Awards | Awards |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | At | granted | exercised | lapsed |  | At |  |  |  |  |  |  |
|  | Year of |  | 31 March |  | during the | during the | during the | 31 March |  |  | Vesting |  | Exercise |  |  |
| Name | grant Scheme |  |  | 2022 | period | period | period |  | 2023 |  | date |  |  | price |  |
| Mark Carpenter FY20 2020 PSP 155,470 – – (155,470) 0 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 22 July 2022 |  |  |  |  | – |
|  | FY21 | 2021 RSA 75,753 – – – 75,753 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 24 Aug 2023 |  |  |  |  | – |
|  | FY22 | 2022 RSA 95,558 – – – 95,558 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 16 June 2024 |  |  |  |  | – |
|  | FY23 | 2023 RSA – 128,627 – – 128,627 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 23 June 2025 |  |  |  |  | – |
|  | FY20 | 2020 SAYE 1,565 – – – 1,565 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 1 Feb 2023 |  | 230.00p |  |  |  |
|  | FY21 | 2021 SAYE 1,298 – – – 1,298 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 1 Feb 2024 |  | 277.20p |  |  |  |
|  | FY22 | 2022 SAYE 1,304 – – – 1,304 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 1 Feb 2025 |  | 276.00p |  |  |  |
|  | FY23 | 2023 SAYE – 2,589 – – 2,589 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 1 Feb 2026 |  | 139.00p |  |  |  |
| Chris Morgan FY22 |  | 2022 RSA 69,621 – – – 69,621 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 16 June 2024 |  |  |  |  | – |
|  | FY23 | 2023 RSA – 93,482 – – 93,482 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 23 June 2025 |  |  |  |  | – |
|  | FY22 | 2022 SAYE 1,304 – – – 1,304 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 1 Feb 2025 |  | 276.00p |  |  |  |
|  | FY23 | 2023 SAYE – 2,589 – – 2,589 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 1 Feb 2026 |  | 139.00p |  |  |  |

1 The 2020 PSP lapsed in full due to not meeting the EPS growth and market share growth targets set over the three year period to
31 March 2022.
2 The irst tranche of the RSA shares vest on their third anniversary of grant, at 50% of the award and then 25% vests on the fourth and ifth
anniversaries of grant.
103Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED
Restricted Share Awards (‘RSAs’) (audited)
The Restricted Shares Award level for the Executive Directors is normally 75% of salary each year. In order for
Restricted Shares to vest, the Committee must be satisied that the business performance is robust and sustainable,
and that management has strengthened the business. The Restricted Shares ordinarily vest on the third, fourth and
ifth anniversaries of the grant (in 50%, 25% and 25% portions respectively). Awards are additionally subject to a
post vesting holding period during which time vested shares may not be sold (other than for tax) before ive years
fromgrant.
RSA 2021
RSAs in the form of nil cost options (‘Options’) granted under the rules of the PSP were based on the average of the
closing middle market quotations of the share price during the ive dealing days before grant, being 271.4 pence.
Measurement

|  |  |  | Grant level |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | period for |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  |  |  | as % of | Shares | Share | Estimated value |  | Face value | performance |  |  |  |  |
|  | Date of grant |  |  | salary | awarded | price |  | on vesting | of award |  | underpin Vesting schedule |  |  |  |
| Mark | 24 August |  |  | 75% 75,753 271.4p |  |  | £205,593.64 £205,593.64 1 April 2020 |  |  |  |  |  |  | 50% on |
| Carpenter |  | 2020 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | to | 24 August 2023 |  |

31 March
25% on
2023
24 August 2024
25% on
24 August 2025
1 Based on the three month average share price to 31 March 2023 of 141p.
2 Vested shares must be held until ive years from grant.
Assessment of performance condition:
The Committee carefully considered the achievement of the performance underpin (as described in the policy
section of this report) over the three inancial years to 31 March 2023 and noted the following:
• Signiicant progress in challenging market conditions despite extreme headwinds presented by the COVID-19
pandemic, microchip shortages, high inlation, soaring energy costs and interest rate increases
• Growth in market share in a shrinking market and increased turnover
• Customer satisfaction at industry leading levels
• Opening of six new stores, Home Delivery and Sell Your Car and signiicant investment in digital capability
• Strong progress against ESG strategy
On this basis, the Committee concluded that the performance underpin had been achieved and that there was
no need to scale back the number of vested awards. The Committee also considered the overall value of awards
on vesting and speciically the fall in share price over the period, and concluded that there was an appropriate
link between reward and performance, and alignment of interest between management and shareholders over
theperiod.
RSA 2022
RSAs in the form of nil cost options (‘Options’) granted under the rules of the PSP were based on the average of the
closing middle market quotations of the share price during the ive dealing days before grant, being 274.7 pence.
RSA 2023
RSAs in the form of nil cost options (‘Options’) granted under the rules of the PSP were based on the average of the
closing middle market quotations of the share price during the ive dealing days before grant, being 210.2 pence.

|  |  | Grant level as | Shares |  | Face value | Measurement period for |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | Date of grant | % of salary | awarded Share price |  | of award | performance underpin |
| Mark Carpenter 22 June 2022 75% 128,627 210.2p |  |  |  | £270,375.00 1 April 2022 to |  |  |

31 March 2025
Chris Morgan 22 June 2022 75% 93,482 210.2p £196,500.00 1 April 2022 to
31 March 2025
104 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Save As You Earn (‘SAYE’) (audited)
In December of each year since 2016, Motorpoint has launched a SAYE scheme for all permanent employees. For the
FY23 scheme, eligible employees are invited to subscribe for options over the Company’s shares at an exercise price
representing a 10% discount to the average closing mid market price of the shares over the three day period ending
the dealing day before the invitation date. The maximum subscription oered is £3,600 (equivalent to £100 per
month over the 36 month saving period).
SAYE options Exercise Face value
Date of grant awarded price of award 1 Date on which exercisable
Mark Carpenter 22 December 2022 2,589 139.0p £3,999 Between 1 February 2026
and 31 July 2026
Chris Morgan 22 December 2022 2,589 139.0p £3,999 Between 1 February 2026
and 31 July 2026
1. Face value of award based on number of SAYE options granted and a share price of 154.7p being the average closing mid market price of
the shares over the three day period ending the dealing day before the invitation date.
Payments to past Directors and payments for loss of oice (audited)
There have been no payments to past directors and no payments for loss of oice during the year.
Table of Directors’ share interests (audited)
The share interests of each Director as at 31 March 2023 (together with interests held by his or her connected
persons) are set out in the table below.
Executive Directors are required by the policy to hold shares to the value of 200% of salary and must retain 50% of
any outstanding PSP award vesting or any Restricted Shares vesting (net of any taxes due) until this guideline is met.
Additionally, the Non-Executive Directors are encouraged to hold shares to the value of 100% of their annual fee.
Shareholdings are set out as a percentage of salary or fees in the table below.
At 31 March 2023

|  | Beneicially |  |  |  | Unvested |  | Vested |  |  |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  |  | owned |  |  | Restricted | unexercised |  | Percentage of |  |  |
| Name |  | shares | 1 | Share Awards |  | SAYE options Total |  |  | salary/fees | 2 |

Executive Directors
Mark Carpenter 8,881,693 299,938 6,756 9,188,387 3,474%
Chris Morgan 13,445 163,103 3,893 180,441 7%
Non-Executive Directors
John Walden 137,000 – – 137,000 97%
Mary McNamara 65,500 – – 65,500 161%
Adele Cooper 13,327 – – 13,327 39%
Keith Mansield 36,876 – – 36,876 99%
1. Some of these shares may be held through nominees.
2. Calculated as the value of all fully owned shares held at 31 March 2023, valued using the three month average share price over the period
to 31 March 2023 (141p), divided by base salary as eective 31 March 2023.
During the period from 31 March 2023 to the publication of this report, there have been no changes in the Directors’
share interests.
None of the Directors hold any loans against their shares or otherwise use their shares as collateral.
External directorships
None of the Executive Directors currently hold non-executive directorships at any other listed companies.
Total shareholder return and Chief Executive Oicer earnings history
The chart in this section shows the Company’s total shareholder return performance compared with that of the FTSE
SmallCap Index over the period from the date of the Company’s admission onto the London Stock Exchange to
31March 2023.
The FTSE SmallCap Index has been chosen as an appropriate comparator as it is the index of which the Company is
aconstituent.
105Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED
Total shareholder return and Chief Executive Oicer earnings history continued
£100 Invested TSR
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
Value of £100 Invested at IPO (£)
20
0
31 Mar 2017 31 Mar 2018 31 Mar 2019 31 Mar 2020 31 Mar 2021 31 Mar 2022 31 Mar 202312 May 2016
Motorpoint FTSE SmallCap
The total remuneration igure for the CEO since 9 May 2016 is shown in the table below, along with the value of
bonuses paid, and LTIP vesting, as a percentage of the maximum opportunity. Mark Carpenter has been CEO for the
entire period.
FY17 FY18 FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22 FY23
Total remuneration (£’000) 262 443 287 410 466 978 808
Annual bonus (% of maximum) 0% 61% 0% 39% 0% 94% 38.8%
1 1 2
LTIP vesting (% of maximum) N/A N/A 0% 0% 0% 0% 100%
1. No long term incentive awards were eligible to vest over the relevant period.
2. Restricted shares subject to a performance underpin.
Change in remuneration of Directors and employees
The table below compares the dierence in remuneration payable to the Directors over the period FY20 to FY23
to the average employee of the Company. For the purpose of this disclosure, these igures have been compiled
comparing the average of all employees in the corresponding periods separately and are based on annualised
igures for each year.
FY22 vs FY23 FY21 vs FY22 FY20 vs FY21

|  | Base |  | Annual |  |  | Base |  |  | Annual |  |  | Base |  | Annual |  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| salary/fees |  | Beneits | bonus % |  | salary/fees |  | Beneits % |  | bonus % |  | salary/fees |  | Beneits | bonus % |  |
| % change |  | % change | change | 3 | % change |  |  | change | change | 3 | % change |  | % change | change | 3 |

Mark Carpenter (CEO) 3.0% 0% (57.0)% 51.5% 0% 100.0% (15.7)% 0% (100.0)%
1
Chris Morgan (CFO) 3.0% 0% (57.0)% N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
2
John Walden N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
4
Adele Cooper 22.5% 0% 0% 5.3% 0% 0% N/A N/A N/A
Keith Mansield 10.6% 0% 0% 17.5% 0% 0% N/A N/A N/A
Mary McNamara 9.4% 0% 0% 8.2% 0% 0% (7.5)% 0% 0%
Average employee in
the Group 10.6% 0% 11.6% 8.5% 14.6% 41.4% 4.5% 3.0% (4.5)%
1. Chris Morgan joined the Board in January 2021.
2. John Walden joined the Board in January 2022.
3. Includes performance related commission for employees; Executive Directors elected not to take an annual bonus in 2021.
4. Adele Cooper's increase also relects taking on the additional role of Chair of the ESG Committee in FY23.
106 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
CEO to employee pay ratio (The Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018)
The table below discloses the ratio between the CEO’s remuneration and Motorpoint’s wider workforce.

|  |  | 25th |  |  | 75th |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | percentile |  | Median | percentile |  |
| FY Method | pay ratio |  | pay ratio | pay ratio |  |

2023 Option A 29.5:1 25.8:1 15.5:1
2022 Option A 31.3:1 28.3:1 16.4:1
2021 Option A 17.6:1 15.8:1 10.7:1
2020 Option A 20.5:1 18.0:1 10.25:1
Disclosure of employee data used to calculate the ratio for FY23:

|  | 25th |  |  | 75th |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
| percentile |  | Median | percentile |  |
|  | £’000 | £’000 |  | £’000 |

Total pay and beneits of employees £26,004 £30,363 £51,129
Basic salary of employees £20,342 £24,310 £28,177
The table above sets out the CEO pay ratio for each inancial year from FY20. The CEO pay is compared to the pay of
our UK employees at the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile, calculated by reference to 31 March 2023.
In line with last year’s calculation, the ratios have been calculated in accordance with Option A, as this is considered
to be the most accurate method of calculation.
CEO pay has been calculated using the total single igure. The total pay for the employees comprises full time
equivalent salary, beneits, pension and annual bonus payments relating to FY23 performance.
At 25.8:1, the median CEO pay ratio has decreased for FY23 compared to FY22; this is primarily due to higher average
pay increases across the workforce. The previous year had seen an increase in the ratio, primarily due to a bonus
being paid to the CEO in FY22 compared to FY21 where no bonus was paid out.
The Committee is satisied the ratios are representative of Motorpoint’s pay and reward policies, taking into account
that the reward policies and practices across the Group are considered by the Committee in the design and
implementation of the remuneration policy each year for the Executive Directors.
Relative importance of spend on pay
The following table sets out the percentage change in employee costs, dividends paid and share buyback in FY23
compared to the prior year.
FY22 FY23 Percentage
(£m) (£m) change
Total employee remuneration 34.7 36.2 4.3%
Dividends paid 0 0 0%
Share buyback 0 0 0%
Statement of shareholder voting (2022 AGM voting)
The following table shows the voting results at the Company’s 2022 AGM in respect of the resolution on the
Remuneration Report for FY22 and the voting results at the 2020 AGM in respect of the resolution to approve the
current Directors’ Remuneration Policy.
% votes % votes Votes
Votes cast for against withheld
Directors’ Remuneration Report FY22 (2022 AGM) 99.4 0.6 5,300
Directors’ Remuneration Policy FY20 (2020 AGM) 93.1 6.9 37,500
Implementation of the policy in FY24
A summary of how the remuneration policy will be applied during the forthcoming inancial year is set out here.
107Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## ANNUAL REPORT ON REMUNERATION CONTINUED

### Base salaries

Salaries will be increased by 3%, which is less than the average increase for the workforce for FY23 of 5%.

|   | 1 April 2022 | 1 April 2023 | Percentage change  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  Mark Carpenter | £360,500 | £371,315 | 3%  |
|  Chris Morgan | £262,650 | £270,529 | 3%  |

### Benefits and pension

No changes are proposed to the provision benefits. Executive Directors will continue to receive family private medical insurance, and a company car. Pension contributions (or cash in lieu of pension) will be 3% of salary for the CEO. The CEO's pension will reduce from 10% of salary to 3%, effective from the date of the 2023 AGM.

### Annual bonus

The annual bonus opportunity will remain at 100% of salary and is based on performance measures aligned to the business strategy. Whilst we still believe that there should be a significant element based on non-financial strategic measures, we have determined that the weighting on financial measures, together with market share growth, should be increased to 70%. Measures are as follows: PBT, market share growth, sales attributed to digital leads, customer satisfaction, and employee engagement. In addition, we have introduced an environmental metric based on the reduction of Scope 1 & 2 emissions.

The Committee considers the forward looking targets to be commercially sensitive as they relate to the current financial year, but full disclosure of targets and performance against them will be provided in next year's annual report.

### Long term incentives

Restricted Share Awards will be made over shares equivalent to 75% of salary for both Executive Directors. The Committee recognises the recent weakness in the share price and considered whether a scale back of award level would be appropriate. However, the Committee noted that Executive Directors have shared the downside experience alongside shareholders through the lower value of shareholdings and historic Restricted Share Awards. The Committee therefore considers maintaining the award level will allow the Executive Directors to be appropriately incentivised to deliver long term shareholder value through the successful execution of the strategy.

In order for Restricted Shares to vest, the Committee must be satisfied that business performance is robust and sustainable and that management has strengthened the business. In assessing this performance condition, the Committee will consider financial and non-financial KPIs, including ESG performance, as well as delivery against strategic priorities. To the extent it is not satisfied that this performance condition is met, the Committee may scale back the level of vested awards, including to zero. This performance assessment will take place at the end of the third year.

The shares will vest 50%, 25% and 25% at years three, four and five, respectively, subject to the achievement of the underpin. All vested awards would need to be held (other than sales to pay any tax) for a total of five years from grant.

### Chair and Non-Executive Directors' fees

The fees payable to the NEDs of the Company are as follows. The fees payable to the Chair and NEDs for FY24 will increase by 3% to £206,000 and £46,350 respectively, and the fees for additional responsibilities have also been increased.

|  Non-Executive Chair | £206,000  |
| --- | --- |
|  Other NEDs | £46,350  |
|  Additional responsibility fees: |   |
|  Chair of the Remuneration Committee | £7,725  |
|  Chair of the Audit Committee | £7,725  |
|  Chair of the ESG Committee | £3,865  |
|  Senior Independent Director | £5,150  |

This report was approved by the Board on 14 June 2023 and is signed on its behalf by:

**Mary McNamara**

Remuneration Committee Chair

108 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
# DIRECTORS' REPORT

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

The Directors present their report, together with the audited financial statements of the Group and the Company, for the year ended 31 March 2023.

The Directors' report comprises the Board biographies (on pages 76 and 77), the Corporate Governance report (from page 76 to page 108), the Directors' report (from page 109 to page 113) and the Shareholder information section (on page 162).

The following information is provided in other appropriate sections of the annual report and is incorporated by the following references:

|  Information | Reported in | Page numbers  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  Likely future developments and performance of the Company | Strategic report | 14  |
|  Employee engagement | Strategic report | 30  |
|  SECR | Strategic report | 36 - 39  |
|  Stakeholder engagement | Strategic report | 29  |
|  Corporate Governance statement |  | 76 - 81  |
|  Directors | Board leadership and purpose | 79 - 80  |
|   | Remuneration report - Directors' beneficial interests and shareholding requirements | 105  |
|  Viability Statement | Strategic report | 66  |
|  Details of Long Term Incentive Plan | Remuneration report | 103 - 104  |
|  Accounting policies | Financial statements | 126 - 134  |
|  Financial instruments | Financial statements | 145 - 148  |
|  Financial risk management | Financial statements | 145 - 148  |
|  Composition/operation of Board and committees | Corporate Governance report | 79 - 81  |

## Articles of Association

Any amendments to the Company's Articles of Association may only be made by passing a special resolution at a general meeting of the shareholders of the Company.

## Directors

The names of Directors who served during or served the end of the year of their period of appointment, are listed on pages 76 and 77, together with details of each Director's skills, experience and current external appointments.

## Directors' indemnities and insurance

The Company's Articles of Association provide for the Directors and officers to be appropriately indemnified subject to the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. The Company also holds directors' and officers' liability insurance cover in place for the year and up to the date of signing this report.

## Independent auditors

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP acted as auditors throughout the year. In accordance with Section 489 and Section 492 of the Companies Act 2006, resolutions proposing the reappointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as the Company's auditors and authorising the Directors to determine the auditor's remuneration will be put to the 2023 AGM.

## Donations and political expenditures

No political donations were made by the Company during the year and no contributions were made by the Company during the year to any non-UK political party.

## Employees with disabilities

Motorpoint is an equal opportunities employer and our culture is one that promotes excellence and celebrates success. We are committed to eliminating discrimination and encouraging diversity. We take pride in having a workplace which celebrates diversity. Our aim is that our people will be truly representative of all sections of society and reflect the diverse customer base that we enjoy.

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023

109
## DIRECTORS’ REPORT CONTINUED
Employees with disabilities continued
It is important that each person feels respected and is able to perform to the best of their ability – we do not tolerate
any form of discrimination and actively promote equal opportunities. Motorpoint proudly employs a number of
people with a registered disability and gives full and fair consideration to new applications for employment made
by disabled persons; this also includes internal promotions throughout the business. Our training and development
interventions are available to all employees and we ensure reasonable adjustments are made for new and existing
team members, should they be required, to accommodate their needs and deliver a safe and welcoming
work environment.
This support applies throughout an employee’s career with us, and should an individual ind their circumstances
change and they become disabled during their employment we would ensure total support and inclusion.
Research and development
The Company does not engage in research and development.
Existence of brands outside the UK
The Company has no stores outside the UK.
Workforce engagement
The Board recognises its various legal, iduciary, statutory and governance obligations and duties in relation to
stakeholder engagement, including those in respect of its own workforce. Mary McNamara, the Chair of Motorpoint’s
Remuneration Committee, is the designated Non-Executive Director with responsibility to engage with (and oversee
engagement with) employees and involve relevant views and experiences in Board discussion and decision making
(the ‘Designated NED for Workforce Engagement’). As the Designated NED for Workforce Engagement, Mary engages
with (and oversees engagement with) employees in ways that are most eective in discerning relevant views and
understanding their experiences.
Engagement with other stakeholders
In the discharge of their various legal, statutory and governance obligations and duties, the Directors have
endeavoured to act to promote the success of the Group for the beneit of its members as a whole, and in doing so
have regard for the interests of its various stakeholders. Details of the various stakeholder groups and their associated
engagement strategies are provided on page 29 of this report. The Board ensures, in its discussion of relevant
matters, that stakeholder interests are considered in related discussions and decision making processes and inform
policies and procedures.
Substantial shareholdings
Information provided to the Company by substantial shareholders pursuant to the DTR is published via a Regulatory
Information Service. As at 31 March 2023, the Company has been notiied of the interests as set out below in its
issued share capital. All such share capital has the right to vote at general meetings.

|  | No. of |  | % |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  | ordinary | of issued |  |
| Shareholder as at 31 March 2023 | shares | shares |  |

Immersion Capital 17,647,958 19.57
abrdn 9,016,374 9.99
Mark Carpenter 8,881,693 9.85
Forager Capital Management 8,128,643 9.01
LVO Global Asset Management SA 4,771,560 5.29
Mark Morris 4,227,213 4.69
Punch Card Capital LP 2,910,815 3.23
The shareholdings of Motorpoint Group Plc Directors are listed within the Directors’ Remuneration Report.
Powers of the Directors
The powers of the Directors are set out in the Companies Act 2006 and the Company’s Articles of Association. The
Directors were granted authority to issue and allot shares at the 2022 AGM. Shareholders will be asked to renew these
authorities in line with the latest institutional shareholder guidelines at the 2023 AGM.
110 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

### Appointment and replacement of Directors

With regard to the appointment and replacement of Directors, the Company is governed by the Articles of Association (the 'Articles'), the 2018 Code, the Companies Act 2006 and related legislation. Directors can be appointed by the Company by ordinary resolution at a general meeting, or by the Board. If a Director is appointed by the Board, such Director will hold office until the next AGM and shall then be eligible subject to Board recommendation, for election at that meeting.

In accordance with Provision 18 of the 2018 Code, each of the Directors, being eligible, will offer themselves for election or re-election at this year's AGM (subject to any retirements). The Company can remove a Director from office, either by passing a special resolution or by notice being given by all the other Directors.

### Dividends

No dividends (interim or final) were paid, and no dividend is recommended by the Board.

### Share capital

As at 31 March 2023, the Company's issued share capital comprised 90,189,885 Ordinary Shares with a nominal value of £0.01 each.

### Ordinary shares

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company. All ordinary shares, other than those held from time to time in Treasury, are freely transferable and rank pari passu for voting and dividend rights. The Company is not aware of any agreements between holders of shares that result in any restrictions.

### Employee Benefit Trust

As at 31 March 2023, the Motorpoint Employee Benefit Trust held 1,686,307 ordinary shares (FY22: 1,372,677).

Further information about share capital can be found in note 28 of the financial statements.

### Change of control provisions

The Directors are not aware of there being any significant agreements that contain any material change of control provisions to which the Company is a party other than in respect of the financing facility which expires in May 2024.

Under the terms of the facility, and in the event of a change of control of the Company, the bank can withdraw funding and all outstanding loans, accrued interest and other amounts due and owing become payable within 30 days of the change. No person holds securities carrying special rights regarding control of the Company.

### Purchase of own shares

At the Company's AGM on 27 July 2022, shareholders approved an authority for the Company to make market purchases of its own shares up to a maximum of 9,018,988 shares (being approximately 10% of the issued share capital at that time) at prices not less than the nominal value of each share (being £0.01 each). No use was made of this authority during the period. The Company intends to renew this authority at its 2023 AGM.

### Allotment of shares

At the Company's AGM on 27 July 2022, shareholders approved an authority for the Company to allot ordinary shares up to a maximum nominal amount of £300,632 (being approximately one third of the Company's issued share capital at that time) increasing to £601,265 (being approximately two thirds of the Company's issued share capital at that time) in the case of a rights issue. The Company intends to renew this authority at its 2023 AGM.

### Acquisitions of other companies' shares

The Company did not purchase or acquire the shares of another company in the year ended 31 March 2023; nor did any nominee of the Company or another company do so with the Company's financial assistance; nor did the Company take a lien or other charge on shares of another company.

### Subsequent events

The Group's 20th store opened in Ipswich in May 2023.

Arrangements relating to the unsecured loan facility provided by Santander UK PLC (£35.0m) were extended in June 2023 to June 2026 (previously May 2024), with the option to extend for two further one year periods if agreed by both parties.

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023 111
DIRECTORS' REPORT CONTINUED

# **Disclosure table pursuant to Listing Rule LR 9.8.4R**

In accordance with LR 9.8.4R, the table below sets out the location of the information required to be disclosed, where applicable.

|  Listing Rule | Information to be included | Disclosure  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  9.8.4(1) | Interest capitalised by the Group. | None.  |
|  9.8.4(2) | Unaudited financial information (LR 9.2.18R). | None.  |
|  9.8.4(4) | Long term incentive scheme information involving Board Directors (LR 9.4.3R). | Details can be found on pages 103 and 104 of the Directors' Remuneration Report.  |
|  9.8.4(5) | Waiver of emoluments by a Director. | None.  |
|  9.8.4(6) | Waiver of future emoluments by a Director. | None.  |
|  9.8.4(7) | Non-pre-emptive issues of equity for cash. | None.  |
|  9.8.4(8) | Non-pre-emptive issues of equity for cash in relation to major subsidiary undertakings. | None.  |
|  9.8.4(9) | Listed company is a subsidiary of another company. | Not applicable.  |
|  9.8.4(10) | Contracts of significance involving a Director or a controlling shareholder. | None.  |
|  9.8.4(11) | Contracts for the provision of services by a controlling shareholder. | None.  |
|  9.8.4(12) | Shareholder waiver of dividends. | The trustees of the Motorpoint Group Plc Employee Share Trust have a dividend waiver in place in respect of ordinary shares which are its beneficial property.  |
|  9.8.4(13) | Shareholder waiver of future dividends. | The trustees of the Motorpoint Group Plc Employee Share Trust have a dividend waiver in place in respect of ordinary shares which are its beneficial property.  |
|  9.8.4(14) | Agreement with controlling shareholder. | None.  |

# **Going concern**

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018, the Board has assessed the prospects of the Group over a period in excess of 12 months from the date of signing the Group financial statements as required by the 'Going Concern' provision, by selecting an 18 month period from signing, to December 2024, which takes into account the Group's current position and the potential impact of the principal risks and uncertainties as set out on pages 67 to 72.

In making their assessment the Directors considered the Group's current balance sheet, and operational cash flows, the availability of facilities, and stress testing of the key trading assumptions within the Group's plan. Three scenarios were modelled with the outcomes as follows:

|  Scenario | Outcomes  |
| --- | --- |
|  **Base Case** Based upon the Group's most recent approved forecasts. | The Group is not in breach of any financial covenants and is not in a drawdown position on the RCF at the end of the going concern period. The Group is able to meet all forecast obligations as they fall due for the going concern period.  |
|  **Sensitised** A severe, plausible, downside scenario including reducing revenue (26% from base case) and incorporating an above inflation cost increase of 17% from base case. | The Group is not in breach of any financial covenants at the end of the going concern period. The Group is able to meet all forecast obligations as they fall due for the going concern period.  |

112 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Scenario Outcomes
Reverse Stress Test This scenario is designed to result in a
covenant breach within the assessed going
A scenario created to model the circumstances required to breach
concern period.
the Group’s banking covenants within the going concern period.
Management believes the combination of
The Board considered a range of combined scenarios and
severe downsides to be remote, and that
potential impacts in preparing the stress test. The below scenario
there are numerous mitigating factors over
was analysed:
and above those built into the reverse stress
Reducing revenue (33% decrease from the base case) and
test modelling which the Board would
increasing ixed costs (35% increase over and above the forecasts
consider to avoid a covenant breach.
in the base case).
The selection of the assumptions for the sensitised case is inherently subjective, and whilst the Board considered
these assumptions to relect a severe but plausible downside scenario, the future impact of economic downturn,
interest rate rises or inlating overhead costs is impossible to predict with absolute accuracy.
Whilst the same applies to the reverse stress test, we note that this scenario is speciically designed to demonstrate
the point at which the covenants breach during the going concern period. The reverse stress test relects, in the
Board’s opinion, a remote circumstance and numerous mitigating factors could be implemented to avoid a covenant
breach in this scenario.
Scenario modelling has been considered throughout the year and at year end by management to formulate
response options against moderate or severe downturns in sales volumes, potential margin pressures and possible
cost challenges.
During FY23, the Group maintained its available headroom by successfully extending its terms on its revolving credit
facility which stands at £29.0m. The Group also has an uncommitted overdraft facility of £6.0m which remains in place
and was undrawn at the year end. Both are until June 2026 with the option to extend for two further one year extensions
if agreed by both parties. With respect to the Group’s stocking facilities these are unchanged from FY22 at £195.0m
which the Board deem appropriate given current market conditions over the stabilisation of vehicle price inlation.
In the eventuality of a period of prolonged economic downturn resulting in material reductions in sales volume or
prices as well as rising overhead costs, it is possible that the Group would need to negotiate changes to its current
banking covenants, but such an extreme downturn is not currently considered plausible.
The Group continues to consider and monitor further potential mitigation actions it could take to strengthen its cash
position and reduce operating costs in the event of a more severe downside scenario. Such cost reduction and cash
preservation actions would include but are not limited to: reducing spend on speciic variable cost lines including
marketing and branch trading expenses; team costs, most notably sales commissions; pausing new stock commitments;
and extending the period for which expansionary capital spend, dividends and share buybacks are suspended.
The Group has continued to demonstrate a lexible approach to trading and despite the ongoing constriction in the
supply of new vehicles, which is expected to continue into FY24, we have been able to use our market position to
access more stock to satisfy customer demand, both online and in branch.
The Directors have also made use of the post year end trading performance to provide additional assurance that no
stores require an impairment provision. While only a short period has passed since the year end, this evidence adds
comfort to the strength of the Group in an active market.
Based on this assessment, the Board conirms it has a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue
in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the going concern period.
The Board has determined that the 18 month period constitutes an appropriate period over which to provide its going
concern assessment. Whilst the Board has no reason to believe the Group will not be viable over a longer period,
given the inherent uncertainty involved we believe this presents users of the Annual Report and Accounts with a
reasonable degree of conidence while still providing a medium term perspective.
The annual report was approved by the Board on 14 June 2023.
Signed on behalf of the Board
Chris Morgan
Chief Financial Oicer
14 June 2023
113Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and Accounts and the inancial statements in
accordance with applicable law and regulation.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare inancial statements for each inancial year. Under that law the
Directors have prepared the Group inancial statements in accordance with UK adopted international accounting
standards and the Company inancial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 102 ‘The Financial Reporting Standard
applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland’, and applicable law).
Under company law, Directors must not approve the inancial statements unless they are satisied that they give
a true and fair view of the state of aairs of the Group and Company and of the proit or loss of the Group for that
period. In preparing the inancial statements, the Directors are required to:
• Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently
• State whether applicable UK adopted international accounting standards have been followed for the Group inancial
statements and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 102 have been followed for the Company
inancial statements, subject to any material departures disclosed and explained in the inancial statements
• Make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent
• Prepare the inancial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Group
and Company will continue in business
The Directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group and Company and hence for taking reasonable
steps for the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.
The Directors are also responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are suicient to show and explain
the Group’s and Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the inancial position of
the Group and Company and enable them to ensure that the inancial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration
Report comply with the Companies Act 2006.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in the
United Kingdom governing the preparation and dissemination of inancial statements may dier from legislation
in other jurisdictions.
Directors’ conirmations
The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable
and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s and Company’s position and
performance, business model and strategy.
Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed in the Board of Directors section of the Governance
report on pages 76 and 77 conirm that, to the best of their knowledge:
• The Group inancial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted international
accounting standards, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, inancial position and loss of the Group
• The Company inancial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Accounting
Standards, comprising FRS 102, give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities and inancial position of
theCompany
• The Strategic Report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position
of the Group and Company, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces
In the case of each Director in oice at the date the Directors’ report is approved:
• So far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Group’s and Company’s auditors
are unaware
• They have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a Director in order to make themselves aware of any
relevant audit information and to establish that the Group’s and Company’s auditors are aware of that information.
114 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
![img-5.jpeg](img-5.jpeg)

# Financial statements

118 Independent auditors' report
122 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
123 Consolidated balance sheet
124 Consolidated statement of changes in equity
125 Consolidated cash flow statement
128 Notes to the consolidated financial statements
154 Company balance sheet
155 Company statement of changes in equity
156 Notes to the company financial statements
160 Alternative performance measures ('APMS')
161 Glossary
162 Shareholder information & advisers

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023

115
# INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
TO THE MEMBERS OF MOTORPOINT GROUP PLC

## Report on the audit of the financial statements

### Opinion

In our opinion:

- Motorpoint Group Plc's group financial statements and company financial statements (the "financial statements") give a true and fair view of the state of the group's and of the company's affairs as at 31 March 2023 and of the group's loss and the group's cash flows for the year then ended;
- the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006;
- the company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 102 "The Financial Reporting Standard applicable in the UK and Republic of Ireland"; and applicable law); and
- the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts (the "Annual Report"), which comprise: the consolidated balance sheet and company balance sheet as at 31 March 2023; the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated cash flow statement, the consolidated statement of changes in equity and the company statement of changes in equity for the year then ended, and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit Committee.

### Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) ("ISAs (UK)") and applicable law. Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors' responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

### Independence

We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC's Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the FRC's Ethical Standard were not provided.

Other than those disclosed in note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, we have provided no non-audit services to the company or its controlled undertakings in the period under audit.

### Our audit approach

#### Overview

##### Audit scope

- We conducted audit work over Motorpoint Limited (the Group's trading company) and Motorpoint Group Plc (the Company) which together accounted for 100% of the Group's revenue and loss before tax.

##### Key audit matters

- Inventory valuation (group)
- Carrying value of investment in subsidiary undertakings (parent)

##### Materiality

- Overall group materiality: £1,080,000 (2022: £1,075,000) based on 0.075% of revenue (2022: 5% of profit before tax).
- Overall company materiality: £918,000 (2022: £914,000) based on 1% of total assets, restricted by component materiality allocation.
- Performance materiality: £810,000 (2022: £806,000) (group) and £688,500 (2022: £686,000) (company).

##### The scope of our audit

As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.

116 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most signiicance in the audit
of the inancial statements of the current period and include the most signiicant assessed risks of material misstatement
(whether or not due to fraud) identiied by the auditors, including those which had the greatest eect on: the overall audit
strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the eorts of the engagement team. These matters, and any
comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit of the inancial
statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
This is not a complete list of all risks identiied by our audit.
The key audit matters below are consistent with last year.
Key audit matter How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Inventory valuation (group) • We have veriied the mathematical accuracy of management’s models
used to calculate the inventory provision, agreeing historical data used
Refer to the Audit Committee report
within the model back to prior year audited data.
and note 4 to the consolidated inancial
• We have tested a sample of inputs used in management’s models to
statements. Management have calculated
appropriate third party evidence.
the provision based on historical data and
then applied judgement regarding future • We have challenged the time period of historical data used within the
sales levels and margins to determine an calculation and sensitised the time period to assess the impact.
appropriate overlay for retail stock. Given • We have reviewed and challenged management’s forecast margins
the magnitude of inventory balances and post year end.
the estimation uncertainty as to future
• We have reviewed sales and margins post year end, and tested this
selling prices and therefore margins,
data to supporting evidence, to understand actual loss making sales
there is a risk that inventory is being
post year end.
carried in excess of net realisable value.
• We have assessed the impact of this on the remaining population
of unsold vehicles in order to estimate the total loss making sales in
relation to vehicles held in stock as at 31 March 2023.
• We have reviewed the levels of loss making sales year on year and
compared this with the adequacy of management's stock provisioning.
• Based on the procedures performed, we consider the carrying value of
inventory to be materially consistent with the evidence obtained.
Carrying value of investment in • We have agreed the cash low forecasts used in the impairment model
subsidiary undertakings (parent) to the board approved budget.
• We have compared the forecasts used in the above to actual post year
Refer to note 3 to the company
end data.
inancial statements. As at 31 March
2023 the parent Company's balance • We have challenged key assumptions used in management's model
sheet includes investments of £102.3m and reviewed sensitivities to assess the impact on headroom.
(FY22: £101.4m). Annually, the Directors • We have veriied the mathematical accuracy of management's model.
consider whether any events or The impairment assessment performed shows headroom between
circumstances have occurred that the carrying value of the investment and the discounted future cash
could indicate that the carrying amount lows, and continues to show headroom even when downside scenario
of ixed asset investments may not sensitivities are applied.
be recoverable. Management have
• We have also compared the carrying value to market capitalisation as
identiied an impairment trigger in
at 31 March 2023.
the year, therefore management have
• No impairment was identiied. We consider the carrying value of
performed an impairment review over
investment in subsidiaries to be consistent with the evidence obtained.
the carrying value oftheinvestment.
How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the
inancial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the group and the company, the accounting
processes and controls, and the industry in which they operate.
The Group and all of its subsidiaries are based in the UK. There is one trading entity, Motorpoint Limited, which has
19 open retail sites, as at 31 March 2023, across the UK. Motorpoint Limited and Motorpoint Group Plc, the Company,
were considered to be signiicant components, due to their contribution to the Group inancial statements. Full
scope audits were carried out on both of these components. The audit work performed over Motorpoint Limited and
Motorpoint Group Plc gave us the evidence we needed for our opinion on the Group inancial statements as a whole.
117Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT CONTINUED
How we tailored the audit scope continued
These two entities cover 100% of the Group’s revenue and proit before tax. All audit work was performed by the
Group audit team.
The impact of climate risk on our audit
As part of our audit we made enquiries of management to understand the process adopted to assess the extent
of the potential impact of climate risk on the inancial statements and to support the disclosures made within the
inancial statements.
Our risk assessment was based on this enquiry as well as the review of Motorpoint's most recent internal reporting to
the board regarding climate risk. We considered the following area to potentially be materially impacted by climate
risk and consequently we focused our audit work in this area: impairment of non current assets.
We agreed climate related costs included in cash low forecasts to external supporting evidence, for example the
cost of carbon osetting and cost of electric vehicles technician training and equipment.
We challenged the completeness of management’s climate risk assessment by comparing with internal climate plans,
board minutes and our understanding of the business and wider industry.
We also considered the consistency of the disclosures in relation to climate change (including the disclosures in
the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) section) within the Annual Report with the inancial
statements and our knowledge obtained from our audit.
Our procedures did not identify any material impact in the context of our audit of the inancial statements as a whole,
or our key audit matters for the year ended 31 March 2023.
Materiality
The scope of our audit was inluenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for
materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the
nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual inancial statement line items and disclosures and
in evaluating the eect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the inancial statements as a whole.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the inancial statements as a whole as follows:
Financial statements – group Financial statements – company
Overall materiality £1,080,000 (2022: £1,075,000). £918,000 (2022: £914,000).
How we determined it 0.075% of revenue (2022: 5% of proit before tax) 1% of total assets, restricted by
component materiality allocation

| Rationale for | Revenue is a key metric used by management | We have applied this benchmark, a |
| --- | --- | --- |
| benchmark | and external stakeholders to assess the | generally accepted auditing benchmark, |
| applied | performance of the group and it removes the | as we believe that this is the key measure |
|  | impact of the signiicant volatility in proit before | used by the shareholders in evaluating |
|  | tax that has arisen in FY23. | the performance of the company. |

For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall group
materiality. The range of materiality allocated across components was £918,000 to £1,026,000.
We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of
uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Speciically, we use performance materiality
in determining the scope of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of
transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% (2022:
75%) of overall materiality, amounting to £810,000 (2022: £806,000) for the group inancial statements and £688,500
(2022: £686,000) for the company inancial statements.
In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors – the history of misstatements, risk
assessment and aggregation risk and the eectiveness of controls – and concluded that an amount at the upper end
of our normal range was appropriate.
We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identiied during our audit above
£50,000 (group audit) (2022: £50,000) and £50,000 (company audit) (2022: £50,000) as well as misstatements
below those amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.
Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group's and the company’s ability to continue to adopt the going
concern basis of accounting included:
• We reviewed the board approved budget / forecasts to support the going concern assumptions and impairment
assessments;
118 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
• We assessed management's historical forecasting accuracy;
• We compared the budgets and forecasts used in the going concern and impairment assessments to actual post
year end data;
• We challenged the key assumptions used in management’s models and reviewed the downside models to assess
the impact on covenant liquidity and impairment headroom;
• We veriied the arithmetic accuracy of management’s models mentioned above; and
• We reviewed management’s disclosures in relation to going concern and found them to be consistent with the
modelling performed.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identiied any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions
that, individually or collectively, may cast signiicant doubt on the group's and the company’s ability to continue as a
going concern for a period of at least twelve months from when the inancial statements are authorised for issue.
In auditing the inancial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of
accounting in the preparation of the inancial statements is appropriate.
However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the
group's and the company's ability to continue as a going concern.
In relation to the directors’ reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing
material to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in the inancial statements about whether
the directors considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the
relevant sections of this report.
Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the inancial statements and
our auditors’ report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information, which includes reporting based
on the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations. Our opinion on the inancial
statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to
the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.
In connection with our audit of the inancial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in
doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the inancial statements or our
knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material
inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a
material misstatement of the inancial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on
the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are
required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.
With respect to the Strategic report and Directors' report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the
UK Companies Act 2006 have been included.
Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain
opinions and matters as described below.
Strategic report and Directors' report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic report
and Directors' report for the year ended 31 March 2023 is consistent with the inancial statements and has been
prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.
In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course
of the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic report and Directors' report.
Directors’ Remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Remuneration Committee Report to be audited has been properly prepared in
accordance with the Companies Act 2006.
Corporate governance statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statements in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and
that part of the corporate governance statement relating to the company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK
Corporate Governance Code speciied for our review. Our additional responsibilities with respect to the corporate
governance statement as other information are described in the Reporting on other information section of this report.
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the
corporate governance statement, included within the Corporate governance report is materially consistent with the
inancial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit, and we have nothing material to add or draw
attention to in relation to:
119Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT CONTINUED
Corporate governance statement continued
• The directors’ conirmation that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks;
• The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal risks, what procedures are in place to identify
emerging risks and an explanation of how these are being managed or mitigated;
• The directors’ statement in the inancial statements about whether they considered it appropriate to adopt the
going concern basis of accounting in preparing them, and their identiication of any material uncertainties to
the group’s and company’s ability to continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of
approval of the inancial statements;
• The directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the group's and company’s prospects, the period this
assessment covers and why the period is appropriate; and
• The directors’ statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the company will be able to
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period of its assessment, including any
related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary qualiications or assumptions.
Our review of the directors’ statement regarding the longer-term viability of the group and company was substantially
less in scope than an audit and only consisted of making inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting
their statement; checking that the statement is in alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate
Governance Code; and considering whether the statement is consistent with the inancial statements and our
knowledge and understanding of the group and company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit.
In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following
elements of the corporate governance statement is materially consistent with the inancial statements and our
knowledge obtained during the audit:
• The directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and
understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members to assess the group’s and company's
position, performance, business model and strategy;
• The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of eectiveness of risk management and internal
control systems; and
• The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the Audit Committee.
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when the directors’ statement relating to the
company’s compliance with the Code does not properly disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the Code
speciied under the Listing Rules for review by the auditors.
Responsibilities for the inancial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the inancial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors' responsibilities, the directors are responsible for the preparation
of the inancial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisied that they give a true
and fair view. The directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the
preparation of inancial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud orerror.
In preparing the inancial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s and the company’s
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the group or the company or to
cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the inancial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the inancial statements as a whole are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion.
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance
with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error
and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to inluence the
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these inancial statements.
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in
line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including
fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.
Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identiied that the principal risks of non-compliance with
laws and regulations related to the Listing Rules, UK tax legislation and Financial Conduct Authority regulations, and
we considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a material eect on the inancial statements. We also
considered those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the inancial statements such as the Companies Act
2006. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the inancial statements
(including the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal risks were related to related to posting
of inappropriate journal entries with unusual account combinations to increase revenue or reduce expenditure, and
management bias in accounting estimates. Audit procedures performed by the engagement teamincluded:
120 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

Review of correspondence with regulators;
Enquiries of management including consideration of known or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations or fraud;
Review minutes of meetings held by those charged with governance;
- Challenging assumptions and judgements made by management in their significant accounting estimates to identify potential management bias, in particular in relation inventory valuation; and
Identifying and testing journal entries, in particular any journal entries posted with unusual account combinations that increase revenue or reduce expenditure.

There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.

Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population from which the sample is selected.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC's website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors' report.

# Use of this report

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the company's members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

# Other required reporting

Companies Act 2006 exception reporting

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:

we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
- adequate accounting records have not been kept by the company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
certain disclosures of directors' remuneration specified by law are not made; or
- the company financial statements and the part of the Remuneration Committee Report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

# Appointment

We were first appointed as auditors of Motorpoint Limited by its Directors on 18 September 2015 to audit the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2015 and subsequently reappointed on 29 February 2016 to audit the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2016. Following the reorganisation of the group headed by Motorpoint Holdings Limited and the formation of Motorpoint Group Plc, we were appointed by the Directors of Motorpoint Group Plc on 28 October 2016 to audit the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2017 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement is 9 years, covering the years ended 31 March 2015 to 31 March 2023.

# Other matter

In due course, as required by the Financial Conduct Authority Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rule 4.1.14R, these financial statements will form part of the ESEF-prepared annual financial report filed on the National Storage Mechanism of the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance with the ESEF Regulatory Technical Standard ('ESEF RTS'). This auditors' report provides no assurance over whether the annual financial report will be prepared using the single electronic format specified in the ESEF RTS.

# Mark Skedgel (Senior Statutory Auditor)

for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors

Birmingham

14 June 2023

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023

121
# CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF

## COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2023

|   | Note | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  Revenue | 6 | 1,440.2 | 1,322.3  |
|  Cost of sales | 7 | (1,354.5) | (1,216.0)  |
|  Gross profit |  | 85.7 | 106.3  |
|  Operating expenses | 7 | (79.2) | (81.3)  |
|  Other income |  | 0.3 | -  |
|  Operating profit |  | 6.8 | 25.0  |
|  Finance expense | 11 | (7.1) | (3.5)  |
|  (Loss) / Profit before income tax |  | (0.3) | 21.5  |
|  Income tax expense | 12 | (0.3) | (4.6)  |
|  (Loss) / Profit for the year |  | (0.6) | 16.9  |
|  Other comprehensive expenses: |  |  |   |
|  Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss |  |  |   |
|  Tax relating to items which will not be reclassified to profit or loss | 12 | (0.1) | (0.2)  |
|  Other comprehensive expense |  | (0.1) | (0.2)  |
|  Total comprehensive (expense) / income for the year attributable to equity holders of the parent |  | (0.7) | 16.7  |
|  Earnings per share attributable to equity holders of the parent |  |  |   |
|  Basic | 13 | (0.7p) | 18.7p  |
|  Diluted | 13 | (0.7p) | 18.7p  |

The Group's activities all derive from continuing operations.

The notes on pages 126 to 153 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

122 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
# CONSOLIDATED
BALANCE SHEET
AS AT 31 MARCH 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

|   | Note | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  **ASSETS** |  |  |   |
|  **Non-current assets** |  |  |   |
|  Property, plant and equipment | 16 | 13.1 | 10.9  |
|  Right-of-use assets | 17 | 58.4 | 46.7  |
|  Intangible assets | 15 | 3.7 | 0.6  |
|  Deferred tax assets | 18 | – | 1.0  |
|  **Total non-current assets** |  | **75.2** | **59.2**  |
|  **Current assets** |  |  |   |
|  Assets held for sale | 20 | – | 9.2  |
|  Inventories | 19 | 148.6 | 228.4  |
|  Trade and other receivables | 21 | 18.4 | 13.6  |
|  Current tax receivable | 12 | 1.3 | –  |
|  Cash and cash equivalents | 22 | 5.6 | 7.8  |
|  **Total current assets** |  | **173.9** | **259.0**  |
|  **TOTAL ASSETS** |  | **249.1** | **318.2**  |
|  **LIABILITIES** |  |  |   |
|  **Current liabilities** |  |  |   |
|  Trade and other payables, excluding contract liabilities | 24 | (143.8) | (193.8)  |
|  Borrowings | 23 | – | (29.0)  |
|  Lease liabilities | 17 | (3.4) | (3.3)  |
|  Current tax liabilities | 12 | – | (0.6)  |
|  Provisions | 25 | – | (0.1)  |
|  **Total current liabilities** |  | **(147.2)** | **(226.8)**  |
|  **Net current assets** |  | **26.7** | **32.2**  |
|  **Non-current liabilities** |  |  |   |
|  Lease liabilities | 17 | (60.2) | (49.5)  |
|  Provisions | 25 | (2.6) | (2.5)  |
|  Deferred tax liabilities | 18 | (0.2) | –  |
|  **Total non-current liabilities** |  | **(63.0)** | **(52.0)**  |
|  **TOTAL LIABILITIES** |  | **(210.2)** | **(278.8)**  |
|  **NET ASSETS** |  | **38.9** | **39.4**  |
|  **EQUITY** |  |  |   |
|  Called up share capital | 28 | 0.9 | 0.9  |
|  Capital redemption reserve | 29 | 0.1 | 0.1  |
|  Capital reorganisation reserve | 30 | (0.8) | (0.8)  |
|  EBT reserve | 31 | (5.3) | (4.7)  |
|  Retained earnings |  | 44.0 | 43.9  |
|  **TOTAL EQUITY** |  | **38.9** | **39.4**  |

The consolidated financial statements on pages 122 to 153 were approved by the Board of Directors on 14 June 2023 and were signed on its behalf by:

**M Carpenter**
Chief Executive Officer

**C Morgan**
Chief Financial Officer

Motorpoint Group Plc
Registered number 10119755

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023 123
# CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF

## CHANGES IN EQUITY

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2023

|   | Note | Called up share capital £m | Capital redemption reserve £m | Capital reorganisation reserve £m | EBT reserve £m | Retained earnings £m | Total equity £m  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  **Balance at 1 April 2021** |  | 0.9 | 0.1 | (0.8) | (0.1) | 27.5 | 27.6  |
|  Profit for the year |  | - | - | - | - | 16.9 | 16.9  |
|  Other comprehensive expense for the year |  | - | - | - | - | (0.2) | (0.2)  |
|  Total comprehensive income for the year |  | - | - | - | - | 16.7 | 16.7  |
|  **Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:** |  |  |  |  |  |  |   |
|  Share based payments | 33 | - | - | - | - | 0.1 | 0.1  |
|  EBT share purchases and commitments | 31 | - | - | - | (5.0) | - | (5.0)  |
|  Share based compensation options satisfied through the EBT | 31 | - | - | - | 0.4 | (0.4) | -  |
|   |  | - | - | - | (4.6) | (0.3) | (4.9)  |
|  **Balance at 31 March 2022** |  | **0.9** | **0.1** | **(0.8)** | **(4.7)** | **43.9** | **39.4**  |
|  Loss for the year |  | - | - | - | - | (0.6) | (0.6)  |
|  Other comprehensive expense for the year |  | - | - | - | - | (0.1) | (0.1)  |
|  Total comprehensive expense for the year |  | - | - | - | - | (0.7) | (0.7)  |
|  **Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:** |  |  |  |  |  |  |   |
|  Share based payments | 33 | - | - | - | - | 0.9 | 0.9  |
|  EBT share purchases and commitments | 31 | - | - | - | (0.7) | - | (0.7)  |
|  Share based compensation options satisfied through the EBT | 31 | - | - | - | 0.1 | (0.1) | -  |
|   |  | - | - | - | (0.6) | 0.8 | 0.2  |
|  **Balance at 31 March 2023** |  | **0.9** | **0.1** | **(0.8)** | **(5.3)** | **44.0** | **38.9**  |

The notes on pages 126 to 153 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

124 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
# CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW STATEMENT  
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

# Financial Statements

|   | Note | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  (Loss) / profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders |  | (0.8) | 16.9  |
|  Adjustments for: |  |  |   |
|  Taxation charge |  | 0.3 | 4.6  |
|  Finance expense |  | 7.1 | 3.5  |
|  **Operating profit** |  | **6.8** | **25.0**  |
|  Share based payments |  | 0.1 | 0.1  |
|  Depreciation and amortisation charges |  | 9.4 | 7.3  |
|  **Cash flow from operations before movement in working capital** |  | **16.3** | **32.4**  |
|  Decrease / (Increase) in inventory |  | 79.8 | (100.0)  |
|  Increase in trade and other receivables |  | (4.8) | (5.9)  |
|  (Decrease) / Increase in trade and other payables |  | (50.0) | 68.0  |
|  **Cash generated from / (used in) operations** |  | **41.3** | **(5.5)**  |
|  Interest paid on borrowings and financing facilities |  | (5.1) | (1.8)  |
|  Interest paid on lease liabilities |  | (2.0) | (1.7)  |
|  Income tax paid |  | (1.1) | (2.3)  |
|  **Net cash generated from / (used in) operating activities** |  | **33.1** | **(11.3)**  |
|  **Cash flows from investing activities** |  |  |   |
|  Purchases of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets |  | (9.4) | (6.9)  |
|  Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets |  | 9.7 | -  |
|  **Net cash generated from / (used in) investing activities** |  | **0.3** | **(6.9)**  |
|  **Cash flows from financing activities** |  |  |   |
|  Payments to satisfy employee share plan obligations |  | (0.7) | (5.0)  |
|  Repayment of leases |  | (5.9) | (4.0)  |
|  Repayment of borrowings |  | (57.0) | -  |
|  Proceeds from borrowings |  | 28.0 | 29.0  |
|  **Net cash (used in) / generated from financing activities** |  | **(35.6)** | **20.0**  |
|  **Net (decrease) / increase in cash and cash equivalents** |  | **(2.2)** | **1.8**  |
|  Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year |  | 7.8 | 6.0  |
|  **Cash and cash equivalents at end of year** |  | **5.6** | **7.8**  |
|  Net cash and cash equivalents comprises: Cash at bank |  | 5.6 | 7.8  |

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023 125
## NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED
## FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. General information
Act 2006.
The Company is a public company limited by shares and is listed on the London Stock Exchange; the address of the
registered o ice is Champion House, Stephensons Way, Derby, England, United Kingdom, DE21 6LY. The consolidated
financial statements of the Group as at and for the year ended 31 March 2023 comprise the Company, all of its
subsidiaries and the Motorpoint Group Plc Employee Benefit Trust (the ‘EBT’) as listed on page 158, together referred
to as the ‘Group’. These financial statements are presented in pounds sterling because that is the currency of the
primary economic environment in which the Group operates.
The principal activities of the Group and the nature of the Group’s operations are set out in the Strategic Report on
pages 1 to 73.
126 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Motorpoint Group Plc (the ‘Company’) is incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom under the Companies 2. Summary of significant accounting policies The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set out below. The policies have been consistently applied to all years presented, unless otherwise stated. (a) Basis of preparation The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared and approved by the Board on a historical cost basis except for assets held for sale and in accordance with UK adopted International Accounting Standards and the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those standards. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements, are disclosed in note 4. (b) Going concern In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018, the Board has assessed the prospects of the Group over a period in excess of 12 months from the date of signing the Group financial statements as required by the ‘Going Concern’ provision, by selecting an 18 month period from signing to December 2024, which takes into account the Group’s current position and the potential impact of the principal risks and uncertainties as set out on pages 67 to 72. In making their assessment the Directors considered the Group’s current balance sheet, and operational cash flows, the availability of facilities, and stress testing of the key trading assumptions within the Group’s plan. Three scenarios were modelled with the outcomes as follows: Scenario Outcome Base Case Based upon the Group’s most recent approved forecasts. The Group is not in breach of any financial covenants and is not in a drawdown position on the RCF at the end of the going concern period. The Group is able to meet all forecast obligations as they fall due for the going concern period. Sensitised A severe, plausible, downside scenario including reducing revenue (26% from base case) and incorporating an above inflation cost increase of 17% from base case. The Group is not in breach of any financial covenants at the end of the going concern period. The Group is able to meet all forecast obligations as they fall due for the going concern period. Reverse Stress Test A scenario created to model the circumstances required to breach the Group’s banking covenants within the going concern period. The Board considered a range of combined scenarios and potential impacts in preparing the stress test. The below scenario was analysed: Reducing revenue (33% decrease from the base case) and increasing fixed costs (35% increase over and above the forecasts in the base case). This scenario is designed to result in a covenant breach within the assessed going concern period. Management believes the combination of severe downsides to be remote, and that there are numerous mitigating factors over and above those built into the reverse stress test modelling which the Board would consider to avoid a covenant breach.
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

The selection of the assumptions for the sensitised case is inherently subjective, and whilst the Board considered these assumptions to reflect a severe but plausible downside scenario, the future impact of economic downturn, interest rate rises or inflating overhead costs is impossible to predict with absolute accuracy.

Whilst the same applies to the reverse stress test, we note that this scenario is specifically designed to demonstrate the point at which the covenants breach during the going concern period. The reverse stress test reflects, in the Board's opinion, a remote circumstance and numerous mitigating factors could be implemented to avoid a covenant breach in this scenario.

Scenario modelling has been considered throughout the year and at year end by management to formulate response options against moderate or severe downturns in sales volumes, potential margin pressures and possible cost challenges.

During FY23, the Group maintained its available headroom by successfully extending its terms on its revolving credit facility which stands at £29.0m. The Group also has an uncommitted overdraft facility of £6.0m which remains in place and was undrawn at the year end. Both are until May 2026 with the option to extend for two further one year extensions if agreed by both parties. With respect to the Group's stocking facilities these are unchanged from FY22 at £195.0m which the Board deem appropriate given current market conditions over the stabilisation of vehicle price inflation.

In the eventuality of a period of prolonged economic downturn resulting in material reductions in sales volume or prices as well as rising overhead costs, it is possible that the Group would need to negotiate changes to its current banking covenants, but such an extreme downturn is not currently considered plausible.

The Group continues to consider and monitor further potential mitigation actions it could take to strengthen its cash position and reduce operating costs in the event of a more severe downside scenario. Such cost reduction and cash preservation actions would include but are not limited to: reducing spend on specific variable cost lines including marketing and store trading expenses; team costs, most notably sales commissions; pausing new stock commitments; and extending the period for which expansionary capital spend, dividends and share buybacks are suspended.

The Group has continued to demonstrate a flexible approach to trading and despite the ongoing constriction in the supply of new vehicles, which is expected to continue into FY24, we have been able to use our market position to access more stock to satisfy customer demand, both online and in store.

The Directors have also made use of the post year end trading performance to provide additional assurance that no stores require an impairment provision. While only a short period has passed since the year end, this evidence adds comfort to the strength of the Group in an active market.

Based on this assessment, the Board confirms it has a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the going concern period.

The Board has determined that the 18 month period constitutes an appropriate period over which to provide its going concern assessment. Whilst the Board has no reason to believe the Group will not be viable over a longer period, given the inherent uncertainty involved we believe this presents users of the Annual Report and Accounts with a reasonable degree of confidence while still providing a medium term perspective.

(c) New standards, amendments and interpretations

The Group has not early adopted standards, interpretations or amendments that have been issued but are not mandatory for 31 March 2023 reporting periods.

The following amended standards and interpretations effective for the current financial year, have been applied and have not had a significant impact on the Group's consolidated financial statements in the current or future reporting periods and on foreseeable future transactions.

- Proceeds Before Intended Use – Amendments to IAS 16;
- Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract – Amendments to IAS 37; and
- Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020 – Amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 16.

(d) Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company, entities controlled by the Company (its subsidiaries) and the Motorpoint Group Plc Employee Benefit Trust made up to 31 March each year.

A list of subsidiaries is disclosed in note 3 to the Company financial statements.

The EBT is consolidated on the basis that the Company has control, thus the assets and liabilities of the EBT are included in the Balance Sheet and shares held by the EBT in the Company are presented as a deduction from equity. The EBT has been solely set up for the purpose of issuing shares to Group employees to satisfy awards under the various share based schemes detailed in note 33 and has no ability to access or use assets, or settle liabilities, of the Group.

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023 127
## NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED
## FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
d) Basis of consolidation continued
128 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated from the date that control ceases. Intercompany transactions and balances between Group companies are eliminated on consolidation. (e) Segmental reporting The Group has prepared segmental reporting in accordance with IFRS 8 ‘Operating Segments’. The Group’s chief operating decision maker is considered to be the Board of Directors. Segmental information is presented on the same basis as the management reporting. An operating segment is a component of the business where discrete financial information is available and the operating results are regularly reviewed by the Group’s chief operating decision maker to make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment and to assess its performance. Operating segments are aggregated into reporting segments to combine those with similar characteristics. The Group operates its omnichannel vehicle retailer offering through a store network and separate financial information is prepared for these individual store operations. These stores are considered separate ‘cash generating units’ for impairment purposes. However, it is considered that the nature of the operations and products is similar and they all have similar long term economic characteristics and the Group has applied the aggregation criteria of IFRS 8. In addition, the Group operates an independent trade car auction site offering a business to business entirel y online auction market place platform which is assessed by the Board as a separate operation and thus there are two reportable segments: retail and wholesale. (f) Revenue recognition Revenue represents amounts chargeable, net of value added tax, in respect of the sale of goods and services to customers. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration receivable, when it can be reliably measured, and the specified recognition criteria for the sales type has been met. The transaction price is determined based on periodically reviewed prices and are separately identified on the customer’s invoice. There are no estimates of variable consideration. The transaction price for motor vehicles and motor related services is at fair value as if each of those products ar e sold individually. (i) Sales of motor vehicles Revenue from the sale of retail motor vehicles is recognised when the control has passed; that is, when the vehicle has been collected by, or delivered to, the customer. Payment of the transaction price is due immediately when the customer purchases the vehicle. Sales of accessories, such as mats, are recognised in the same way. Revenue from the sale of wholesale vehicles is recognised when the control has passed; that is, when full payment has been made for the vehicle. The Group operates a return policy which is consistent with the relevant consumer protection regulations. This is offered in the form of a seven day exchange guarantee to all retail customers and a 14 day money back guarantee for home delivery customers. (ii) Sales of motor related services and commissions Motor related services sales include commissions on finance introductions, extended guarantees and vehicle asset protection as well as the sale of paint protection products. Sales of paint protection products are recognised when the control has passed; that is, the protection has been applied and the product is supplied to the customer. Vehicle extended guarantees where the Group is contractually responsible for future claims are accounted for by deferring the guarantee income received along with direct selling costs, and then releasing the income on a straight line basis over the remaining life of the guarantee. Costs in relation to servicing the extended guarantee income are expensed to the statement of comprehensive income as incurred. The Group has not sold any of these policies in the current or prior period but continues to release income in relation to legacy sales. Vehicle extended guarantees and asset protection (‘GAP insurance’) where the Group is not contractually responsible for future claims, are accounted for by recognising the commissions attributable to Motorpoint at the point of sale to the customer. Where the Group receives finance commission income, primarily arising when the customer uses third party finance to purchase the vehicle, the Group recognises such income on an ‘as earned’ basis. The assessment is based on whether the Group controls the specific goods and services before transferring them to the end customer, rather than whether it has exposure to significant risks and rewards associated with the sale of goods or services.
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
129Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
The Group receives commissions when it arranges finance, insurance packages, extended warranty and paint protection for its customers, acting as agent on behalf of a limited number of finance, insurance and other companies. For finance and insurance packages, commission is earned and recognised as revenue when the customer draws down the finance or commences the insurance policy from the supplier which coincides with the delivery of the product or service. Commissions receivable for all motor related services are paid typically in the month after the finance is drawn down. For extended warranty and paint protection, the commission earned by the Group as an agent is recognised as revenue at the point of sale on behalf of the Principal. (g) Dividend distribution Dividend distribution to the Group’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period which the dividends are approved. (h) Foreign currency The Group’s functional and presentation currency is the pound sterling. Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions or valuation where items are re-measured. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income. (i) Intangible assets other than goodwill Intangible assets with finite useful lives that are acquired separately are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. The estimated useful life and amortisation method are reviewed annually with the effect of any changes being reflected on a prospective basis. Research costs are expensed as incurred. An intangible asset arising from development expenditure on a project is only recognised if management considers that it is technically feasible and that there are sufficient resources available to complete the asset so that it will be available for use or sale, that it intends to complete and is able to sell or use the asset to generate future economic benefits and that the costs of the development project can be measured reliably. Following the initial recognition of the expenditure, the asset will be carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Amortisation is applied once the asset is available for use to write off the cost over the period which is expected to benefit from the sale of the asset. The annual amortisation rates applied to the Group’s intangible assets on a straight line basis are as follows: Asset class Amortisation method and rate IT projects 20% - 33.3% straight line (j) Property, plant & equipment Property, plant and equipment is stated at the cost less depreciation. The cost of property, plant and equipment includes directly attributable costs. Depreciation is provided on tangible fixed assets so as to write off the cost or valuation, less any estimated residual value, over their expected useful economic life as follows: Asset class Depreciation method and rate Land Nil Freehold property 5% straight line Short term leasehold improvements Lower of 20% straight line or remaining lease term Plant and machinery 20% straight line Fixtures and fittings 20% straight line Office equipment 20% – 33.3% straight line Assets in the course of construction are recorded separately within property, plant and equipment and are transferred to the appropriate classification when complete and depreciated from the date they are brought into use. The residual values of the assets and their useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date. The carrying value of assets is reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances suggest that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Assets are written down to their recoverable amount if lower than their carrying value, and any impairment is charged to the statement of comprehensive income. Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing the proceeds with the carrying amount and are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income within ‘other income’.
## NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED
## FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
130 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
(k) Financial instruments IFRS 9 requires an entity to recognise financial assets and financial liabilities in the Group’s Balance Sheet when the Group becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. The Group classifies financial instruments, or their component parts, on initial recognition as financial assets, financial liabilities or equity instruments according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into. An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Group are recorded as the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. Financial assets Trade receivables are initially recognised when they originated. All other financial assets are initially recognised when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (‘FVPL'), transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss. A trade receivable without a significant financing component is initially measured at the transaction price. A financial asset is classified either as being measured subsequently at fair value (either through other comprehensive income or through profit or loss), or measured at amortised cost. The classification depends on the Group’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. All financial assets of the Group are classified as measured at amortised cost. Financial assets are not reclassified subsequent to their initial recognition unless the Group changes its business model for managing financial assets. A financial asset is measured at amortised cost if it meets both of the following conditions and is not designated as at fair value reported in profit or loss: • it is held within a business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows; and • its contractual terms give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding. Financial assets at amortised cost are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The amortised cost is reduced by impairment losses. Interest income, foreign exchange gains and losses and impairments are recognised in profit or loss. Any gain or loss on derecognition is recognised in profit or loss. The Group recognises loss allowances for Expected Credit Losses (‘ECL’) on financial assets measured at amortised cost. ECL are a probability weighted estimate of credit losses. Credit losses are measured as the present value of all cash shortfalls (i.e. the difference between the cash flows due to the Group in accordance with the contract and the cash flows that the Group expects to receive). All trade receivable balances are assessed individually. ECL are discounted at the effective interest rate of the financial asset. Loss allowances for financial assets measured at amortised cost are deducted from the gross carrying amount of the assets. At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether financial assets carried at amortised cost are credit impaired. Afinancial asset is ‘credit impaired’ when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have occurred. The gross carrying amount of a financial asset is written off (either partially or in full) to the extent that there is no realistic prospect of recovery. This is generally the case when the Group determines that the debtor does not have assets or sources of income that could generate sufficient cash flows to repay the amounts subject to the write off. From time to time, based on purchasing decisions, the Group holds hedging instruments to hedge currency risks arising from its activities. Hedging instruments are recognised at fair value. Any gain or loss on re-measurement is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income. However, the treatment of gains or losses arising from hedging instruments which qualify for hedge accounting depends on the type of hedge arrangement. The fair value of hedging instruments is the estimated amount receivable or payable to terminate the contract determined by reference to the market prices prevailing at the balance sheet date. A gain or loss in respect of an effective hedge of a net investment in an overseas operation is recognised directly in equity. Any ineffective portion of the hedge is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income. The Group currently has no hedge arrangements and no gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss in administrative expenses. Financial liabilities Financial liabilities are classified on initial recognition as either other financial liabilities measured at amortised cost or at fair value through profit or loss.
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
131Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Offsetting of financial assets and liabilities Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The legally enforceable right must not be contingent on future events and must be enforceable in the normal course of business and in the event of default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group or the counterparty. (l) Leases The Group applies IFRS 16, using the following practical expedients permitted by the standard: • reliance on previous assessments on whether leases are onerous; • the accounting for operating leases with a remaining lease term of less than 12 months as at 1 April 2022 as short term leases; and • the use of hindsight in determining the lease term where the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease. The Group also elected not to reassess whether a contract is, or contains a lease at the date of initial application. Instead, for contracts entered into before the transition date the Group relied on its assessment made applying IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 'Determining whether an arrangement contains a Lease'. Lease liability - initial recognition The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date. The lease payments are discounted at the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. The incremental borrowing rate is determined based on a series of inputs including the risk free rate based on Government bond rates in addition to specific adjustments for risk and security. Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise: • fixed lease payments (including in substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives; • variable lease payments such as those that depend on an index or rate (such as RPI), initially measured using the index or rate at the commencement date; • the amount expected to be payable by the Group under residual value guarantees; • the exercise price of purchase options where the Group is reasonably certain to exercise the options; and • payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the exercise of an option to terminate the lease. Break and extension options are included in leases to provide operational flexibility should the economic outlook for an asset be different to expectations, and hence at commencement of the lease, break or extension options are not typically considered reasonably certain to be exercised, unless there is a valid business reason otherwise. The lease liability is presented as a separate line in the Consolidated Balance Sheet, split between current and non- current liabilities. Lease liability – subsequent measurement The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability (using the effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made. Lease liability– re-measurement The lease liability is re-measured where: • there is a change in the assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case the lease liability is re- measured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate; or • the lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed residual value, in which cases the lease liability is re-measured by discounting the revised lease payments using the initial discount rate (unless the lease payments change is due to a change in a floating interest rate, in which case a revised discount rate is used); or • the lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the lease liability is re-measured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate. When the lease liability is re-measured, an equivalent adjustment is made to the right-of-use asset unless its carrying amount is reduced to zero, in which case any remaining amount is recognised in profit or loss.
## NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED
## FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
132 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Right-of-use asset – initial recognition The right-of-use asset comprises the initial measurement of the corresponding lease liability, lease payments made at or before the commencement date, any dilapidation or removal costs, and any initial direct costs. They are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses. Where the Group has an obligation for costs to dismantle and remove a leased asset, restore the branch on which it is located or restore the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease, a provision is recognised and measured under IAS 37. The present value of these costs are included in the related right-of-use asset. The right-of-use asset is presented as a separate line in the Balance Sheet. Right-of-use asset – subsequent measurement Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and useful life of the underlying asset. Impairment The Group applies IAS 36 to determine whether a right-of-use asset is impaired and accounts for any identified impairment loss as described in the ‘Impairment – non-financial assets’ policy. Variable rents that do not depend on an index or rate are not included in the measurement of the lease liability and the right-of-use asset. The related payment s are recognised as an expense in the period in which the event or condition that triggers those payments occurs. Sale and leaseback A sale and leaseback transaction is where the Group sells an asset and immediately reacquires the use of the asset by entering into a lease with the buyer. A sale occurs when control of the underlying asset passes to the buyer. A lease liability is recognised, the associated property, plant and equipment asset is derecognised, and a right-of-use asset is recognised at the proportion of the carrying value relating to the right retained. Any gain or loss arising relates to the rights transferred to the buyer. (m) Inventory Inventory is valued at the lower of cost and net realisable value, after due regard for slow moving vehicles. Net realisable value is based on selling price less anticipated costs of completion and selling costs. When calculating an inventory provision management considers the nature and condition of the inventory as well as applying assumptions around expected saleability, determined on historic trading patterns. Inventory cost is calculated using the specific identification method. (n) Assets held for sale Assets are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use and a sale is considered highly probable. They are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell, except for assets such as deferred tax assets, assets arising from employee benefits, financial assets and investment property that are carried at fair value and contractual rights under insurance contracts, which are specifically exempt from this requirement. An impairment loss is recognised for any initial or subsequent write down of the asset to fair value less costs to sell. A gain is recognised for any subsequent increases in fair value less costs to sell of an asset, but not in excess of any cumulative impairment loss previously recognised. A gain or loss not previously recognised by the date of the sale of the asset is recognised at the date of derecognition. Assets are not depreciated or amortised while they are classified as held for sale. Interest and other expenses attributable to the liabilities of a disposal group classified as held for sale continue to be recognised. Assets classified as held for sale are presented separately from the other assets in the balance sheet. (o) Trade receivables Trade receivables represent the principal amounts outstanding from finance companies in respect of the financed element of sales to customers for motor vehicle and related products. Trade receivables are recognised net of any provision for impairment. The carrying value of certain financial assets are measured on an expected credit loss approach. Trade and other receivables do not contain a significant financing element and therefore expected credit losses are measured using the simplified approach permitted by IFRS 9, which requires expected lifetime losses to be recognised from the initial recognition of the receivables. (p) Cash and cash equivalents Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and at bank, and deposits held at call with banks. Where applicable, bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities.
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
133Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
(q) Current and deferred tax The tax expense for the period comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income, except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. The current tax charge is calculated on the basis of tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is recognised, without discounting, in respect of all temporary differences arising between the treatment of certain items for taxation and accounting purposes, which have arisen but not reversed by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is measured at the rates, based on the tax rates and law enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, that are expected to apply in the periods when the timing differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilised. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities and there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis. (r) Trade payables Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities. Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, unless the effect is immaterial. (s) Stocking finance facilities Stocking finance facilities, included within trade and other payables, are borrowings secured against the vehicle against which the facility is drawn down. These are short term liabilities which are settled on the sale of a vehicle or a fixed maturity not greater than 150 days and as a result form part of the normal business operating cycle (see note 23 for more details). They are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method unless the effect is immaterial. (t) Share capital Ordinary Shares are classified as equity. Costs incurred in issuing equity are deducted from the equity instrument. (u) Provisions Provisions for making good obligations are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation, and the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses. Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering the class of obligations as a whole. A provision is recognised even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in the same class of obligations may be small. Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period. The discount rate used to determine the present value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as interest expense. (v) Borrowings Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method. The effective interest rate method is a method of calculating the amortised cost and allocating the interest cost over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments through the expected life of the financial instrument. (w) Employee benefits (i) Pensions The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme for employees. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the Group. The annual contributions are charged in the statement of comprehensive income in the year in which they become payable in accordance with the rules of the scheme. (ii) Other employee benefits The Group recognises an expense for other short term employee benefits, primarily holiday pay and employee commissions and bonuses on an accruals basis.
## NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED
## FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
2. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
(w) Employee benefits continued
134 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
(iii) Share based compensation Equity settled share based compensation to employees and others providing similar services are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date. The estimate is measured using the Black-Scholes pricing model and excludes the effect of non-market based vesting conditions. Details regarding the determination of the fair value of equity-settled share-based transactions are set out in note 34. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity settled share based compensation is expensed on a straight line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimates of equity instruments that will eventually vest. At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimates, i f any, is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income such that the cumulative expenses reflect the revised estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves. SAYE share options granted to employees are treated as cancelled when employees cease to contribute to the scheme. This results in accelerated recognition of the expenses that would have arisen over the remainder of the original vesting period. Cash settled share based compensation to employees and others providing similar services is measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date. A liability is recognised at the current fair value determined at each balance sheet date and at settlement. (x) Government grants Grants are recognised only when there is reasonable assurance that the Group will comply with the conditions attache d to them and that the grants will be received. Grants that are receivable as compensation for expenses already incurred are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income in the period in which they become receivable. (y) Earnings per share (‘EPS’) The Group presents basic and diluted EPS for its Ordinary Shares. Basic EPS is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to Ordinary Shareholders by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares outstanding during the year. For diluted EPS, the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive potential Ordinary Shares. (z) Exceptional items Material non-recurring items of income and expense are disclosed as ‘exceptional items’. Examples of items that may give rise to disclosure as exceptional items include costs of major restructuring and reorganisation of the business, corporate refinancing and restructuring costs. 3. Underlying profit measures The Group’s chief operating decision maker is considered to be the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors measure the overall performance of the Group by reference to the following non-GAAP measures: • earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (‘EBITDA’); • operating profit before exceptional items (adjusted operating profit); and • profit before taxation before exceptional items (adjusted profit before taxation). The adjusted measures are applied by the Board of Directors to understand the earning trends of the Group and are considered the most meaningful measures by which to assess the true operating performance of the Group. In the current and prior year there are no exceptional items noted; however these underlying profit measures remain valid when considering earlier years. 4. Critical accounting estimates and judgements The preparation of financial statements requires the use of accounting estimates which, by definition, will seldom equal the actual results. Management also needs to exercise judgement in applying the Group’s accounting policies. This note provides an overview of the areas that involved a higher degree of judgement or complexity, and of items which have a significant risk of causing material adjustments to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the next financial year. Detailed information about each of these estimates and judgements is included in other notes together with information about the basis of calculation for each affected line item in the financial statements. Inventory provisions (note 19): Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. As in previous years, a provision is included where management feels net realisable value falls below cost. The level of provision is determined by management estimates based on historical and forecast sales and potential net realisable value. For those vehicles in stock as at the year end, an additional loss of £114 per car (FY22: £88 per car) would have to be realised to see a material adjustment to the inventory provision.
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

# Significant judgements

IFRS 16 'Lease term' (note 17): The lease term is a significant component in the measurement of both the right-of-use asset and lease liability. Where leases contain options to break, the Group has assumed that these are exercised, unless there is reasonable certainty that the lease will be extended, and therefore the assumed duration for the liability is to the break point. Similarly, for any extension options, these have not been assumed to be utilised unless there is reasonable certainty. Judgement is exercised in determining whether there is reasonable certainty that an option to extend the lease or purchase the underlying asset will be exercised, or an option to terminate the lease will not be exercised, when ascertaining the periods to be included in the lease term. In determining the lease term, all facts and circumstances that create an economical incentive to exercise an extension option, or not to exercise a termination option, are considered at the lease commencement date. The Group reassesses whether it is reasonably certain to exercise an extension option, or not exercise a termination option, if there is a significant event or significant change in circumstances.

# Future possible cash outflows not included in the lease liability

Some leases contain break clauses or extension options to provide operational flexibility. Potential future undiscounted lease payments not included in the reasonably certain lease term, and hence not included in lease liabilities, total £6.2m (FY22: £4.6m). Future increases or decreases in rentals linked to an index or rate are not included in the lease liability until the change in cash flows takes effect.

# 5. Segmental information

The Group has prepared segmental reporting in accordance with IFRS 8 'Operating Segments'. Segmental information is presented on the same basis as the management reporting.

# (a) Description of segments and principal activities

The Group's operating segments are determined based on the Group's internal reporting to the Board. The performance of operating segments is assessed by the Board on the basis of gross profit with all assets and liabilities assessed on a Group basis.

The Board examines the Group's performance from a product perspective and has identified two reportable segments of its business:

Retail – the Motorpoint brand is an omnichannel vehicle retailer offering nearly new cars that are under four years old or have completed less than 30,000 miles. This segment also includes a range of commercial vehicles under the Motorpoint brand.

Wholesale – Auction4Cars.com is an independent trade car auction site offering a business to business entirely online auction market place platform allowing an efficient and quick route for sale of part exchange vehicles which do not fall into the nearly new retail criteria and purchases direct from consumers.

# (b) Segment Gross profit

|   | Retail 2022 £m | Retail 2022 £m | Wholesale 2022 £m | Wholesale 2022 £m | Total 2022 £m | Total 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  Gross profit |  |  |  |  |  |   |
|  Revenue | 1,175.7 | 1,112.3 | 264.5 | 210.0 | 1,440.2 | 1,322.3  |
|  Cost of sales | (1,101.2) | (1,021.3) | (253.3) | (194.7) | (1,354.5) | (1,216.0)  |
|  Gross profit | 74.5 | 91.0 | 11.2 | 15.3 | 85.7 | 106.3  |

Transactions between operating segments are made on an arm's length basis in a manner similar to those with third parties.

Cost of sales are specific and therefore directly attributable to each segment. Operating and financial expenses are not segregated for internal reporting purposes and hence have not been disclosed here.

# (c) Other profit and loss disclosures

There was no impairment charge or other significant non-cash item recognised in FY23 (FY22: £NII).

# (d). Segment assets and liabilities

Segment assets and liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial statements. No further disclosure has been provided here, as internally assets and liabilities are not segregated for reporting purposes.

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023

135
## FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

### 6. Revenue

Revenue has been analysed between the sale of goods and the sale of services below:

|   | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  **Revenue analysis** |  |   |
|  Revenue from sale of motor vehicles | 1,370.7 | 1,253.1  |
|  Revenue from motor related services and commissions | 62.6 | 62.9  |
|  Revenue recognised that was included in deferred income at the beginning of the year – Sale of motor vehicles | 3.9 | 3.3  |
|  Revenue recognised that was included in deferred income at the beginning of the year – Motor related services and commissions | 3.0 | 3.0  |
|  **Total revenue** | **1,440.2** | **1,322.3**  |

The Group has no contract liabilities (FY22: ENII).

The Group has recognised a returns provision as at the year end of £2.0m (FY22: £1.7m).

The Group recognises the following accrued income balances:

|   | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  **Accrued income** |  |   |
|  Commissions^{1} | 4.6 | 0.1  |
|   | **4.6** | **0.1**  |

$^{1}$ Accrued income relates to commissions earned from finance companies received the following month.

The Group recognises the following deferred income balances within accruals and deferred income:

|   | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  **Deferred income** |  |   |
|  Vehicles invoiced not collected | 0.2 | 3.9  |
|  Commissions received not earned | 3.0 | 3.0  |
|  **Total deferred income** | **3.2** | **6.9**  |

### 7. Operating profit

Analysed as:

|   | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  Operating profit includes the effect of charging: |  |   |
|  Inventory recognised as expense | 1,345.0 | 1,210.7  |
|  Movement in provision against inventory | (0.1) | 1.0  |
|  Employee benefit expense (note 9) | 36.2 | 34.7  |
|  Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 16) and right-of-use assets (note 17) | 9.0 | 7.3  |
|  Amortisation of intangible assets (note 15) | 0.4 | -  |
|  Expense on short term and low value leases | 0.4 | 0.4  |

|   | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  Total expenses comprise: |  |   |
|  Cost of sales | 1354.5 | 1,216.0  |
|  Operating expenses: |  |   |
|  Selling and distribution expenses | 23.5 | 28.6  |
|  Administrative expenses | 55.7 | 52.7  |
|  Total operating expenses: | 79.2 | 81.3  |
|  **Total expenses** | **1,433.7** | **1,297.3**  |

136 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

# **8. Auditor's remuneration:**

|   | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  **Auditor's remuneration:** |  |   |
|  Fees payable for the audit of the parent Company and consolidated financial statements | 0.2 | 0.2  |
|  Fees payable for the audit of the Company's subsidiaries | – | –  |
|  **Fees payable for non-audit services** | – | –  |
|  **Total** | **0.2** | **0.2**  |

Non-audit services relate to access to the auditor's generic online accounting manual.

# **9. Employees and Directors**

The aggregate employee benefit expenses were as follows:

|   | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  **Employee benefit expenses:** |  |   |
|  Wages and salaries | 30.9 | 30.8  |
|  Social security costs | 3.7 | 3.2  |
|  Pension costs | 0.7 | 0.6  |
|  Share based compensation charge (note 33) | 0.9 | 0.1  |
|   | **36.2** | **34.7**  |

The average monthly number of employees (including Directors but excluding third party contractors) employed by the Group was as follows:

|   | 2023 No. | 2022 No.  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  **Average number of people employed:** |  |   |
|  Sales and operations | 600 | 589  |
|  Administration and support | 299 | 291  |
|   | **899** | **880**  |

# **10. Directors' and key management remuneration**

Key management has been identified as the Directors of Motorpoint Group Plc.

|   | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  Short term employee benefits | 1.0 | 1.0  |
|  Share based payment | – | –  |
|  Employer contributions paid to money purchase schemes | – | –  |
|   | **1.0** | **1.0**  |

During the year the number of key management who were receiving benefits was 2 (FY22: 2).

In respect of the highest paid Director refer to page 102 of the Annual Report on Remuneration.

# **11. Finance expense**

|   | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  Interest on bank borrowings | 0.4 | 0.3  |
|  Interest on stocking finance facilities | 4.7 | 1.5  |
|  Other interest payable | 2.0 | 1.7  |
|  **Total finance expense** | **7.1** | **3.5**  |

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023 137
# NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

## 12. Income tax expense

|  The tax charge in the statement of comprehensive income represents: | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  **Current tax:** |  |   |
|  UK corporation tax | 0.3 | 4.3  |
|  Adjustment in respect of prior years | (1.1) | 0.3  |
|  **Total current tax** | **(0.8)** | **4.6**  |
|  **Deferred tax:** |  |   |
|  Origination and reversal of temporary differences | (0.1) | 0.2  |
|  Adjustment in respect of prior years | 1.2 | -  |
|  Impact of UK corporation tax rate change | - | (0.2)  |
|  **Total deferred tax** | **1.1** | **-**  |
|  **Total tax charge in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income** | **0.3** | **4.6**  |

### Reconciliation of the total tax charge

|  The tax charge in the statement of comprehensive income in the year differs from the charge which would result from the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 18% (FY22: 18%). | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  **(Loss) / profit before taxation** | **(0.3)** | **21.5**  |
|  (Loss) / profit before taxation at the standard rate of corporation tax of 19% (FY22: 19%) | (0.1) | 4.1  |
|  **Tax effect of:** |  |   |
|  - Fixed asset differences | 0.3 | 0.3  |
|  - Expenses not deductible for tax purposes | 0.2 | 0.1  |
|  - Adjustment in respect of prior years | (0.1) | 0.3  |
|  - Re-measurement of deferred tax for changes in tax rates | - | (0.2)  |
|  **Tax charge in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income** | **0.3** | **4.6**  |

A tax receivable balance of £1.3m (FY22: tax payable balance of £0.8m) is included within current assets (FY22: current liabilities) as a result of the timing of the payments on account to HMRC.

### Amounts recognised directly in equity

|   | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  Aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the reporting period and not recognised in net profit or loss or other comprehensive income but directly debited or credited to equity: |  |   |
|  - Deferred tax: Re-measurement of deferred tax for changes in tax rates | (1.1) | (0.2)  |
|  - Deferred tax: Adjustment in respect of prior years | 1.2 | 0.4  |
|  **Tax charge in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income** | **0.1** | **0.2**  |

### Factors affecting current and future tax charges

An increase in the UK corporation rate from 19% to 25% (effective 1 April 2023) was substantively enacted on 24 May 2021. As at the balance sheet date of the 31 March 2023 the deferred tax asset has been calculated based on these rates, reflecting the expected timing of reversal of the related temporary differences (FY22: 25%).

138 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

# **13. Earnings per share**

Basic and diluted EPS are calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to equity shareholders by the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares during the year.

|   | 2023 | 2022  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  (Loss) / profit attributable to Ordinary Shareholders (£m) | (0.6) | 16.9  |
|  Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in Issue (000) | 90,190 | 90,190  |
|  Basic EPS (pence) | (0.7) | 18.7  |
|  Diluted weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in Issue (000) | 90,190 | 90,259  |
|  Diluted EPS (pence) | (0.7) | 18.7  |

The difference between the basic and diluted weighted average number of shares represents the dilutive effect of the currently operating schemes and the vested but not yet exercised options. This is shown in the reconciliation below. No dilution in FY23 due to the Group making a loss before taxation.

The shares for the PSP20 scheme, RSA21 and RSA22 have performance criteria which have not been met so the options are not yet dilutive. There is a maximum of 1,142,392 additional options which have not been included in the dilutive calculation in relation to these schemes. Further information is included in note 33.

|   | 2023 | 2022  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in Issue (000) | 90,190 | 90,190  |
|  Adjustment for share options (000) | - | 69  |
|  Weighted average number of Ordinary Shares for diluted earnings per share (000) | 90,190 | 90,259  |

# **14. Dividends**

During the year no dividends were paid (FY22: ENI).

The Board has not proposed a final dividend (FY22: ENI) for the year ended 31 March 2023.

# **15. Intangible assets**

|   | Work in progress £m | IT projects £m | Total £m  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  **Cost and Net book value** |  |  |   |
|  At 1 April 2021 | - | - | -  |
|  Additions | - | 0.6 | 0.6  |
|  Disposals | - | - | -  |
|  At 31 March 2022 | - | 0.6 | 0.6  |
|  Additions | 3.4 | 0.1 | 3.5  |
|  Transfers | (2.8) | 2.8 | -  |
|  Disposals | - | - | -  |
|  Amortisation charge | - | (0.4) | (0.4)  |
|  **At 31 March 2023** | **0.6** | **3.1** | **3.7**  |

The amortisation charge of £0.4m (FY22: ENI) has been recorded in operating expenses.

The intangible assets balance comprises capitalised employee and third party costs incurred in relation to developing internally generated new application programming interfaces between platforms used by the Group.

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023 139
# NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

## 16. Property, plant and equipment

|   | Land £m | Freehold property £m | Short term leasehold £m | Plant and machinery £m | Fixtures and fittings £m | Office equipment £m | Work in progress £m | Total £m  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  **Cost**  |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |
|  At 1 April 2021 | 5.3 | 6.7 | 7.2 | 1.5 | 1.7 | 3.1 | 0.5 | 28.0  |
|  Additions | - | - | 2.3 | 0.3 | 0.9 | 0.6 | 2.2 | 6.3  |
|  Transfers | - | - | 0.8 | 0.4 | 0.4 | 0.4 | (2.0) | -  |
|  Disposals and assets classed as held for sale | (3.1) | (6.7) | - | - | - | - | (0.1) | (9.9)  |
|  At 31 March 2022 | 2.2 | - | 10.3 | 2.2 | 3.0 | 4.1 | 0.6 | 22.4  |
|  Additions | - | - | 0.2 | 0.1 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 5.2 | 5.9  |
|  Transfers | 0.2 | - | 3.7 | 0.1 | 0.4 | 0.5 | (4.9) | -  |
|  Disposals | - | - | - | - | - | - | (0.4) | (0.4)  |
|  **At 31 March 2023** | **2.4** | **-** | **14.2** | **2.4** | **3.6** | **4.8** | **0.5** | **27.9**  |
|  **Accumulated depreciation**  |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |
|  At 1 April 2021 | - | 0.3 | 4.8 | 1.1 | 1.1 | 2.6 | - | 9.9  |
|  Provided during the year | - | 0.4 | 1.0 | 0.2 | 0.3 | 0.4 | - | 2.3  |
|  Disposals and assets classed as held for sale | - | (0.7) | - | - | - | - | - | (0.7)  |
|  At 31 March 2022 | - | - | 5.8 | 1.3 | 1.4 | 3.0 | - | 11.5  |
|  Provided during the year | - | - | 1.8 | 0.3 | 0.5 | 0.7 | - | 3.3  |
|  **At 31 March 2023** | **-** | **-** | **7.6** | **1.6** | **1.9** | **3.7** | **-** | **14.8**  |
|  **Net book value**  |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |   |
|  At 31 March 2023 | 2.4 | - | 6.6 | 0.8 | 1.7 | 1.1 | 0.5 | 13.1  |
|  At 31 March 2022 | 2.2 | - | 4.5 | 0.9 | 1.6 | 1.1 | 0.6 | 10.9  |
|  At 31 March 2021 | 5.3 | 6.4 | 2.4 | 0.4 | 0.6 | 0.5 | 0.5 | 16.1  |

The depreciation expense of £3.3m (FY22: £2.3m) has been recorded in operating expenses.

Under IAS 36, the Group performs an annual assessment as to the existence of impairment indicators. Management identified an indicator of impairment as a result of the general market conditions including interest rates, inflation and supply shortages, which could have differing impacts at an individual site level. As such, an impairment assessment has been performed.

Recoverable amounts for cash generating units (individual stores) are the higher of fair value less costs of disposal, and value in use. Future cash flow projections are based on the Group's internal forecasts and include modest ongoing performance improvement, including in the newest stores. The Group considers these cash flows to be reasonable and conservative. The main assumptions within future cash flow projections relate to EBITDA growth and the risk adjusted discount rate. Management estimates the risk adjusted discount rate, FY23 12.4% (FY22: 10.5%), using pre-tax rates that reflect the current market assessment of the time value of money.

The impairment review results in every cash generating unit showing a sufficiency of future cashflows, so no impairment charge has been made. The minimum headroom on any cash generating unit is £1.2m (FY22: £4.4m).

An increase in the discount rate for the current year of 3.5%, would indicate the potential for impairment on a site by site basis (FY22: No reasonable changes in assumptions applied would result in an impairment). An EBITDA decline of 27% across all CGUs for the next 3 years would be required to result in a material impairment.

The impairment review also includes performance of a high level financial review of the asset classes and cost categories likely to be impacted most significantly by climate change. An exercise was undertaken as part of our financial planning to ensure that our climate related risks and any associated costs had been considered when assessing the value of our assets and future cash flow forecasts. An estimated impact of climate related risks was included in the impairment review performed. Although there were costs anticipated as a result of climate related risks, this did not result in any impairment being identified.

140 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

# **17. Leases**

The Group only acts as a lessee.

(a) Amounts recognised in the statement of financial position

The balance sheet shows the following amounts relating to leases:

|   | Land and buildings £m  |
| --- | --- |
|  **Right-of-use assets** |   |
|  Balance at 1 April 2021 | 43.6  |
|  Additions to right-of-use assets | 8.1  |
|  Depreciation charge | (5.0)  |
|  **Balance at 31 March 2022** | **46.7**  |
|  Balance at 1 April 2022 | 46.7  |
|  Additions to right-of-use assets | 17.4  |
|  Depreciation charge | (5.7)  |
|  **Balance at 31 March 2023** | **58.4**  |
|   | Lease liabilities £m  |
|  **Lease liabilities** |   |
|  Balance at 1 April 2021 | 49.3  |
|  Additions to lease liabilities | 7.5  |
|  Repayment of lease liabilities (including interest element) | (5.7)  |
|  Interest expense related to lease liabilities | 1.7  |
|  **Balance at 31 March 2022** | **52.8**  |
|  Current | 3.3  |
|  Non-current | 49.5  |
|  Balance at 1 April 2022 | 52.8  |
|  Additions to lease liabilities | 16.7  |
|  Repayment of lease liabilities (including interest element) | (7.9)  |
|  Interest expense related to lease liabilities | 2.0  |
|  **Balance at 31 March 2023** | **63.6**  |
|  Current | 3.4  |
|  Non-current | 60.2  |

A maturity analysis of lease liabilities based on undiscounted gross cash flows as at 31 March 2023 is reported in the table below.

|   | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  Within one year | 7.5 | 6.1  |
|  In the second to fifth years inclusive | 28.6 | 22.3  |
|  After five years | 43.0 | 35.1  |
|  Total minimum lease payments | 79.1 | 63.5  |
|  Interest charges | (15.5) | (10.7)  |
|  Lease liability | 63.6 | 52.8  |

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023 141
# NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

## 17. Leases continued

### (b) Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income

The statement of comprehensive income shows the following amounts relating to leases:

|   | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  **Depreciation charge of right-of-use assets** |  |   |
|  Buildings | 5.7 | 5.0  |
|  **Finance expense** |  |   |
|  Interest expense | 2.0 | 1.7  |

The total cash outflow for leases held as right-of-use assets in FY23 was £7.9m (FY22: £5.7m).

An expense on short term leases is also included of £0.4m (FY22: £0.4m).

There are no low value leases.

### (c) The Group's leasing activities and how these are accounted for

The Group leases various offices and retail stores. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods of three to 20 years, but may have extension options.

Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a range of different terms and conditions. The lease agreements do not impose any covenants other than the security interests in the leased assets that are held by the lessor. Leased assets may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.

Where leases contain options to break, the Group has assumed that these are exercised, unless there is reasonable certainty that the lease will be extended, and therefore the assumed duration for the liability is to the break point. Similarly, for any extension options, these have not been assumed to be utilised unless there is reasonable certainty.

Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the Group.

Lease payments to be made under reasonably certain extension options are also included in the measurement of the liability.

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be readily determined, which is generally the case for leases in the Group, the lessee's incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic environment with similar terms, security and conditions.

To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the Group:

- where possible, uses recent third-party financing received by the individual lessee as a starting point, adjusted to reflect changes in financing conditions since third party financing was received;
- uses a build up approach that starts with a risk free interest rate adjusted for credit risk for leases held by the Group, which does not have recent third party financing; and
- makes adjustments specific to the lease where relevant.

Lease payments are allocated between principal and finance cost. The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter of the asset's useful life and the lease term on a straight line basis.

There have been no lease payment breaks during the year.

### Extension and termination options

Extension and termination options are included in a number of property and equipment leases across the Group. These are used to maximise operational flexibility in terms of managing the assets used in the Group's operations. The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the Group and not by the respective lessor.

### Impairment assessment

Management has completed an impairment review of the Group's estate, using each Retail Store as a cash generating unit. Recoverable amounts for cash generating units are the higher of fair value less costs of disposal, and value in use. Further detail can be found in note 16: Property, plant and equipment.

142 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

# **18. Deferred tax (liabilities) / assets**

The movement in deferred taxation assets and liabilities during the year, without taking into consideration the offsetting of balances within the same tax jurisdiction, is as follows:

|  Other temporary differences | Accelerated capital allowances £m | Other timing differences £m | Total £m  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  At 1 April 2021 | 1.1 | 0.1 | 1.2  |
|  Charged to equity | (0.2) | – | (0.2)  |
|  **At 31 March 2022** | **0.9** | **0.1** | **1.0**  |
|  Charged to statement of comprehensive income | (1.1) | – | (1.1)  |
|  Charged to equity | – | (0.1) | (0.1)  |
|  **At 31 March 2023** | **(0.2)** | **–** | **(0.2)**  |

Deferred tax of ENII (FY22: ENII) is expected to be recovered or settled within 12 months from the reporting date.

An increase in the UK corporation rate from 19% to 25% (effective 1 April 2023) was substantively enacted on 24 May 2021. As at the balance sheet date of the 31 March 2023 the deferred tax asset has been calculated based on these rates, reflecting the expected timing of reversal of the related temporary differences (FY22: 25%).

# **19. Inventories**

|   | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  Finished goods: New and used vehicles for resale | 148.6 | 228.4  |

The replacement cost of inventories is not considered to be materially different from the above values.

Provisions against inventory total £2.3m (FY22: £2.5m). Write down of inventories recognised as an expense in the period totalled £14.5m (FY22: £5.4m).

Inventory with a carrying value of £102.5m (FY22: £147.0m) has been pledged as security for the stocking finance facilities where funding has been drawn down on that inventory.

# **20. Assets classified as held for sale**

|   | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  Land and buildings | – | 9.2  |

There are no assets classified as assets held for sale as at the current period end (FY22: land and buildings relating to the Group's stores in Stockton on Tees and Peterborough, both were sold and leased back during FY23).

# **21. Trade and other receivables**

|  Due within one year | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  Trade receivables^{1} | 9.9 | 9.9  |
|  Prepayments | 3.9 | 3.6  |
|  Accrued income^{2} | 4.6 | 0.1  |
|   | **18.4** | **13.6**  |

1 Trade receivables are non-interest bearing and generally have a term of less than seven days. Due to their short maturities, the fair value of current trade and other receivables approximates to their book value. Trade receivables represent amounts due from financial institutions on the financed element of vehicle sales to customers. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the carrying amount. The Group has no provisions against trade receivables (FY22: ENII).

2 Accrued income relates to commissions earned from finance companies.

# **22. Cash and cash equivalents**

|   | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  Cash at bank and in hand | 5.6 | 7.8  |

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023 143
# NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

## 23. Borrowings

The Group's available borrowings consist of an unsecured loan facility provided by Santander UK PLC, split between £6.0m available as an uncommitted overdraft and £29.0m available as a revolving credit facility. The availability of the revolving credit facility and overdraft was extended in June 2023 to expire in June 2026, (previously May 2024), with the option to further extend for two further one year periods if agreed by both parties. As at the reporting date, ENII of the revolving credit facility (FY22: £29.0m) and ENII of the overdraft (FY22: ENII) was drawn down. The terms of the revolving credit facility and overdraft require a full repayment for a period of at least one day or more in each financial year and half year with no less than one month between repayments.

The finance charge for utilising the facility was dependent on the Group's borrowing ratios as well as the base rate of interest in effect. During the year ended 31 March 2023 interest was charged at 2.4% (FY22: 1.4%) per annum. The interest charged for the year of £0.4m (FY22: £0.3m) has been expensed as a finance cost.

### Net debt reconciliation

|   | Borrowings £m | Leases £m | Sub-total £m | Cash £m | Total £  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  Net debt as at 1 April 2021 | - | (49.3) | (49.3) | 6.0 | (43.3)  |
|  Financing cash flows | (29.0) | 4.0 | (25.0) | 1.8 | (23.2)  |
|  New leases | - | (7.5) | (7.5) | - | (7.5)  |
|  Other changes |  |  |  |  |   |
|  Interest expense | (1.8) | (1.7) | (3.5) | - | (3.5)  |
|  Interest payments (presented as operating cash flows) | 1.8 | 1.7 | 3.5 | - | 3.5  |
|  Net debt as at 31 March 2022 | (29.0) | (52.8) | (81.8) | 7.8 | (74.0)  |
|  Financing cash flows | 29.0 | 5.9 | 34.9 | (2.2) | 32.7  |
|  New leases | - | (16.7) | (16.7) | - | (16.7)  |
|  Other changes |  |  |  |  |   |
|  Interest expense | (5.1) | (2.0) | (7.1) | - | (7.1)  |
|  Interest payments (presented as operating cash flows) | 5.1 | 2.0 | 7.1 | - | 7.1  |
|  Net debt as at 31 March 2023 | - | (63.6) | (63.6) | 5.6 | (58.0)  |

## 24. Trade and other payables: amounts due within one year

|   | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  Trade payables |  |   |
|  - Trade creditors | 18.6 | 11.8  |
|  - Stocking finance facilities^{1} | 102.5 | 147.0  |
|  Other taxes and social security |  |   |
|  - VAT payable | 0.7 | 1.8  |
|  - PAYE/NI payable | 0.9 | 1.0  |
|  Other creditors | 0.3 | 0.1  |
|  Accruals and deferred income^{2} | 20.8 | 32.1  |
|   | 143.8 | 193.8  |

1 Stocking finance facilities are provided from Black Horse Limited and Lombard North Central PLC. At 31 March 2023 the Group had £195.0m (FY22: £195.0m) of stocking finance facilities available of which £102.5m (FY22: £147.0m) was drawn.

The stocking finance facility with Black Horse Limited was renegotiated in May 2019 and all borrowings are secured against the vehicle which the stocking finance facility is drawn down against. During FY22 it was increased by additional £40.0m to £120.0m. The facility bears interest at the rate of 1.0% over the Sterling Overnight Index Average ("SONIA") rate since 1 January 2022 when 7 day LIBOR rate was no longer published.

The stocking finance facility with Lombard North Central PLC was negotiated in March 2019 and all borrowings are secured against the vehicle which the stocking finance facility is drawn down against. During FY22 the limit was increased from £29.0m to £75.0m on the same terms as the original agreement. The facility bears interest at the rate of 1.35% over the Sterling Overnight Index Average ("SONIA") rate since 1 January 2022 when 7 day LIBOR rate was no longer published.

Interest expense in the year of £4.7m (FY22: £1.5m) has been recognized as a finance cost.

144 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

2 Included within accruals and deferred income is €0.2m (FY22: €3.9m) in relation to vehicles invoiced not collected at the reporting date and €3.0m (FY22: €3.0m) of commissions received in advance.
Other than the stocking finance facilities payable, trade and other payables are all non-interest bearing.
Due to their short maturities, the fair value of current liabilities approximates to their book value and all are in sterling.

# **25. Provisions**

|   | 2023 £m Current | 2023 £m Non-current | 2023 £m Total | 2022 £m Current | 2022 £m Non-current | 2022 £m Total  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  Make good provision^{1} | - | 2.5 | 2.5 | - | 2.5 | 2.5  |
|  Onerous lease^{2} | - | 0.1 | 0.1 | 0.1 | - | 0.1  |
|   | - | 2.6 | 2.6 | 0.1 | 2.5 | 2.6  |

Movements in each class of provision during the financial year are set out below:

|   | 2023 £m Make-good provision^{1} | 2023 £m Onerous lease^{2} | 2023 £m Total | 2022 £m Make-good provision^{1} | 2022 £m Onerous lease^{2} | 2022 £m Total  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  Carrying amount at start of year | 2.5 | 0.1 | 2.6 | 1.9 | 0.2 | 2.1  |
|  Charged to statement of comprehensive income |  |  |  |  |  |   |
|  - additional provisions recognised | 0.6 | - | - | 0.6 | - | 0.6  |
|  - unwinding of discount | - | - | - | - | - | -  |
|  Amounts used during the year | (0.6) | - | - | - | (0.1) | (0.1)  |
|  Carrying amount at end of year | 2.5 | 0.1 | 2.6 | 2.5 | 0.1 | 2.6  |

1 Make good provision

The Group is required to restore the leased premises of its retail stores to their original condition at the end of the respective lease terms. A provision has been recognised for the present value of the estimated expenditure required to remove any leasehold improvements. These costs have been capitalised as part of the cost of right-of-use assets and are amortised over the shorter of the term of the lease and the useful life of the assets.

The timing of the cash outflow relating to the make good provision is in line with the life of the relevant lease. The remaining term on existing leases ranges from 2 to 16 years with a weighted average of 10 years.

There is judgement associated with the potential cost of remediation of each property and estimated provisions have been based on the past experience of the Group.

2 Onerous leases

The Group operates across a number of locations and if there is clear indication that a property will no longer be used for its intended operation, a provision may be required based on an estimate of potential liabilities for periods of lease where the property will not be used at the end of the reporting period, to oneind over the remaining term of the lease. The onerous lease is likely to be utilised for a period of 3 years.

# **26. Financial instruments and risk management**

The principal financial liabilities comprise inventory finance facilities, borrowings, and trade and other payables. The main purpose of these financial liabilities is to provide working capital funding for the Group. The main risks arising from financial liabilities are discussed further below. The principal financial assets comprise trade and other receivables, and cash at bank and in hand. The maximum exposure at the balance sheet date is the carrying value of the financial assets as disclosed in this note.

(a) Credit risk

The Group trades predominantly with retail customers. Sales to such customers are for cash and / or part exchange, often with finance provided by a selected panel of financial institutions. The majority of the Group's sales are thus for cash or the remittances of funds from financial institutions, which is achieved in a short period after the sale. As such the Group does not consider that it is exposed to credit risk from retail customers. Receivable balances are monitored on an ongoing basis with the result that the Group's exposure to bad debts is not considered to be significant. The maximum exposure is the carrying value amount as disclosed in this note. There is no significant concentration of credit risk within the Group. As a consequence, the Directors are satisfied that the Group's exposure to credit risk is acceptable.

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023 145
# NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

## 26. Financial instruments and risk management continued

### (a) Credit risk continued

With respect to credit risk arising from other financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash and cash equivalents, the Group's exposure to credit risk arises from the default of counterparties, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these instruments. Default is defined as the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations. Counterparty credit risk is managed through the monitoring and active management of counterparty balances.

### (b) Foreign exchange risk

The Group is not exposed to a significant foreign exchange risk. In FY23 and FY22 there were no purchases of inventory from the EU, or other overseas countries and no hedging contracts were entered into.

At 31 March 2023 if sterling had weakened / strengthened by 10% against the Euro, with all other variables held constant, the recalculated post tax profit for the year would therefore have been unchanged (FY22: unchanged) as a result of foreign exchange losses / gains on the translation of euro denominated trade payables.

### (c) Funding and liquidity risk

The funding arrangements of the Group at the balance sheet date consisted primarily of the stocking finance facilities, trade and other payables, as well as an unsecured loan facility provided by Santander UK PLC, split between £6.0m available as an uncommitted overdraft and £29.0m available as a revolving credit facility. Further information regarding these arrangements is included in note 23.

The Group monitors its risk to a shortage of funds using a long term business plan that considers the maturity of all of its financial liabilities and the projected cash flows from operations. The Group aims to have sufficient committed borrowing facilities and operating cash flows to cover its core long term requirements.

The maturity table that follows details the contractual, undiscounted cash flows (both principal and interest) for the Group's non-derivative financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on the remaining period at the balance sheet date to the contractual maturity date. Interest payments have been calculated using the SONIA rates at the period end, except where rates had already been contracted.

|  2022 | Within 180 days | Within 1 year £m | Between 1 and 2 years £m | Between 2 and 5 years £m | Over 5 years £m | Total £m  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  Borrowings | - | - | - | - | - | -  |
|  Stocking finance facilities | 102.5 | - | - | - | - | 102.5  |
|  Trade creditors and accruals | 36.2 | - | - | - | - | 36.2  |
|  Lease liabilities | 3.7 | 3.8 | 7.2 | 21.4 | 43.0 | 79.1  |
|   | 142.4 | 3.8 | 7.2 | 21.4 | 43.0 | 217.8  |

|  2022 | Within 180 days | Within 1 year £m | Between 1 and 2 years £m | Between 2 and 5 years £m | Over 5 years £m | Total £m  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  Borrowings | 29.0 | - | - | - | - | 29.0  |
|  Stocking finance facilities | 147.0 | - | - | - | - | 147.0  |
|  Trade creditors and accruals | 37.0 | - | - | - | - | 37.0  |
|  Lease liabilities | 3.0 | 3.0 | 5.9 | 16.5 | 35.1 | 63.5  |
|   | 216.0 | 3.0 | 5.9 | 16.5 | 35.1 | 276.5  |

### (d) Capital market risk

The Group is subject to capital market risk, primarily in relation to changes in interest rates. The Group's interest bearing financial liabilities are analysed as follows:

|   | 2022 |   |   | 2021  |   |   |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|   |  Floating £m | Fixed £m | Total £m | Floating £m | Fixed £m | Total £m  |
|  Sterling denominated | 102.5 | - | 102.5 | 176.0 | - | 176.0  |
|  Total | 102.5 | - | 102.5 | 176.0 | - | 176.0  |

146 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

At 31 March 2023 and 2022 the floating rate financial liabilities comprise stocking finance facilities that bear interest at rates based on Finance House Base Rate and a revolving credit facility which bears interest based on the Sterling Overnight Index Average ("SONIA") rate since 1 January 2022 when the LIBOR rate was no longer published.

The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a reasonably possible change in interest rates, with all other variables held constant, to the Group's results before tax. The Group's equity would be impacted by this amount less tax at the prevailing rate.

|   | Increase / decrease in bank points | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  Sterling | +50 | (0.5) | (0.9)  |
|  Sterling | -50 | 0.5 | 0.9  |

(e) Capital management

The Group's objective when managing capital is to ensure adequate working capital for all operating activities and liquidity, including a comfortable headroom to take advantage of shorter term opportunities, or to weather short term shocks. Secondly, the Group aims to operate an efficient capital structure to achieve the business plan. For these purposes the Group considers capital to be shareholders' equity, borrowings and stocking finance facilities.

Consistent with others in the industry the Group monitors capital through the following ratio: total net debt as per note 22 divided by EBITDA (see "Alternative Performance Measures" section).

The funding arrangements of the Group at the balance sheet date consisted primarily of the stocking finance facilities, trade and other payables, as well as an unsecured loan facility provided by Santander UK PLC, split between £6.0m available as an uncommitted overdraft and £29.0m available as a revolving credit facility. Further information regarding these arrangements is included in note 23.

There are certain covenants on the revolving credit and stocking facilities relating to a maximum debt to equity and interest rate cover in respect of the Group consolidated financial statements. The Group reviews covenant compliance on a monthly basis, both retrospectively and prospectively. As discussed more in note 2 and 4, in a stressed scenario, it is possible the Group would need to negotiate changes to the banking covenants but this is not considered plausible in the scenarios modelled.

At 31 March 2023 the Group had undrawn stocking finance facilities of £92.5m (FY22: £48.0m) and undrawn credit facilities of £35.0m (FY22: £6.0m) and further information can be found in note 2.

Under the terms of the major borrowing facilities, the Group is required to comply with the following financial covenants; terms are defined within the alternative performance measures section of the Glossary:

- the interest cover (EBITDA to borrowing costs, being bank interest only) should not be less than 4:1
- adjusted leverage being the total net debt to adjusted EBITDA should not exceed 3:1
- the reported Net Worth (Net Assets per the Balance Sheet) will not at any stage fall below the amount of £30.0m.

The Group has complied with these covenants as applicable throughout the reporting period. As at 31 March 2023, they were 41:1, 0:1 and £38.9m respectively (FY22: 108:1, 1:1 and £39.4m).

Post year end, as a part of the new financing agreement signed in June 2023, the interest cover covenant will no longer apply and the following additional covenant must be complied to:

- the fixed charge cover being EBITDAR (excluding losses from new store openings within last two years) to fixed charges (finance charges plus rent) shall not be less than 1.25:1

(f) Fair value estimation

The Group has no financial assets or liabilities carried at fair value.

(g) Financial instruments by category

The Group's financial assets are all measured at amortised cost.

|  2023 | Carrying-value £m  |
| --- | --- |
|  Trade receivables | 9.9  |
|  Accrued income | 4.6  |
|  Cash and cash equivalents | 5.6  |
|   | 16.0  |

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023

147
# NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

## 26. Financial instruments and risk management continued

### (g) Financial instruments by category continued

|  2023 | Carrying value £m  |
| --- | --- |
|  Trade receivables | 9.9  |
|  Accrued income | 0.1  |
|  Cash and cash equivalents | 7.8  |
|   | 17.8  |

The Group's liabilities are classified as follows:

|  2023 | Other financial liabilities at amortised cost £m | Liabilities not within the scope of IFRS 9 £m | Total £m  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  Borrowings | – | – | –  |
|  Trade creditors | 18.6 | – | 18.6  |
|  Stocking finance facilities | 102.5 | – | 102.5  |
|  Other taxes and social security | – | 1.6 | 1.6  |
|  Lease liabilities | 63.6 | – | 63.6  |
|  Other creditors | 0.3 | – | 0.3  |
|  Accruals and deferred income | 17.6 | 3.2 | 20.8  |
|   | 202.6 | 4.8 | 207.4  |

|  2023 | Other financial liabilities at amortised cost £m | Liabilities not within the scope of IFRS 9 £m | Total £m  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  Borrowings | 29.0 | – | 29.0  |
|  Trade creditors | 11.8 | – | 11.8  |
|  Stocking finance facilities | 147.0 | – | 147.0  |
|  Other taxes and social security | – | 2.8 | 2.8  |
|  Lease liabilities | 52.8 | – | 52.8  |
|  Other creditors | 0.1 | – | 0.1  |
|  Accruals and deferred income | 25.2 | 6.9 | 32.1  |
|   | 265.9 | 9.7 | 275.6  |

#### Fair value hierarchy

Financial instruments carried at fair value are required to be measured by reference to the following levels:

- Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
- Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and
- Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The Group has no financial instruments carried at fair value.

#### (h) Credit quality of financial assets

As disclosed in note 21 the Group has no financial assets that are past due or impaired. The Group's financial assets represent balances due from a selected panel of financial institutions that provide finance to the Group's retail customers and cash and cash equivalents held with banks. The Group has banking arrangements in place with Santander UK plc and financing arrangements in place with Lloyds Bank plc and Barclays Bank plc, all of which have a Fitch credit rating of A+. The Group does not obtain credit ratings for its customers. Due to their short maturities, the expected credit loss on financial assets is estimated at £Nil.

148 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

# 27. Post employment benefit obligations

The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. The pension cost charge for the year represents contributions payable by the Group to the scheme and is disclosed in note 9. Contributions totalling £0.3m (FY22: £0.1m) were payable to the scheme at the end of the year and are included in accruals.

# 28. Share capital

|   | 2023 |   | 2022  |   |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|   |  Number '000 | Amount £m | Number '000 | Amount £m  |
|  Allotted, called up and fully paid Ordinary Shares of 1p each |  |  |  |   |
|  Balance at the end of the year^{1} | 90,190 | 0.9 | 90,190 | 0.9  |

There are currently no shares held in treasury for use to satisfy employee share plan obligations. Shares are held on behalf of employees within the employee benefit trust (EBT) detailed in note 31.

The Group does not have a limited amount of authorised capital.

# 29. Capital redemption reserve

The capital redemption reserve represents the purchase by the Group of its own shares and comprises the amount by which distributable profits were reduced on these transactions in accordance with s733 of the Companies Act 2006. ENil (FY22: ENil) was transferred into the capital redemption reserve during the year in respect of shares purchased by the Group and subsequently cancelled.

# 30. Capital reorganisation reserve

The capital reorganisation reserve represents the capital reduction in the nominal value of shares in Motorpoint Group Limited (re-registered as Motorpoint Group Plc on 10 May 2016) from £1 to 1p.

# 31. Employee benefit trust (EBT) reserve

The EBT has an independent trustee and has been set up to satisfy awards which are exercised in accordance with the terms of the various share based schemes detailed in note 33.

At 31 March 2023 the EBT held 1,686,307 (FY22: 1,372,677) ordinary shares of 1p each in the Group, the market value of which amounted to £5.3m (FY22: £4.7m). Details of outstanding share awards and options are shown in note 33.

The consideration paid for the ordinary shares of 1p each in the Group held by the EBT at 31 March 2023 and 31 March 2022 has been shown as an EBT reserve and presented within equity for the Group. All other assets, liabilities, income and costs of the EBT have been incorporated into the accounts of the Group.

The table below shows the movements in equity from EBT transactions during the year:

|   | 2023 |   | 2022  |   |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|   |  Number '000 | Amount £m | Number '000 | Amount £m  |
|  Shares purchased by the EBT in the year | 340,000 | 0.7 | 1,449,048 | 5.0  |
|  Shares issued in respect of employee share schemes | (26,340) | (0.1) | (111,212) | (0.4)  |

Proceeds of £0.1m (FY22: £0.2m) were received on the exercise of share based payments. The weighted average cost of shares issued by the EBT was £0.1m (FY22: £0.4m).

Subsequent to the year end employee share options over 0 (FY22: 3,808) shares had been exercised and had been satisfied by ordinary shares issued by the EBT.

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023

149
## NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED
## FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
150 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
32. Other commitments Capital commitments The Group had capital commitments of £Nil at 31 March 2023 (FY22: £Nil). 33. Share based compensation Share options are granted to Senior Executives and other individuals throughout the organisation. The Group currently operates three share schemes and these are the Performance Share Plan (’PSP’), the Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’) and the Save As You Earn (‘SAYE’) schemes. During FY21 the Restricted Shares Award scheme (‘RSA') was introduced, which operates under the rules of the PSP scheme. The total expense recognised immediately in profit and loss arising from equity settled share based payment transactions in the year relating to the three schemes including associated national insurance (‘NI') charges was £0.2m (FY22: £0.1m). NI is being accrued, where applicable, at a rate of 15.05% which management expects to be the prevailing rate when the awards are exercised, based on the share price at the reporting date. NI for the year ended 31 March 2023 relating to all awards was a charge of £Nil (FY22: £Nil). Share Incentive Plan The Group operates a SIP under which an award was made available to all eligible employees following admission to the London Stock Exchange in May 2016. Performance Share Plan The Group operates a Performance Share Plan for Executive Directors and certain key senior managers. Restricted Share Award (‘RSA’) Restricted Shares differ from performance shares in a way that the grant level is scaled back, but the vesting of the shares is not subject to specific future conditions (other than a performance underpin).
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
151Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
SAYE scheme The Group operates a SAYE scheme for all employees under which employees are invited to subscribe for options over the Company’s shares at an exercise price representing a 10% discount to the closing mid market price the day before the invitation date. Plan Grant date Vesting date Lapse date Settlement type Number of shares granted Fair value at grant date 2 £ Exercise price £ Performance criteria SIP 27 Jun 16 27 Jun 19 N/A equity settled 194,023 1.877 Nil No SIP 22 Dec 17 22 Dec 20 N/A cash settled 118,716 1.877 Nil No FY17 PSP 23 Jun 16 22 Jun 19 23 Jun 26 equity settled 596,659 2.300 Nil Yes FY18 PSP 21 Jul 17 21 Jul 20 21 Jul 27 equity settled 830,267 1.385 Nil Yes FY19 PSP 20 Jul 18 1 Apr 21 20 Jul 28 equity settled 323,303 2.420 Nil Yes FY20 PSP (A) 22 Jul 19 22 Jul 21 22 Jul 29 equity settled 203,620 2.204 Nil Yes FY20 PSP (B) 1 22 Jul 19 22 Jul 22 22 Jul 29 equity settled 412,022 2.204 Nil Yes FY21 RSA (A) 24 Aug 20 24 Aug 23 24 Aug 30 equity settled 199,333 2.480 Nil Yes FY21 RSA (B) 24 Aug 20 24 Aug 23 24 Aug 30 equity settled 37,877 2.480 Nil Yes FY21 RSA (C) 24 Aug 20 24 Aug 24 24 Aug 30 equity settled 18,938 2.447 Nil Yes FY21 RSA (D) 24 Aug 20 24 Aug 25 24 Aug 30 equity settled 18,938 2.336 Nil Yes FY22 RSA (A) 16 Jun 21 16 Jun 24 16 Jun 31 equity settled 297,013 1.907 Nil Yes FY22 RSA (B) 16 Jun 21 16 Jun 24 16 Jun 31 equity settled 82,589 1.907 Nil Yes FY22 RSA (C) 16 Jun 21 16 Jun 25 16 Jun 31 equity settled 41,295 1.688 Nil Yes FY22 RSA (D) 16 Jun 21 16 Jun 26 16 Jun 31 equity settled 41,295 1.494 Nil Yes FY23 RSA (A) 22 Jun 22 22 Jun 25 22 Jun 32 equity settled 442,424 1.442 Nil Yes FY23 RSA (B) 22 Jun 22 22 Jun 25 22 Jun 32 equity settled 111,055 1.442 Nil Yes FY23 RSA (C) 22 Jun 22 22 Jun 26 22 Jun 32 equity settled 55,527 1.272 Nil Yes FY23 RSA (D) 22 Jun 22 22 Jun 27 22 Jun 32 equity settled 55,527 1.121 Nil Yes SAYE17 27 Dec 16 1 Feb 20 1 Aug 20 equity settled 770,041 0.320 1.12 No SAYE18 27 Dec 17 1 Feb 21 1 Aug 21 equity settled 417,765 0.490 1.77 No SAYE19 21 Dec 18 1 Feb 22 1 Aug 22 equity settled 283,012 0.500 1.89 No SAYE20 23 Dec 19 1 Feb 23 1 Aug 23 equity settled 222,040 0.890 2.30 No SAYE21 23 Dec 20 1 Feb 24 1 Aug 24 equity settled 259,001 0.940 2.77 No SAYE22 20 Dec 21 1 Feb 25 1 Aug 25 equity settled 403,215 1.024 2.76 No SAYE23 22 Dec 22 1 Feb 26 1 Aug 26 equity settled 454,600 0.280 1.39 No 6,890,095 1 The current assumption of non-vesting conditions reduces the fair value to zero at the balance sheet date. 2 The fair value at grant date as disclosed above is prior to applying an assumption for the number of shares not expected to vest due to participants leaving the scheme.
# NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED

## 33. Share based compensation continued

SAYE scheme continued

|   | SIP |   | SAYE |   | PSP |   | RSA |   | 2023 |   | 2022  |   |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|   | FY23 | FY22 | FY23 | FY22 | FY23 | FY22 | FY23 | FY22 | Weighted average exercise price £ | Number of options | Weighted average exercise price £ | Number of options  |
|  Outstanding at 1 April FY | 46,386 | 53,173 | 724,810 | 586,484 | 439,438 | 962,361 | 730,370 | 268,178 | 0.79 | 1,937,004 | 0.74 | 1,872,196  |
|  Amended | - | - | 454,600 | 403,215 | - | - | 695,080 | 462,192 | 0.55 | 1,149,661 | 0.82 | 885,407  |
|  Forfeited / lapsed | (27,149) | - | (413,822) | (153,677) | (6,256) | (526,923) | (212,964) | - | (1.31) | (660,191) | (0.52) | (680,600)  |
|  Exercised | (4,078) | (8,787) | (36,370) | (111,212) | - | - | - | - | (1.64) | (30,448) | (1.74) | (119,999)  |
|  Outstanding at 31 March FY | 15,159 | 46,386 | 739,218 | 724,810 | 429,182 | 435,438 | 1,212,467 | 730,370 | 0.52 | 2,396,028 | 0.79 | 1,937,004  |
|  Exercisable at 31 March FY | 15,159 | 46,386 | 63,060 | 35,995 | 17,560 | 23,416 | - | - | 1.25 | 95,379 | 0.60 | 105,787  |

The option pricing model used by the entity to value the shares in the period in which they were launched is the Black-Scholes model.

The range of exercise prices of share options outstanding at the end of the period for SAYE plans is between £1.12 and £2.77 (FY22: £1.12 – £2.77). The exercise price for PSP and RSA share awards is ENII (FY22: ENII).

The assumptions used in the measurement of the fair value at grant dates of the SAYE scheme are as follows:

|   | Share price at grant date £ | Expected volatility % | Option life years | Risk-free rate % | Dividend yield % | Non-vesting condition % | Fair value per option £  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  22 December 2022 | 1.45 | 44.9 | 3.0 | 3.3 | 1.63 | 38.9 | 0.28  |
|  20 December 2021 | 3.45 | 43.6 | 3.0 | 1.3 | 1.63 | 27.1 | 0.75  |
|  23 December 2020 | 2.81 | 51.7 | 3.0 | 2.5 | 1.29 | 27.1 | 0.94  |
|  23 December 2019 | 2.89 | 37.5 | 3.0 | 2.5 | 3.00 | 27.1 | 0.89  |
|  21 December 2018 | 2.04 | 34.5 | 3.0 | 2.5 | 2.85 | 27.1 | 0.50  |
|  27 December 2017 | 1.97 | 34.3 | 3.0 | 2.5 | 2.85 | 27.1 | 0.49  |
|  27 December 2016 | 1.28 | 33.0 | 3.0 | 2.5 | 3.10 | 27.1 | 0.32  |

The maximum subscription offered is £3,600 (equivalent to £100 per month over the 36 month saving period). Contributions from salary are made into a savings account and on maturity participants can exercise their option to buy shares at the discounted rate with their saved contributions or have the funds returned to them.

Expected volatility is estimated by considering historic average share price volatility of Motorpoint Group Plc share price at the grant date. The requirement that an employee has to save in order to purchase shares under the SAYE is a non-vesting condition. This feature has been incorporated into the fair value at grant date by applying a discount to the valuation obtained from the Black-Scholes pricing model.

152 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

|   | FY23 SAFE |   | FY22 SAFE |   | FY21 SAFE |   | FY20 SAFE |   | FY19 SAFE  |   |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|   |  Number | Option exercise price £ | Number | Option exercise price £ | Number | Option exercise price £ | Number | Option exercise price £ | Number | Option exercise price £  |
|  Outstanding at 1 April 2022 | - | - | 373,052 | 2.76 | 185,409 | 2.77 | 131,364 | 2.30 | 35,985 | 1.89  |
|  Awarded | 454,600 | 1.39 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | -  |
|  Forfeited | (19,028) | - | (200,635) | - | (103,316) | - | (63,923) | - | (9,615) | -  |
|  Vested / early exercise | (2,589) | - | (9,713) | - | (1,622) | - | (4,381) | - | (26,370) | -  |
|  **Outstanding at 31 March 2023** | **432,983** | **-** | **162,704** | **-** | **80,471** | **-** | **63,060** | **-** | **-** | **-**  |

The total charge in the year, included in administrative expenses, in relation to these awards was £0.3m (FY22: £0.1m).

The weighted average remaining contractual life of the outstanding share options based on the relevant vesting date as at the year end is 1.3 years (FY22: 1.6 years).

#### 34. Transactions and balances with related parties

There were no transactions with related parties other than Directors and key management. Their remuneration including share based payment as detailed in note 10 to the Financial Statements and their beneficiary owned shares are detailed in the Remuneration Committee Report on page 105.

#### 35. Post balance sheet events

Arrangements relating to the unsecured loan facility provided by Santander UK PLC (£35.0m split between £6.0m available as an uncommitted overdraft and £29.0m available as a revolving credit facility) were extended in June 2023 to June 2026 (previously May 2024), with the option to extend for two further one year periods if agreed by both parties.

The Group's 20th store opened in Ipswich in May 2023.

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023 153
# COMPANY

## BALANCE SHEET

AS AT 31 MARCH 2023

|   | Note | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  **Assets** |  |  |   |
|  **Non-current assets** |  |  |   |
|  Investments | 3 | 102.3 | 101.4  |
|  **Total non-current assets** |  | **102.3** | **101.4**  |
|  **Total assets** |  | **102.3** | **101.4**  |
|  **Liabilities** |  |  |   |
|  **Current liabilities** |  |  |   |
|  Creditors: amounts falling due within one year | 4 | (53.1) | (52.1)  |
|  **Total current liabilities** |  | **(53.1)** | **(52.1)**  |
|  **Net current liabilities** |  | **(53.1)** | **(52.1)**  |
|  **Total liabilities** |  | **(53.1)** | **(52.1)**  |
|  **Net assets** |  | **49.2** | **49.3**  |
|  **Equity** |  |  |   |
|  Called up share capital | 6 | 0.9 | 0.9  |
|  Capital redemption reserve | 7 | 0.1 | 0.1  |
|  EBT Reserve |  | (5.3) | (4.7)  |
|  **Retained earnings** |  |  |   |
|  At 1 April 2022 and 2021 respectively |  | 53.0 | 53.9  |
|  Loss for the year |  | (0.3) | (0.3)  |
|  Share-based payments |  | 0.9 | 0.1  |
|  Share-based compensation options satisfied through the EBT |  | (0.1) | (0.7)  |
|   |  | **53.5** | **53.0**  |
|  **Total equity** |  | **49.2** | **49.3**  |

The notes on pages 156 to 159 are an integral part of these financial statements.

The financial statements on pages 154 to 159 were approved by the Board of Directors on 14 June 2023 and were signed on its behalf by:

**M Carpenter**  
Chief Executive Officer**C Morgan**  
Chief Financial Officer

Registered number 10119755

154 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
# COMPANY STATEMENT OF
CHANGES IN EQUITY
FOR THE YEAR ENDED 31 MARCH 2023

Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

|   | Note | Called up share capital £m | Capital redemption reserve £m | EBT reserve £m | Retained earnings £m | Total equity £m  |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|  At 1 April 2021 |  | 0.9 | 0.1 | - | 53.9 | 54.9  |
|  Loss for the year |  | - | - | - | (0.3) | (0.3)  |
|  **Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:**  |   |   |   |   |   |   |
|  Share-based payments |  | - | - | - | 0.1 | 0.1  |
|  EBT share purchases and commitments |  | - | - | (5.4) | - | (5.4)  |
|  Share-based compensation options satisfied through the EBT |  | - | - | 0.7 | (0.7) | -  |
|   |  | - | - | (4.7) | (0.6) | (5.3)  |
|  **At 31 March 2022** |  | **0.9** | **0.1** | **(4.7)** | **53.0** | **49.3**  |
|  Loss for the year |  | - | - | - | (0.3) | (0.3)  |
|  **Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:**  |   |   |   |   |   |   |
|  Share-based payments |  | - | - | - | 0.9 | 1.0  |
|  EBT share purchases and commitments |  | - | - | (0.7) | - | (0.7)  |
|  Share-based compensation options satisfied through the EBT |  | - | - | 0.1 | (0.1) | -  |
|   |  | - | - | (0.6) | 0.8 | 0.2  |
|  **Balance at 31 March 2023** |  | **0.9** | **0.1** | **(5.3)** | **53.5** | **49.2**  |

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023 155
## NOTES TO THE COMPANY
## FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Summary of signiicant accounting policies
Motorpoint Group Plc (the ‘Company’) is incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom under the Companies
Act 2006.
The Company is a public company limited by shares and is listed on the London Stock Exchange; the address of
the registered oice is Champion House, Stephensons Way, Derby, England, DE21 6LY. The principal activity of the
Company is to provide the services of the Directors to the Group and that of a holding company.
(a) Basis of preparation
These Company inancial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 have been prepared in accordance with
United Kingdom accounting standards including FRS 102 and the Companies Act 2006. These inancial statements
are prepared on a going concern basis, under the historical cost convention. The accounting policies have been
consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.
The Directors of the Company are also Directors of Motorpoint Group Plc and have used the going concern principle
on the basis that the current proitable inancial projections and facilities of the consolidated Group will continue in
operation for the foreseeable future, being a period of at least 12 months from the date of this report. The Company is
in a net current liability position; however as Motorpoint Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, those
outstanding balances will not be settled unless the Company has the means to repay. For further details of the going
concern status of the Group see page 126.
The Company inancial statements have been prepared in sterling which is the functional and presentational currency
of the Company and have been presented in round £m.
As permitted under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, an entity proit and loss is not included as part of the
published consolidated inancial statements of Motorpoint Group Plc.
(b) Critical accounting judgements
The preparation of the inancial statements requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of
applying the Group and Company accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or
complexity for the Group are disclosed in note 4 to the consolidated inancial statements. There are no critical
estimates or judgements speciic to the Company.
(c) Investment in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are held at cost, less any provision for impairment. Annually, the Directors consider
whether any events or circumstances have occurred that could indicate that the carrying amount of ixed asset
investments may not be recoverable. If such circumstances do exist, a full impairment review is undertaken to
establish whether the carrying amounts exceed the higher of net realisable value or value in use. If this is the case,
an impairment charge is recorded to reduce the carrying value of the related investment. Where equity settled share
based compensation is granted to the employees of subsidiary companies, the fair value of the award is treated as a
capital contribution by the Company and investments in subsidiaries are adjusted to relect this capital contribution.
(d) Dividend distribution
Dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Company’s inancial statements
in the period in which the dividends are approved by the Company’s shareholders.
(e) Financial instruments
The Company is applying sections 11 and 12 of FRS 102 in respect of the recognition and measurement of inancial
instruments. Financial assets and inancial liabilities are recognised in the Company’s balance sheet when the
Company becomes party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
The Company classiies inancial instruments, or their component parts, on initial recognition as inancial assets,
inancial liabilities or equity instruments according to the substance of the contractual arrangements entered into.
(f) Financial equity
An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Company after deducting
all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded as the proceeds received, net of direct
issue costs.
(g) Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are classiied on initial recognition as either other inancial liabilities measured at amortised cost or
at fair value through proit or loss.
(h) Share capital
Ordinary Shares are classiied as equity. Costs incurred in issuing equity are deducted from the equity instrument.
156 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
(i) Employee beneits
(i) Pensions
The Group operates a deined contribution pension scheme for employees. The assets of the scheme are held
separately from those of the Group. The annual contributions are charged in the statement of comprehensive income
in the year in which they become payable in accordance with the rules of the scheme.
(ii) Other employee beneits
The Group recognises an expense for other short term employee beneits, primarily holiday pay and employee
commissions and bonuses on an accruals basis.
(iii) Share-based compensation
Equity settled share based compensation to employees and others providing similar services are measured at the fair
value of the equity instruments at the grant date. The estimate is measured using the Black-Scholes pricing model
and excludes the eect of non-market based vesting conditions. Details regarding the determination of the fair value
of equity settled share based transactions are set out in note 33 of the Group’s inancial statements.
The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity settled share based compensation is expensed on a straight
line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimates of equity instruments that will eventually vest.
Ateach balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as
a result of the eect of non-market based vesting conditions. The impact of the revision of the original estimates,
ifany, is recognised in the statement of comprehensive income such that the cumulative expenses relect the revised
estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to equity reserves.
SAYE share options granted to employees are treated as cancelled when employees cease to contribute to the
scheme. This results in accelerated recognition of the expenses that would have arisen over the remainder of the
original vesting period.
Cash settled share based compensation to employees and others providing similar services is measured at the fair
value of the equity instruments at the grant date. A liability is recognised at the current fair value determined at each
balance sheet date and at settlement.
(j) Exemptions for qualifying entities under FRS 102
FRS 102 allows certain disclosure exemptions. The Company has taken the exemptions under FRS 102 paragraphs
1.12 (b), (d) and (e) from including the preparation of a cash low statement and disclosure in relation to share based
compensation and key management compensation, since equivalent disclosures are included in the consolidated
inancial statements of the Group headed by Motorpoint Group Plc.
2. Employees and Directors
The Company has no employees other than Directors (FY22: none). Full details of the Directors’ remuneration and
interests are set out in the Remuneration Committee Report on pages 102 and 108.
There were no transactions with related parties other than Directors and key management remuneration including
share based payment as detailed in note 10 to the consolidated inancial statements. The shares beneicially owned
by the Directors of the Company are detailed in the Remuneration Committee Report on page 105.
157Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## NOTES TO THE COMPANY
## FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTINUED
3. Investments
2023 2022
£m £m
At 1 April 101.4 101.3
Share based payment charge 0.9 0.1
At 31 March 102.3 101.4
Under IAS 36, the Company performs an annual assessment as to the existence of impairment indicators.
Management identiied an indicator of impairment as a result of the general market conditions including interest
rates, inlation and supply shortages, which could have diering impacts. As such, an impairment assessment has
been performed.
The same assumptions have been made as were made by the Group when considering individual cash-generating
units. The impairment review results in signiicant headroom in the value of the investment held by the Company in
Motorpoint Limited.
At 31 March 2023 the Company had the following 100% owned subsidiary companies all of whom are registered in
England and Wales. Motorpoint Limited is the only direct subsidiary.
Subsidiary undertaking Registered address Principal activity Registered number
Champion House,
Stephensons Way, Derby,
Motorpoint Limited England, DE21 6LY Motor vehicle retail 03482801
Champion House,
Stephensons Way, Derby,
1
Chartwell Leasing Limited England, DE21 6LY Dormant 04100916
Champion House,
Stephensons Way, Derby,
1
Auction 4 Cars Limited England, DE21 6LY Dormant 09603690
Motorpoint Group Plc 12 Castle Street, Jersey,
2
Employee Beneit Trust JE2 3RT Employee beneit scheme Not applicable
1 These subsidiary undertakings are entitled to exemptions under sections 476 and 480 of the Companies Act 2006 relating to dormant
companies.
2 The EBT is consolidated in the inancial statements of the Group on the basis that the Company has control as detailed in note 2 to the
consolidated inancial statements.
4. Creditors: amounts falling due within one year
2023 2022
£m £m
Bank loans and overdrafts – 29.0
Amounts owed to Group undertakings 53.1 23.1
53.1 52.1
Amounts due to Group undertakings are repayable on demand, unsecured and non-interest bearing. See note 9 for
further details on borrowings.
5. Financial instruments
Financial instruments utilised by the Company during the year ended 31 March 2023 may be analysed as follows:
2023 2022
£m £m
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost 53.1 52.1
53.1 52.1
Financial instruments included within current assets and liabilities (excluding cash) are generally short term in nature
and accordingly their fair values approximate to their book values.
The Company’s inancial liabilities are repayable on demand and therefore their fair value is equal to their book value.
158 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report

Governance

Financial Statements

# 6. Called up share capital

|   | 2023 |   | 2022  |   |
| --- | --- | --- | --- | --- |
|   |  Number 1000 | Amount £m | Number 1000 | Amount £m  |
|  Allotted, called up and fully paid Ordinary Shares of 1p each |  |  |  |   |
|  Balance at the end of the year^{1} | 90,190 | 0.9 | 90,190 | 0.9  |

1 There has been no share buyback during FY22 and FY22.

Since the commencement of the current share buyback programme in 2019 as at 31 March 2023, 615,000 shares have been bought back and cancelled representing 0.7% of the issued Ordinary Shares, at a cost of £1.8m.

At 31 March 2023 the EBT held 1,686,307 (FY22: £1,372,677) ordinary shares of 1p each in the Company, the market value of which amounted to £5.3m (FY22: £4.7m). Details of outstanding share awards and options are shown in note 33 of the consolidated financial statements.

The Company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital.

# 7. Capital redemption reserve

The capital redemption reserve represents the purchase by the Company of its own shares and comprises the amount by which distributable profits were reduced on these transactions in accordance with s733 of the Companies Act 2006. ENII (FY22: ENII) was transferred into the capital redemption reserve during the year in respect of shares purchased by the Company and subsequently cancelled.

# 8. Dividends

During the year no dividends were paid (FY22: ENII).

The Board has not proposed a final dividend (FY22: ENII) for the year ended 31 March 2023.

# 9. Borrowings

The Company's borrowings are consistent with the loan facility provided by Santander UK PLC detailed within note 23 of the consolidated financial statements.

# 10. Commitments and contingencies

# Capital commitments

The Company had nil capital commitments at 31 March 2023 (FY22: ENII).

# Contingencies

There are no disputes with any third parties that would result in a material liability for the Company.

The Company acts as guarantor over the Group's £195.0m (FY22: £195.0m) stocking finance facilities with Black Horse Limited and Lombard North Central PLC.

# 11. Related parties

During the year, a management charge of £2.0m (FY22: £1.1m) was received from Motorpoint Limited in respect of services rendered.

During the year, Motorpoint Limited paid interest of £0.4m (FY22: £0.2m) on behalf of the Company.

On behalf of Motorpoint Group PLC, Motorpoint Limited paid Directors' salaries and fees of £2.0m (FY22: £1.1m) during the year and has recharged this to Motorpoint Group Plc.

At the year end the balance outstanding due to Motorpoint Limited totalled £53.1m (FY22: £23.1m).

The Company grants share awards to employees of Motorpoint Limited as detailed in note 33 to the consolidated financial statements. As a result, a share based payment charge of £0.9m (FY22: £0.1m) as disclosed in the Company's Statement of Changes in Equity with a corresponding increase in Investments.

Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023

159
# ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES ('APMs')

## Introduction

We assess the performance of the Group using a variety of alternative performance measures that are not defined under IFRS and are therefore termed non-GAAP measures. The non-GAAP measures are shown below.

The APMs we use may not be directly comparable with similarly titled measures used by other companies.

## GP / adjusted overheads ratio

We also measure financial performance based on our gross profit / adjusted overheads ratio. The calculation of this measure is as follows:

|   | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  Gross profit | 85.7 | 106.3  |
|  Adjusted overheads | (79.2) | (81.3)  |
|  Gross profit / adjusted overheads | 108.2% | 130.8%  |

In the current and prior year, adjusted overheads is equal to operating expenses as a result of there being no exceptional items.

## EBITDA

|   | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  (Loss) / profit before taxation | (0.3) | 21.5  |
|  Finance expense | 7.1 | 3.5  |
|  Depreciation | 9.0 | 7.3  |
|  Amortisation | 0.4 | -  |
|  EBITDA | 16.2 | 32.3  |

## Return on capital employed ('ROCE')

A commonly used metric that can be used to compare performance to other financial businesses. It measures the profit (i.e. return) relative to the amount of capital employed. The higher the ROCE the greater the return for the capital employed in the business.

|   | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  Operating profit (£m) | 6.8 | 25.0  |
|  Average of opening and closing net assets (£m) | 39.2 | 33.5  |
|  ROCE (%) | 17.3 | 74.6  |

## Net cash / (debt) excluding lease liabilities

|   | 2023 £m | 2022 £m  |
| --- | --- | --- |
|  Cash and cash equivalents | 5.6 | 7.8  |
|  Bank borrowings | - | (29.0)  |
|  Net cash / (debt) | 5.6 | (21.2)  |

160 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
## GLOSSARY Governance
Financial Statements
Term Meaning
Adjusted basic Earnings per Earnings attributable to equity shareholders adjusted for Exceptional items / weighted
Share average number of ordinary shares during the year
Adjusted EBITDA Earnings Before Finance Expense, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation adjusted for
Exceptional Items
Adjusted diluted Earnings Earnings attributable to equity shareholders adjusted for Exceptionals / weighted
per Share average number of ordinary shares during the year adjusted for dilutive share options
Adjusted Operating Costs Operating Expenses before Exceptionals
Adjusted Operating Proit Operating Proit before Exceptionals
Adjusted Overheads Operating Expenses before Exceptionals
Adjusted PBT Proit Before Tax before Exceptionals
APM Alternative Performance Measure
Capital Employed Average of the opening and closing position of the year for Net Assets adjusted for
related party balances and legacy EBT liability
DTR Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules
EBITDA Earnings Before Finance Expense, Tax, Depreciation and Amortisation
EBITDAR Earnings Before Finance Expense, Tax, Depreciation, Amortisation and Rent Costs
EBT Employee Beneit Trust
EPS Earnings per Share
FCA Financial Conduct Authority
FRC Financial Reporting Council
FTE Full Time Equivalent
GAAP Generally Accepted Accounting Practice
GP Gross Proit
GP / Adjusted Overheads Gross Proit / Operating Costs before Exceptionals
HMRC HM Revenue and Customs
IAS International Accounting Standards
IFRS International Financial Reporting Standards
IPO Initial Public Oering
LIBOR London Interbank Oered Rate
LTIP Long Term Incentive Plan
NI National Insurance
NPS Net Promoter Score
OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer
Operating Cash Conversion Cash generated from operations / operating proit
PBT Proit Before Tax
PCI Payment Card Industry
PCP Personal Contract Purchase
PSP Performance Share Plan
PwC PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
ROCE Return On Capital Employed, being Operating Proit/Capital Employed
RSA Restricted Share Award
SAYE Save As You Earn
SIP Share Incentive Plan
Structural Debt Debt excluding stock inance facilities
161Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
## & ADVISERS
Registered oice Legal advisers
Motorpoint Pinsent Masons LLP
Champion House 30 Crown Place
Stephensons Way London EC2A 4ES
Derby DE21 6LY
United Kingdom Registrar
Link Group
Company number Unit 10
10119755 Central Square
29 Wellington Street
Company secretary Leeds
Chris Morgan LS1 4DL
Joint stock brokers Financial PR
Numis Securities Limited FTI Consulting
45 Gresham Street 200 Aldersgate
London Aldersgate Street
EC2V 7QA London EC1A 4HD
Tel: +44 203 727 1000
Shore Capital Stockbrokers Limited
Bond Street House Bankers
14 Cliord Street Santander UK Plc
London W1S 4JU 2 Clumber Street
Nottingham NG1 3GA
Share listing
MOTR.L 1 pence Ordinary Shares are listed on the London Financial calendar
Stock Exchange and are the only class of shares in issue 26 July 2023 Annual General Meeting
Early October 2023 Half Year Trading Update
Independent Auditor Late November 2023 Interim Results Announcement
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
One Chamberlain Square
Birmingham
B3 3AX
162 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Shareholder enquiries
Our registrars will be pleased to deal with any questions regarding your shareholdings on 0333 300 1950 (calls are
charged at the standard geographic rate and will vary by provider) or email enquiries@linkgroup.co.uk. Alternatively,
you can access www.signalshares.com where you can view and manage all aspects of your shareholding securely
including electronic communications, account enquiries or address amendments.
Investor relations website
The investor relations section of our website, www.motorpointplc.com, provides further information for anyone
interested in Motorpoint. In addition to the Annual Report and Accounts and share price, Company announcements
including the full year results announcements are also published there.
Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements
Certain statements made in this Report are forward looking statements. Such statements are based on current
expectations and assumptions and are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual events
or results to dier materially from any expected future events or results expressed or implied in these forward
looking statements. They appear in a number of places throughout this Report and include statements regarding
the intentions, beliefs or current expectations of the Directors concerning, amongst other things, the Group’s results
of operations, inancial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies and the business. Persons receiving this
Report should not place undue reliance on forward looking statements. Unless otherwise required by applicable
laws, regulations or accounting standards, Motorpoint Group Plc does not undertake to update or revise any forward
looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.
163Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
## NOTES
164 Motorpoint Group PLC | Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Printed by a Carbon Neutral Operation (certiied: CarbonQuota) under the
PAS2060 standard.
Printed on material from well-managed, FSC™ certiied forests and other
controlled sources. This publication was printed by an FSC™ certiied printer that
holds an ISO 14001 certiication.
100% of the inks used are HP Indigo ElectroInk which complies with RoHS
legislation and meets the chemical requirements of the Nordic Ecolabel (Nordic
Swan) for printing companies, 95% of press chemicals are recycled for further use
and, on average 99% of any waste associated with this production will be recycled
and the remaining 1% used to generate energy.
The paper is Carbon Balanced with World Land Trust, an international conservation
charity, who oset carbon emissions through the purchase and preservation of
high conservation value land. Through protecting standing forests, under threat of
clearance, carbon is locked-in, that would otherwise be released.
CBP019175
### Motorpoint Group PLC
Champion House
Stephensons Way
Derby
DE21 6LY